# EZ Preorder & Back In Stock: complete help center > EZ Preorder & Back In Stock is a Shopify app by Casual Ecommerce Apps that lets merchants sell out-of-stock and upcoming products as preorders, take deposits (partial payments), and collect "Notify Me" back-in-stock signups that are emailed automatically when stock returns. - Help center: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/ - App Store listing: https://apps.shopify.com/ez-preorder - Plans: Free, Core ($10/month), Growth ($20/month), Professional ($30/month) and Scale ($50/month). Prices in USD. - Every page is also available as Markdown: add .md to its URL. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/getting-started/what-is-ez-preorder Collection: Getting started Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # What is EZ Preorder & Back In Stock? EZ Preorder & Back In Stock is a Shopify app that lets a store sell products before they are in stock (preorders) and lets shoppers sign up to be emailed when a sold-out product is back (restock alerts, also called back in stock alerts or Notify Me). It replaces your theme's add to cart button with a preorder button, can take a deposit now and charge the balance later, and sends restock alert emails automatically when inventory returns. It is built by Casual Ecommerce Apps, carries Shopify's Built for Shopify badge, and has a free plan; paid plans cost $10, $20, $30 or $50 a month. **Available on:** All plans, including Free. Some features need a paid plan; each one is listed below. **Where to find it:** [EZ Preorder & Back In Stock on the Shopify App Store](https://apps.shopify.com/ez-preorder). After you install it, it appears in your Shopify admin under **Apps** as **EZ PreOrder**. ## What EZ Preorder does EZ Preorder & Back In Stock does two jobs for a Shopify store: 1. **Preorders.** Shoppers buy a product that is out of stock, not yet released, or made to order. They pay at your normal Shopify checkout, in full or as a deposit. The order is tagged `preorder` so you can find it and fulfill it when stock arrives. 2. **Restock alerts.** When a product is sold out, shoppers click a **Notify Me** button and leave their email address. When the product's inventory goes back above 0, EZ Preorder emails each of them a link back to the product. You can use either one alone or both together. Each product is set up as a preorder or as a restock alert product, depending on whether you want to take orders now or collect a waitlist. ## Who EZ Preorder is for EZ Preorder suits Shopify stores that: - **Launch new products** and want to take orders before release. See [Launch a new product with preorders](../guides/launch-a-new-product-with-preorders.md). - **Sell out regularly** and want to keep selling while stock is on its way (backorders), instead of losing the sale. - **Make products to order** and want a deposit up front. See [Sell made-to-order products with deposits](../guides/sell-made-to-order-products-with-deposits.md). - **Run limited drops** and want to cap the number of preorders. - **Want a waitlist** for sold-out products, to measure demand and win back shoppers when stock returns. ## Features of EZ Preorder & Back In Stock | Feature | What it does | Lowest plan | | --- | --- | --- | | Preorder button | Replaces the theme's add to cart button on preorder variants. | Free | | Three preorder rules | **Always**, **Sold out** (only when inventory is 0 or less) or **Specific inventory level** (a set number of preorder units). Set per variant. | Free | | Custom note | Text or HTML shown above the preorder button, per variant and language. | Free | | Button text and translations | Your own preorder button label in every published language. | Free | | Preorder confirmation and shipment update emails | Tell customers their order contains a preorder, or that its ship date changed. | Free | | Fulfillment hold | Puts new preorder orders **On hold** in Shopify until you release them. | Free | | Restock alerts | **Notify Me** button and automatic back in stock emails. | Free | | Bulk actions | Add every product or whole collections, and change settings for the whole list at once. | Core | | Scheduled preorders | Start and end dates per product; preorders switch on and off by themselves. | Growth | | Preorders by country or market | Offer a preorder only in selected countries, and show it as sold out elsewhere. | Growth | | Collection page button and badges | Preorder buttons on product cards and a "Preorder" badge on product images. | Growth | | Featured preorder section | A theme section that features one preorder product anywhere in your store. | Growth | | Custom preorder page | One page that lists every product currently on preorder. | Growth | | Partial payments | Take a percentage or fixed deposit; the balance is charged automatically on a date you choose. | Professional | | Preorder discounts | A percentage or fixed discount on every preorder item. | Professional | | Free gifts | A free product added to the cart with preorder items. | Professional | | Direct to Checkout | The preorder button goes straight to checkout. | Professional | Full plan details are in [What each EZ Preorder plan costs and includes](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md). ## How EZ Preorder works in your store EZ Preorder & Back In Stock works through your Shopify theme and your normal Shopify checkout: 1. **The app embed** called **Pre order theme extension** loads EZ Preorder on your storefront. You turn it on once in **Online Store** → **Themes** → **Customize** → **App embeds**. See [How to install EZ Preorder and enable the app embed](install-and-enable-the-app-embed.md). 2. **Your Preorder List** in the app holds the products and variants you sell as preorders, each with its rule. See [How to manage your Preorder List](../preorders/manage-your-preorder-list.md). 3. **On the product page**, EZ Preorder swaps the add to cart button for the preorder button whenever a variant's rule matches its stock. The item goes into the cart with the line item property `type: preorder`. 4. **At checkout**, Shopify accepts the order because EZ Preorder turns on **Continue selling when out of stock** for variants with the **Always** and **Sold out** rules. 5. **After the order**, EZ Preorder tags it `preorder`, can put it on hold and email the customer, and counts it toward your plan. The full lifecycle is in [How preorders work in EZ Preorder](how-preorders-work.md). Restock alerts work through a separate theme block, **EZ PreOrder - Notify Me**; see [What are restock alerts and how do they work?](../restock-alerts/restock-alerts-overview.md). ## EZ Preorder plans at a glance EZ Preorder & Back In Stock has five plans. Prices are in USD and billed by Shopify every 30 days. There is no free trial on paid plans; the Free plan is the way to try the app. | Plan | Price | Preorders included | Restock alert signups | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Free | $0 | First 10 preorders or $400, lifetime | First 30, lifetime | | Core | $10/month | 50 or $2,000 per billing cycle | 250 per billing cycle | | Growth | $20/month | 150 or $5,000 per billing cycle | 750 per billing cycle | | Professional | $30/month | 300 or $10,000 per billing cycle | 1,500 per billing cycle | | Scale | $50/month | 500 or $20,000, then a 1% usage fee | Unlimited | On Free, Core, Growth and Professional, preorders switch off when you reach either the preorder count or the revenue amount, whichever comes first. What counts and what happens next is in [What counts toward your EZ Preorder plan limits](../plans-and-billing/plan-limits.md). ## Requirements and compatibility - **Shopify Online Store.** EZ Preorder shows its buttons on your Online Store theme. The **Notify Me**, **Free Gifts** and **Preorder Featured Product** blocks need an Online Store 2.0 theme, which supports app blocks. - **Themes.** EZ Preorder includes settings presets for 358 themes, including Shopify's free themes such as Dawn. Most themes work without changes. See [What Shopify themes work with EZ Preorder](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/theme-compatibility.md). - **Inventory tracking.** Preorder rules and restock alerts read Shopify inventory, so turn on **Track quantity** for those products. - **Deposits.** Partial payments work with Shopify Payments and PayPal Express. See [How to take deposits and partial payments on preorders](../payments-and-conversion/partial-payments-and-deposits.md). - **Markets and languages.** Preorders can be limited by country with Shopify Markets, and the button text and custom note can be translated into each published language. - **Admin languages.** The EZ Preorder admin is available in English, French, Spanish, German and Italian. ## Limitations - EZ Preorder changes your Online Store only. It does not add preorder buttons to Shopify POS, draft orders or other sales channels, though an order from another channel is still tagged `preorder` if the variant matched its rule. - The Preorder List works best with up to about 600 products at once. - Partial payments are one store-wide setting, not set per product. - Turning a preorder off does not turn off **Continue selling when out of stock**. Check that setting so the product does not keep selling. See [Why a product still sells after its preorder is turned off or ends](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/product-still-sells-after-preorder-ends.md). ## Getting help with EZ Preorder The **Support** page in the app has **Ask Ada**, an AI assistant that can check your setup, plus **Send a message** to reach the team (replies usually come within a few hours). You can also ask Shopify Sidekick about your preorders. See [How to get help and contact EZ Preorder support](../reports-ai-and-support/get-help-and-contact-support.md). ## Frequently asked questions ### Is EZ Preorder & Back In Stock free? Yes, EZ Preorder & Back In Stock has a free plan that covers your first 10 preorders or $400 in preorder revenue and your first 30 restock alert signups. Paid plans cost $10 (Core), $20 (Growth), $30 (Professional) and $50 (Scale) every 30 days. ### Does EZ Preorder work with my Shopify theme? EZ Preorder works with most Shopify themes, including Dawn and the other free Shopify themes, and has presets for 358 themes. If the button does not appear, pick your theme in **Configuration** → **Theme Settings** → **Theme Selector**, or contact support. See [What Shopify themes work with EZ Preorder](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/theme-compatibility.md). ### Can EZ Preorder take a deposit on preorders? Yes. On the Professional and Scale plans, EZ Preorder can take a percentage or fixed deposit at checkout and charge the remaining balance automatically on a set date or a number of days after checkout. Deposits work with Shopify Payments and PayPal Express. ### Does EZ Preorder send back in stock emails? Yes. Restock alerts are included on every plan. Shoppers sign up with the **Notify Me** button on a sold-out product, and EZ Preorder emails them when the product's inventory goes back above 0. ### Does EZ Preorder change my checkout? No. Shoppers pay at your normal Shopify checkout. EZ Preorder adds a `type: preorder` line item property, and, when you turn them on, a deposit purchase option or a preorder discount, all of which Shopify checkout shows natively. ### Who makes EZ Preorder & Back In Stock? EZ Preorder & Back In Stock is made by Casual Ecommerce Apps, which also makes EZ Bundles & Discounts, Process Wholesale and EZ Affiliate Referral Loyalty. The app launched on the Shopify App Store on 11 July 2023. ## Related articles - [How to set up your first preorder](set-up-your-first-preorder.md): get your first preorder live in a few minutes. - [How preorders work in EZ Preorder](how-preorders-work.md): the full path from button to fulfilled order. - [What are restock alerts and how do they work?](../restock-alerts/restock-alerts-overview.md): the Notify Me button and back in stock emails. - [What each EZ Preorder plan costs and includes](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md): prices, limits and features by plan. - [What Shopify themes work with EZ Preorder](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/theme-compatibility.md): theme presets and compatibility. - [EZ Preorder FAQ](../reference/faq.md): short answers to common questions. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/getting-started/how-preorders-work Collection: Getting started Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How preorders work in EZ Preorder EZ Preorder & Back In Stock replaces your theme's add to cart button with a preorder button on any variant that is on your Preorder List and matches its preorder rule. The item goes into the cart with the line item property `type: preorder` and the shopper pays at your normal Shopify checkout. EZ Preorder then tags the order `preorder`, and you fulfill it in Shopify when the stock arrives. Shopify's **Continue selling when out of stock** setting, which EZ Preorder sets for each rule, is what lets checkout accept an order for a variant with no stock. **Available on:** All plans (Free, Core, Growth, Professional and Scale). Some optional steps, such as deposits, need a higher plan; each is marked below. **Where to find it:** Set up in EZ PreOrder → **Preorders**. Preorder orders appear in Shopify admin → **Orders**. ## What the shopper sees on the product page On a product page, EZ Preorder checks the selected variant. When the variant is on your Preorder List, its product is enabled, and its rule matches the variant's stock, the shopper sees: - **The preorder button** in place of the theme's add to cart button. It copies the theme button's styling. Its text comes from **Configuration** → **Pre-order Button Text** and is "Pre-order" in English until you change it. See [Change and translate the preorder button text](../preorders/change-and-translate-the-preorder-button-text.md). - **Your custom note**, if you wrote one for the variant, placed above the button. See [Add a custom note to preorder products](../preorders/add-a-custom-note-to-preorder-products.md). - **Deposit options**, if partial payments are turned on (Professional plan and above). See [Partial payments and deposits](../payments-and-conversion/partial-payments-and-deposits.md). When the shopper switches to a variant that does not match its rule, the theme's own button comes back. The page needs the **Pre order theme extension** app embed turned on; see [How to install EZ Preorder and enable the app embed](install-and-enable-the-app-embed.md). ## When the preorder button appears The preorder rule on each variant decides when the button appears. EZ Preorder reads the variant's inventory quantity when the page loads. | Rule | Preorder button appears when | Continue selling when out of stock | | --- | --- | --- | | **Always** | Always, whatever the stock | On | | **Sold out** | The variant's inventory is 0 or less | On | | **Specific inventory level** | The variant's inventory is above 0 | Off | A disabled product, a product that is not on the list, or a variant whose rule does not match shows your theme's normal button. Full details are in [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md). ## What happens when the shopper clicks the preorder button The preorder button submits your theme's own product form, so the item goes into the cart the way your theme normally adds it. EZ Preorder adds two things to that form: - **The line item property `type: preorder`.** It stays with the item through the cart, checkout and the order. Shopify shows it with the line item at checkout and on the order in your Shopify admin. Whether the cart page shows it depends on your theme. - **The deposit purchase option**, when partial payments are turned on (Professional plan and above). If **Direct to Checkout** is turned on, the button adds the item and takes the shopper straight to checkout instead of leaving them on the page. See [Direct-to-checkout preorder button](../storefront-display/direct-to-checkout-preorder-button.md). Preorder discounts and free gifts look for the `type: preorder` property on the cart line. That is why they apply only to items added with the preorder button. See [Preorder discounts](../payments-and-conversion/preorder-discounts.md). ## What happens at checkout The shopper checks out at your normal Shopify checkout. EZ Preorder does not change checkout. Shopify accepts the order because of the variant's **Continue selling when out of stock** setting. With **Always** and **Sold out**, the setting is on, so checkout completes even when the variant has no stock. With **Specific inventory level**, the setting is off, so checkout completes only while stock remains. ## What happens after the order is placed After Shopify creates the order, EZ Preorder checks it. An order counts as a preorder when it contains at least one variant that: - is on your Preorder List, - belongs to a product whose preorder status is enabled, and - matched its rule at the moment of the order: **Always** always matches; **Sold out** matches when the variant's stock before the order was 0 or less; **Specific inventory level** matches when its stock before the order was above 0. For each preorder order, EZ Preorder then: 1. **Tags the order `preorder`.** The tag is on the whole order, including any regular items in it. See [Find and manage preorder orders](../preorders/find-and-manage-preorder-orders.md). 2. **Puts fulfillment on hold**, if **Configuration** → **Fulfillment Order Status** is turned on. See [Hold preorder fulfillment](../preorders/hold-preorder-fulfillment.md). 3. **Sends the preorder confirmation email**, if it is turned on. See [Preorder confirmation email](../notifications/preorder-confirmation-email.md). 4. **Counts the order toward your plan's preorder limit**. When a plan limit is reached, EZ Preorder turns off every product on your list. See [Plan limits](../plans-and-billing/plan-limits.md). EZ Preorder makes this decision from the variant's rule and stock, not from the `type: preorder` property. A matching order is tagged and counted whichever sales channel it comes from. ## How inventory changes with each rule Shopify reduces a variant's available inventory when an order is placed, as it does for every order. What that looks like depends on the rule. - **Sold out** and **Always**: because **Continue selling when out of stock** is on, available inventory can go below 0. A count of -12 means 12 units are promised to customers that you do not have yet. When you receive stock, Shopify adds it to that count, so only the surplus becomes available to new shoppers. - **Specific inventory level**: you set the number of units available for preorder. Each order lowers it. At 0, Shopify stops selling the variant and your theme shows its sold out state. Every unit in stock counts as a preorder unit with this rule, so real stock you receive later is also sold as preorders until you change the rule. ## How to fulfill preorders 1. When the stock arrives, receive it into your inventory in Shopify as usual. 2. In Shopify admin → **Orders**, filter by the `preorder` tag to find the orders waiting for it. 3. If **Fulfillment Order Status** put the orders on hold, release the hold on each order in Shopify. 4. Fulfill the orders as normal. If the ship date changes, you can email everyone who bought a product with the **Shipment Update** email. See [Shipment update email](../notifications/shipment-update-email.md). Remaining balances on deposit orders are charged as described in [How remaining balances are charged](../payments-and-conversion/how-remaining-balances-are-charged.md). ## How a preorder ends - **Sold out** rule: when available inventory rises above 0 again, the product page shows your theme's normal button on the next page load, and new orders are regular orders. - **Always** and **Specific inventory level**: the preorder continues until you change the rule, disable the product or remove it from the list. - **Scheduled preorders** (Growth plan and above) turn off on their end date. See [Schedule preorder start and end dates](../preorders/schedule-preorder-start-and-end-dates.md). Disabling or removing a product does not turn off **Continue selling when out of stock**. See [A product still sells after the preorder ends](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/product-still-sells-after-preorder-ends.md). ## Limitations - EZ Preorder checks each order once, when it is created. Editing the order later does not add or remove the `preorder` tag. - When EZ Preorder tags an order, the order's tags are set to `preorder`. Tags another app or a Shopify Flow workflow added to the order before that moment are replaced. - The product page reads stock when it loads. A shopper who keeps the page open sees the button state from that moment until they reload. - Orders for products that are disabled, or not on the list, are not tagged or counted, even if the items carry the `type: preorder` property. ## Troubleshooting **An order has the type: preorder property but no preorder tag.** The product was disabled or removed, or the variant's rule did not match its stock, when the order was placed. See [Find and manage preorder orders](../preorders/find-and-manage-preorder-orders.md). **Regular orders are tagged preorder.** With **Always**, every order of the variant is a preorder. With **Specific inventory level**, every order placed while stock is above 0 is a preorder. Change the rule if those units are not preorders. **Shoppers can buy an out-of-stock product without the preorder button.** **Continue selling when out of stock** is on but the product is disabled, removed, or the app embed is off. See [A product still sells after the preorder ends](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/product-still-sells-after-preorder-ends.md). **Shoppers cannot add a preorder product to the cart.** See [I cannot add a preorder product to the cart](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/cannot-add-preorder-product-to-cart.md). ## Frequently asked questions ### Do preorder customers pay at checkout? Yes. Shoppers pay the full price at checkout unless you turn on partial payments (Professional plan and above), which lets them pay a deposit and the rest later. ### Can a single order contain preorder and in-stock items? Yes. The order is tagged `preorder` as a whole, and only the items added with the preorder button carry the `type: preorder` property, so you can tell them apart. ### Does EZ Preorder change prices or checkout? No. Prices and checkout stay as Shopify runs them. A preorder discount, if you set one up, is applied as a Shopify discount at checkout. ### Will the preorder button show to shoppers in every country? Yes by default. On the Growth plan and above you can limit a variant's preorder to selected countries. See [Preorders for specific countries and markets](../preorders/preorders-for-specific-countries-and-markets.md). ### Do test orders count as preorders? Yes. A test order that matches the rules is tagged and counts toward your plan's preorder limit like any other order. ## Related articles - [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md): what each rule does and how it sets Continue selling. - [Find and manage preorder orders](../preorders/find-and-manage-preorder-orders.md): the `preorder` tag and the line item property. - [How to set up your first preorder](set-up-your-first-preorder.md): get your first product live. - [Hold preorder fulfillment](../preorders/hold-preorder-fulfillment.md): put preorder orders on hold automatically. - [Partial payments and deposits](../payments-and-conversion/partial-payments-and-deposits.md): take a deposit now and the balance later. - [A product still sells after the preorder ends](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/product-still-sells-after-preorder-ends.md): stop overselling after a preorder. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/getting-started/install-and-enable-the-app-embed Collection: Getting started Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to install EZ Preorder and enable the app embed To start using EZ Preorder & Back In Stock, install it from the Shopify App Store, then switch on its app embed, named **Pre order theme extension**, in **Online Store → Themes → Customize → App embeds** and save the theme. The app embed loads the script that puts the preorder button on your product pages. Until it is on, shoppers see no preorder buttons, notes or badges, even for products on your Preorder List. **Available on:** All plans (Free, Core, Growth, Professional and Scale). New installs start on the Free plan at no charge. **Where to find it:** Shopify admin → **Online Store** → **Themes** → **Customize** → **App embeds**. ## Before you start - Installing an app and editing a theme need a Shopify account with permission to manage apps and themes, such as the store owner's account. - The app embed is a theme setting. It is on or off separately in every theme, so turn it on in the theme your store has published. - Installing EZ Preorder does not change any of your products. Products change only when you add them to the Preorder List. See [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md). ## How to install EZ Preorder 1. Open the EZ Preorder & Back In Stock listing on the Shopify App Store: . 2. Click **Install**, then approve the permissions Shopify shows you. 3. The app opens inside your Shopify admin, where it is listed as **EZ PreOrder**. Your store starts on the Free plan. No plan choice or payment is needed to begin. 4. A new install opens the setup flow, **What would you like to set up first?** Click **Set up pre-orders** to begin with the app embed, or **Set up restock alerts** for back in stock alerts. ## How to enable the app embed from the setup flow The setup flow's first step, **Enable the app embed**, turns the app embed on for you. 1. In step 1 of the setup flow, click **Enable app embed**. Your theme editor opens in a new browser tab with **Pre order theme extension** already switched on. 2. In the theme editor, click **Save**. 3. Go back to the EZ PreOrder tab. The app checks your theme every 5 seconds for 5 minutes, and again whenever you return to the tab. The badge changes from **Not detected yet** to **Detected**. 4. Click **Next** to continue to adding products. If the badge still says **Not detected yet** after 5 minutes, a **Check again** button appears. Click it after you have saved the theme. ## How to enable the app embed from the Setup Guide The **Setup Guide** card on the EZ PreOrder Dashboard also has an **Enable app embed** button. The Setup Guide appears if you skipped the setup flow, or if your store installed EZ Preorder before the setup flow existed. 1. Open EZ PreOrder. The Dashboard is the app's home page. 2. In **Setup Guide**, open step 1, **Enable app embed**, and click **Enable app embed**. 3. In the theme editor that opens, click **Save**. ## How to enable the app embed manually The app embed can always be turned on by hand in the Shopify theme editor. 1. In your Shopify admin, go to **Online Store** → **Themes**. 2. Next to your current theme, click **Customize**. 3. In the theme editor sidebar, click the **App embeds** icon. 4. Find **Pre order theme extension**, listed under EZ PreOrder, and switch it on. 5. Click **Save**. ## How to check that the app embed is on The EZ PreOrder Dashboard shows the app embed's status in the **App status** card. The **Preorder app embed** row reads **Enabled** when the embed is on in your published theme, and **Disabled** when it is not. The check reads only your published (live) theme. If you switched the embed on in a theme you have not published yet, the row shows **Disabled** until you publish that theme. ## How the app embed works The **Pre order theme extension** app embed adds the EZ Preorder storefront script to every page of the theme. On a product page, the script checks whether the selected variant is on your Preorder List and matches its preorder rule. If it does, the script hides the theme's add to cart button and shows the preorder button in its place, with your custom note and any deposit options. The full shopper journey is in [How preorders work](how-preorders-work.md). - The app embed has no settings of its own in the theme editor. Button text, notes and the other options are set inside EZ PreOrder. - No theme code is edited. Turning the app embed off removes the script completely. - A new theme does not inherit the app embed. When you install or publish a different theme, turn the app embed on in that theme too. - Restock alerts (back in stock alerts) use a separate block, **EZ PreOrder - Notify Me**, which you add to your product template. Turning on the app embed does not add the Notify Me button. See [Set up restock alerts](../restock-alerts/set-up-restock-alerts.md). ## Troubleshooting **The App status card says Disabled after you switched the embed on.** Make sure you clicked **Save** in the theme editor, and that you edited your published theme, not a draft copy. Then reload the EZ PreOrder Dashboard. **The setup flow still says Not detected yet.** Save the theme, return to the EZ PreOrder tab and wait a few seconds, or click **Check again**. The check only looks at your published theme. **The app embed is on but no preorder button appears.** The button appears only for products on your Preorder List that are enabled and whose rule matches the variant's current stock. Check those first, then see [The preorder button is not showing](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/preorder-button-not-showing.md). Some themes need a theme preset; see [Theme compatibility](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/theme-compatibility.md). **Pre order theme extension is not in the App embeds list.** Check that you are editing a theme on the store where EZ Preorder is installed. If it is still missing, contact support from the **Support** page in the app. ## Frequently asked questions ### Do I need to edit my theme code to use EZ Preorder? No. EZ Preorder & Back In Stock works through a Shopify app embed, which you switch on in the theme editor. It does not change your theme's code files. ### Which plan am I on after installing? New installs start on the Free plan, with no charge and no subscription to approve. You can upgrade later from **Plan** in the app. See [Plans and pricing](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md). ### Does installing EZ Preorder change my products? No. Installing changes nothing on your products. EZ Preorder changes a product's **Continue selling when out of stock** setting only when you add the product to the Preorder List or save its preorder rule. ### Do I need to turn the app embed on again after changing themes? Yes, for a theme that has never had it on. The app embed is saved inside each theme, so a newly installed theme starts with it off. ### What happens if I turn the app embed off? Preorder buttons, preorder notes and preorder badges disappear from your store. Your Preorder List and settings are kept. Products whose rule turned on **Continue selling when out of stock** keep that setting, so shoppers can still buy them at zero stock with your theme's normal add to cart button, without any preorder labelling. ### Is the Notify Me button part of the app embed? No. The Notify Me button for restock alerts comes from the **EZ PreOrder - Notify Me** app block, which you add to your product page template separately. ## Related articles - [How to set up your first preorder](set-up-your-first-preorder.md): the full setup flow, from app embed to first preorder product. - [How preorders work](how-preorders-work.md): what shoppers see and what happens to the order. - [The preorder button is not showing](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/preorder-button-not-showing.md): fixes when the embed is on but no button appears. - [Theme compatibility](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/theme-compatibility.md): theme presets and themes that need adjustments. - [Set up restock alerts](../restock-alerts/set-up-restock-alerts.md): add the Notify Me block for back in stock alerts. - [What is EZ Preorder?](what-is-ez-preorder.md): an overview of the app. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/getting-started/set-up-your-first-preorder Collection: Getting started Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to set up your first preorder To set up your first preorder in EZ Preorder & Back In Stock, turn on the app embed, add products to the Preorder List, choose when the preorder button should show, and check the button on your store. A new install walks you through these steps in a six-step setup flow that opens automatically. You can also do each step yourself from the **Preorders** page, and every step works on the Free plan. **Available on:** All plans (Free, Core, Growth, Professional and Scale). **Where to find it:** The setup flow opens when you first open EZ PreOrder. Afterwards: EZ PreOrder → **Preorders**, or the **Setup Guide** on the Dashboard. ## Before you start - Install EZ Preorder. See [How to install EZ Preorder and enable the app embed](install-and-enable-the-app-embed.md). - Decide which products to sell as preorders and when. A product can be a preorder always, only once it sells out, or only while you still have a set number of units. The three rules are explained in [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md). - The **Sold out** and **Specific inventory level** rules decide from the variant's inventory count in Shopify. Use them on variants that have **Track quantity** turned on, so the count is accurate. ## How to set up your first preorder with the setup flow The setup flow opens the first time you open EZ PreOrder after installing. It saves your progress, so if you close the app you return to the step you left. 1. On **What would you like to set up first?**, click **Set up pre-orders** on the **Pre-orders** card. 2. **Step 1 of 6, Enable the app embed.** Click **Enable app embed**. Your theme editor opens in a new tab with the embed switched on. Click **Save** in the theme editor, return to the app, and wait for the badge to change from **Not detected yet** to **Detected**. Click **Next**. 3. **Step 2 of 6, Add products to pre-order.** Click **Add products**, tick the products you want (or expand a product and tick single variants), and click **Save**. The step shows how many products are on your pre-order list. Click **Next**. 4. **Step 3 of 6, When should the pre-order button show?** Choose one option and click **Apply to all pre-orders**. The choice applies to every product on your Preorder List, and you can change it for each product later. 5. **Step 4 of 6, Check the button in your store.** Click **View product in store** to open a product that should be showing the preorder button now. If you see it, click **I see the button**. If you do not, click **I don't see the button** to open a chat with Ada, the AI support assistant, or a message to the support team. 6. **Step 5 of 6, Send pre-order confirmation emails?** Choose **Yes, send confirmation emails** or **No, not for now**, then click **Next**. You can change this later in **Configuration**. 7. **Step 6 of 6, Do more with pre-orders.** Click **Finish setup** to go to your Preorder List, or **Explore features** to go to **Configuration**. If no product on your list should show the button right now (for example, every variant is in stock and you chose **Only when the product is out of stock**), step 4 says so and shows a **Continue** button instead. To leave the setup flow at any point, click **Skip setup for now**. EZ PreOrder then shows the **Setup Guide** on the Dashboard. ## What each setup flow option sets The three options in step 3 of the setup flow set one of the three preorder rules on every variant on your list, and change the Shopify setting **Continue selling when out of stock** to match. | Setup flow option | Preorder rule it sets | Continue selling when out of stock | | --- | --- | --- | | **Always show the pre-order button** | **Always** | Turned on | | **Only when the product is out of stock** (selected by default) | **Sold out** | Turned on | | **Only while the product is in stock** | **Specific inventory level** | Turned off | The setup flow does not change your inventory quantities. To set a specific number of preorder units, edit the product afterwards. See [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md). ## How to set up your first preorder with the Setup Guide The **Setup Guide** is a checklist on the EZ PreOrder Dashboard. It appears if you skipped the setup flow, or if your store installed EZ Preorder before the setup flow existed. On other pages of the app it can appear as a floating panel. The **How to setup Preorders?** tab of the Setup Guide has four steps: 1. **Enable app embed**: the **Enable app embed** button opens your theme editor with the embed switched on. Click **Save** there. 2. **Add products to preorder list**: open **Preorders** in the app menu and click **Select products**. 3. **Edit preorder settings**: on the **Preorders** page, click **Edit** on a product to set its rule, availability and custom note. 4. **Start accepting preorders**: **View store** opens your store so you can check the button. The link **watching the demo video** in the Setup Guide plays a preorder tutorial. Click the minus icon to collapse the Setup Guide, or the close icon to hide it. ## How to set up your first preorder manually You can set up a preorder without the setup flow or the Setup Guide. 1. Turn on the app embed. See [How to install EZ Preorder and enable the app embed](install-and-enable-the-app-embed.md). 2. In EZ PreOrder, open **Preorders** and click **Select products**. 3. Tick the products or variants you want, then click **Save**. 4. Click **Edit** on a product. Under **Pre-order rules**, choose the rule in **Condition to allow Pre-Order**: **Always**, **Sold out** or **Specific inventory level**. 5. Optional: add a **Custom Note** to show with the button, and tick **Apply settings for all variants** to use the same settings on every variant of the product. 6. Click **Save** in the bar at the top of the page. 7. Open the product in your store and check the preorder button. ## What happens when you add a product to the Preorder List Adding a product to the Preorder List gives every added variant the **Specific inventory level** rule and turns the product's preorder status on. EZ Preorder also turns off **Continue selling when out of stock** on those variants in Shopify. Because of that default rule, any added variant that has stock above 0 shows the preorder button straight away, and a variant at 0 shows your theme's sold out state. If that is not what you want, change the rule right after adding, or use step 3 of the setup flow, which replaces the default on every product. ## Limitations - Step 3 of the setup flow applies the chosen rule to every product on your Preorder List, including products you added before. - The setup flow runs once per install. After you finish or skip it, use the **Preorders** page. - The setup flow sets one rule for all products. Different rules for different products or variants are set on each product's **Edit** page. ## Troubleshooting **The badge in step 1 still says Not detected yet.** Click **Save** in the theme editor, and make sure you are editing your published theme. Then click **Check again**. **You cannot see the preorder button on the product.** Check that the product is on the list, that its status is **Enable**, and that its rule matches the variant's stock. For example, a **Sold out** variant with stock shows the normal add to cart button. Then see [The preorder button is not showing](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/preorder-button-not-showing.md). **An in-stock product shows the preorder button.** The product has the **Specific inventory level** rule (the default when you add a product) or **Always**. Change the rule on its **Edit** page. **A Setup Guide button opens an empty page.** Open **Preorders** from the app menu instead, and continue from there. ## Frequently asked questions ### Do I need a paid plan to set up preorders? No. Every setup step works on the Free plan. The Free plan turns preorders off once your store reaches 10 preorder orders or $400 in preorder revenue in total, whichever comes first. See [Plan limits](../plans-and-billing/plan-limits.md). ### Which rule should I choose for my first preorder? Choose **Sold out** to keep selling a product after it runs out. Choose **Always** for a product that is not released yet. Choose **Specific inventory level** to take a fixed number of preorders and then stop. [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md) explains each in detail. ### Can different variants of one product have different rules? Yes. Rules are set per variant. Open the product's **Edit** page, select the variant in the **Variants** card, choose its rule and save. ### Can I go through the setup flow again? No. The setup flow opens once for each install and does not reopen after you finish or skip it. Everything it does can be done on the **Preorders** page. ### What does the app change in Shopify during setup? Adding a product turns off **Continue selling when out of stock** on its variants. Applying **Always** or **Sold out** turns it back on. EZ Preorder does not change prices, titles or images. ## Related articles - [How to install EZ Preorder and enable the app embed](install-and-enable-the-app-embed.md): the app embed in detail. - [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md): what **Always**, **Sold out** and **Specific inventory level** do. - [How to manage your Preorder List](../preorders/manage-your-preorder-list.md): add, edit, sync and disable products. - [How preorders work](how-preorders-work.md): from the preorder button to the tagged order. - [The preorder button is not showing](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/preorder-button-not-showing.md): fixes for a missing button. - [Plan limits](../plans-and-billing/plan-limits.md): what the Free plan includes. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/preorders/add-a-custom-note-to-preorder-products Collection: Preorders Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to add a custom note to preorder products EZ Preorder & Back In Stock lets you show a custom note with the preorder button, such as "Ships in early March" or a link to your preorder policy. You write the note on the product's edit page in the **Custom Note** card. The note shows above the preorder button whenever that variant is on preorder, can be different for each variant and each store language, and accepts simple HTML. **Available on:** All plans (Free, Core, Growth, Professional and Scale). **Where to find it:** EZ PreOrder → **Preorders** → **Edit** on a product → **Custom Note**. ## Steps 1. In EZ PreOrder, open **Preorders** and click **Edit** on the product. 2. In the **Variants** list on the left, click the variant you want the note on. To give every variant the same note, tick **Apply settings for all variants** instead. 3. In the **Custom Note** card, the first tab is your store's default language. Type the note in the text box. 4. Click **Save** in the save bar. 5. For each other language, click its tab, type the note in that language, and click **Save** before you switch to another tab. Save after each language. The text box keeps what you typed when you switch tabs without saving, and saving then stores it under the tab you are on. If you type English, click the French tab and then save, the English text is saved as the French note and the English edit is lost. ## Where the custom note appears The custom note shows only while the preorder button is showing for the selected variant. When the shopper switches to a variant that is not on preorder, the note goes away with the button. | Place | Custom note | | --- | --- | | Product page | Above the preorder button, and above the deposit options if partial payments are on. | | Quick add popups on collection pages | Above the preorder button. | | Your theme's featured product sections | Above the preorder button. | | **Preorder Featured Product** block | Under the variant buttons. See [How to use the featured preorder section](../storefront-display/featured-preorder-section.md). | | Product card buttons on collection pages | Not shown. | | Custom preorder page | The English note of the product's first variant, shown as plain text. See [How to set up the custom preorder page](../storefront-display/custom-preorder-page.md). | | Cart, checkout, order and emails | Not shown. The order carries the line item property `type: preorder`, not the note. | ## How custom note translations work The **Custom Note** card has one tab for each language published in your Shopify store, with your default language first. Each tab holds its own note for the selected variant. Shoppers see the note for the language they are browsing your store in. When a variant has no note saved for the shopper's language, EZ Preorder shows the variant's English note instead. The fallback is always English, not your store's default language. So: - If your store's default language is English, a language you have not translated shows your English note. - If your store's default language is not English, a language you have not translated shows no note unless you also saved an English note. - If you saved an empty note on a language tab, shoppers in that language see no note. The English note is not used for a language that has an empty note saved. The **Preorder Featured Product** block also falls back to the English note. ## How to format a custom note with HTML The custom note is inserted into the page as HTML, as the field label says. Use HTML for anything beyond plain text: | You want | Type | | --- | --- | | A line break | `Ships in March.
Charged at checkout.` | | Bold text | `Ships in March` | | A link | `Preorder policy` | | Colored text | `Limited first batch` | Pressing Enter in the text box does not create a line break on your store; use `
`. The note sits in a paragraph that your theme styles like other body text. The custom preorder page shows the note as plain text, so HTML tags appear there as typed. ## Custom notes for each variant Each variant has its own custom note. A note you save with a variant selected applies only to that variant. Ticking **Apply settings for all variants** before you save copies the note on the current language tab to every variant of the product. It also copies the preorder rule and the country settings shown on the page to every variant, so check those before saving. To set the same note on every product at once, use **Bulk Settings** on the preorder list. See [How to bulk edit preorder settings](bulk-edit-preorder-settings.md). ## Troubleshooting **The note shows in the wrong language, or a translation replaced my English note.** The text box was not saved before switching language tabs. Open each language tab, correct its note, and click **Save** before moving to the next tab. **The note does not show on the product page.** Check that the selected variant is actually on preorder; the note only shows with the preorder button. Then check that a note is saved for that variant and for the language you are viewing, or that an English note exists. If the preorder button itself is missing, see [The preorder button is not showing](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/preorder-button-not-showing.md). **The note disappeared in one language.** An empty note was saved on that language's tab, which turns off the English fallback for that language. Open the tab, type the note, and click **Save**. **My line breaks are missing.** The store ignores line breaks typed in the text box. Use `
` where you want a new line. **HTML tags show as text on the custom preorder page.** The custom preorder page shows the note as plain text. Keep notes for products on that page free of HTML, or accept the tags there. **Saving the note turned a disabled product back on.** Saving any change on the product's edit page turns the product's preorder on. If you want it off, click **Disable** after saving. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is the custom note available on the Free plan? Yes. The custom note is available on every plan, including Free, and so are its translations. ### Where does the custom note show on the product page? The custom note shows above the preorder button. If partial payments are on, the note sits above the deposit options, which sit above the button. ### Does the custom note appear in the cart or on the order? No. The custom note is shown on the storefront only. The cart line and the order carry the line item property `type: preorder`, not the note. ### Can different variants have different notes? Yes. Each variant has its own custom note in each language. Select the variant in the **Variants** list, write its note, and save. ### What do shoppers see in a language I did not translate? Shoppers browsing in a language with no saved note see the variant's English note. If there is no English note either, they see no note. ### Can I include a link or bold text? Yes. The custom note accepts HTML, so `` links, `` bold text and `
` line breaks work on the product page. ## Related articles - [How to set up your first preorder](../getting-started/set-up-your-first-preorder.md): the full setup, including the edit page. - [How to bulk edit preorder settings](bulk-edit-preorder-settings.md): set one note on every product. - [How to change and translate the preorder button text](change-and-translate-the-preorder-button-text.md): the text on the button itself. - [How to use the featured preorder section](../storefront-display/featured-preorder-section.md): where the note shows in the featured block. - [How to set up the custom preorder page](../storefront-display/custom-preorder-page.md): how notes look on that page. - [Preorder rules](preorder-rules.md): when a variant is on preorder and the note shows. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/preorders/bulk-edit-preorder-settings Collection: Preorders Lowest plan: Core Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to bulk edit preorder settings for every product **Bulk Settings** in EZ Preorder & Back In Stock applies a preorder status, a preorder rule, a custom note, or any mix of the three to every product and variant on your Preorder List in one step. It is on the Core plan and above, under **Preorders** → **Bulk actions** → **Bulk Settings**. Every time you click **Apply**, EZ Preorder also sets **Continue selling when out of stock** on every variant on the list to match the rule in the dialog, so include **Pre-order rules** and pick the rule your products use. **Available on:** Core, Growth, Professional and Scale plans. On the Free plan the **Bulk actions** button is greyed out and shows "Available on Core plan or higher". **Where to find it:** EZ PreOrder → **Preorders** → **Bulk actions** → **Bulk Settings**. ## Before you start - **Bulk Settings** changes every product on your Preorder List, including disabled ones. You cannot pick a subset. - There is no undo. Note each product's current rule if your products use different rules. - A custom note is saved for one language at a time. - With **Specific inventory level**, the quantity you enter replaces the available quantity at every location of every variant on the list. ## How to bulk edit preorder settings 1. Open **Preorders** → **Bulk actions** → **Bulk Settings**. 2. In **Select preorder settings to update**, tick the settings to change: **Preorder status**, **Pre-order rules**, **Custom Note**. If settings are already ticked when the dialog opens, untick and re-tick them so they are applied. 3. Click **Next**. 4. In **Configure selected preorder settings**, set each one: - **Preorder status**: the badge shows the status every product will get, **Enable** or **Disable**. Click the button beside it to switch. - **Pre-order rules**: choose **Always**, **Sold out** or **Specific inventory level** in **Condition to allow Pre-Order**. For **Specific inventory level**, enter the quantity in **All Locations**. - **Custom Note**: choose a language tab and type the note. HTML is supported. 5. Click **Apply**. To change your choice of settings first, click **Back**. ## Settings | Setting | What it does | Default in the dialog | | --- | --- | --- | | **Preorder status** | Turns preorders on (**Enable**) or off (**Disable**) for every product on the list | **Enable** | | **Pre-order rules** | Sets the rule on every variant on the list | **Always** | | **All Locations** (only with **Specific inventory level**) | Sets the available quantity at each location of every variant to this number | 1 | | **Custom Note** | Replaces the note in the selected language on every variant; an empty field clears it | Empty | ## How Bulk Settings changes Continue selling when out of stock Every **Apply** sets Shopify's **Continue selling when out of stock** on every variant on your list from the rule in the dialog: - **Always** or **Sold out**: turned on. - **Specific inventory level**: turned off, and with a quantity in **All Locations**, inventory at every location is set to it. This happens even when you did not tick **Pre-order rules**. The dialog then uses its default rule, **Always**, and turns **Continue selling when out of stock** on for every variant, while the rules themselves stay unchanged. A product on **Specific inventory level** can then sell past 0 with your theme's normal button. To avoid that, tick **Pre-order rules** every time you use **Bulk Settings** and pick the rule your products use. If your products use different rules, change the status or note on each product's **Edit** page instead, or re-save each product's rule after a bulk change. See [Preorder rules](preorder-rules.md). ## Limitations - **Bulk Settings** always applies to the whole list. - One custom note language per **Apply**. Repeat for each language. - **All Locations** puts the same quantity at every location, so a variant stocked at three locations gets three times that number in total. - **Bulk Settings** does not change schedules or market settings. Those are set per product. - The Core plan or above is needed for every bulk action. ## Troubleshooting **Bulk actions is greyed out.** Your store is on the Free plan. Upgrade to Core or above from **Plan**. See [Plans and pricing](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md). **You clicked Apply but the products did not change.** The settings were ticked when the dialog opened and were not re-selected. Open **Bulk Settings** again, untick and re-tick each setting you want, then click **Next** and **Apply**. **Products started selling past zero after you used Bulk Settings.** **Pre-order rules** was not included, so **Continue selling when out of stock** was turned on for every variant. Run **Bulk Settings** again with **Pre-order rules** ticked and the right rule, or re-save the rule on each product. See [A product still sells after the preorder ends](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/product-still-sells-after-preorder-ends.md). **Inventory quantities changed.** **Specific inventory level** with a number in **All Locations** sets that quantity at every location. Correct quantities in Shopify if needed. **The Next button is greyed out.** Tick at least one setting. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I bulk edit only some products? No. **Bulk Settings** applies to every product on the Preorder List. To change one product's variants together, use **Apply settings for all variants** on its **Edit** page. ### Is Bulk Settings available on the Free plan? No. All bulk actions need the Core plan or above. ### How do I turn all preorders back on after a plan limit? Open **Bulk Settings**, tick **Preorder status** and **Pre-order rules**, set the status to **Enable**, choose your rule, and click **Apply**. If your products use different rules, click **Enable** on each product's **Edit** page instead, so each keeps its own rule. ### Does Bulk Settings change orders already placed? No. It changes only your Preorder List settings and the Shopify products on it. Existing orders keep their tags and items. ### Why are some settings already ticked when I open Bulk Settings? EZ Preorder remembers the settings you ticked the last time, including the rule step of the setup flow. Untick and re-tick them so they are applied. ## Related articles - [How to manage your Preorder List](manage-your-preorder-list.md): add, sync, enable and disable products. - [Preorder rules](preorder-rules.md): what each rule does and how it sets Continue selling. - [Add a custom note to preorder products](add-a-custom-note-to-preorder-products.md): notes per product and per language. - [A product still sells after the preorder ends](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/product-still-sells-after-preorder-ends.md): fix Continue selling. - [Plans and pricing](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md): which plans include bulk editing. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/preorders/change-and-translate-the-preorder-button-text Collection: Preorders Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to change and translate the preorder button text EZ Preorder & Back In Stock shows its preorder button with the text "Pre-order" in English until you change it. You change the wording, and add a translation for each language your store sells in, in **Configuration** → **Pre-order Button Text**: choose a language, type the text in **Custom add to cart label**, and save. One text per language applies to every preorder button in your store. **Available on:** All plans (Free, Core, Growth, Professional and Scale). **Where to find it:** EZ PreOrder → **Configuration** → **Pre-order Button Text**. ## Steps 1. In EZ PreOrder, open **Configuration**. **Pre-order Button Text** is the first tab under **General**. 2. In the **Translation** card, choose a language in **Languages**. Your store's default language is selected when the page opens. 3. Type the button text in **Custom add to cart label**, for example "Reserve now". 4. Click **Save** in the save bar. 5. To translate it, choose the next language in **Languages**, type the text in that language, and click **Save**. Repeat for each language. Save each language before choosing another one. Choosing a different language replaces the text box with that language's saved text, so anything you typed and did not save is lost. Always enter some text. An empty field shows the error "This field is required". ## Which languages you can translate the button into The **Languages** dropdown lists the languages published in your Shopify store, in Shopify admin → **Settings** → **Languages**. A language you have added but not published does not appear. Regional languages, such as Portuguese (Brazil), are listed separately from the base language. Shoppers see the text for the language they are browsing your store in. ## What shoppers see in a language without its own text When no button text is saved for the shopper's language, what they see depends on where the button is: | Where the button is | Text shown when the language has no saved text | | --- | --- | | Product page | "Pre order" | | Quick add popups and product card buttons on collection pages | "Pre order" | | Your theme's featured product sections | "Pre order" | | **Preorder Featured Product** block | Your English text, or "Preorder" if there is none | | Custom preorder page | Your English text, or "Pre-Order" if there is none | On the product page, collection pages and featured product sections the fallback is the fixed text "Pre order", not your English text. If you changed the English text to "Reserve now" and did not translate it, French shoppers see "Pre order". Translate the button into every published language to keep the wording consistent. ## Where the preorder button text is used The **Pre-order Button Text** wording appears on: - The preorder button on product pages. - Preorder buttons on collection pages and in quick add popups (Growth plan and above). See [How to show the preorder button on collection pages and featured product sections](../storefront-display/preorder-button-on-collection-pages-and-featured-products.md). - The preorder button in your theme's featured product sections (Growth plan and above). - The **Preorder Featured Product** block (Growth plan and above). See [How to use the featured preorder section](../storefront-display/featured-preorder-section.md). - The buttons on the custom preorder page (Growth plan and above). See [How to set up the custom preorder page](../storefront-display/custom-preorder-page.md). It does not change: - Your theme's add to cart button on products that are not on preorder. - The **Notify Me** button for restock alerts, which has its own text. See [How to customize the Notify Me button](../restock-alerts/customize-the-notify-me-button.md). - Preorder badges on collection pages, which have their own text. See [How to set up preorder badges on collection pages](../storefront-display/preorder-badges-on-collection-pages.md). - The deposit option labels shown when partial payments are on. See [Partial payments and deposits](../payments-and-conversion/partial-payments-and-deposits.md). - The disabled "Sold out" button shown to shoppers in countries where a preorder is not offered. See [How to offer preorders only in specific countries or markets](preorders-for-specific-countries-and-markets.md). ## Limitations - **One text per language.** The button text is store-wide. You cannot give one product a different button text; use the custom note for product-specific wording. See [How to add a custom note to preorder products](add-a-custom-note-to-preorder-products.md). - **Plain text is safest.** On product pages and collection pages the text is inserted as HTML, but the **Preorder Featured Product** block and the custom preorder page show it as plain text, so tags such as `` would appear as typed there. - **Styling comes from your theme.** The preorder button copies the classes of your theme's add to cart button, so its color and font follow your theme. ## Troubleshooting **The button still says "Pre order" in one language.** No text is saved for that language. Choose the language in **Languages**, type the text, and click **Save**. **My translation replaced the text in another language.** The text box was not saved before you chose another language. Choose each language in turn, fix its text, and click **Save** before moving on. **A language is missing from the dropdown.** Only published languages are listed. Publish the language in Shopify admin → **Settings** → **Languages**, then reload the **Configuration** page. **The button text changed in the admin but not on the store.** Reload the product page without the browser cache. If the button still shows the old text, check that you saved the language the store is showing. ## Frequently asked questions ### What is the default preorder button text? The default preorder button text is "Pre-order" in English. Languages without their own saved text show "Pre order" on product pages and collection pages until you translate the button. ### Can each product have different button text? No. The preorder button text is one setting per language for the whole store. Use a custom note to add product-specific wording near the button. ### Does the button text change the theme's add to cart button? No. EZ Preorder only uses the text on its own preorder button, which replaces the add to cart button on variants that are on preorder. Other products keep your theme's wording. ### Can Shopify Sidekick change the button text? Yes, for your store's default language. Sidekick fills in the new text on the **Configuration** page and you click **Save** to apply it. Other languages are changed in the app. See [How to use EZ Preorder with Shopify Sidekick](../reports-ai-and-support/use-ez-preorder-with-shopify-sidekick.md). ### Can I use emoji in the button text? Yes. Emoji display the way you type them, as long as your theme's font supports them. ## Related articles - [How to add a custom note to preorder products](add-a-custom-note-to-preorder-products.md): wording for one product or variant. - [How to set up your first preorder](../getting-started/set-up-your-first-preorder.md): the full setup. - [How to show the preorder button on collection pages and featured product sections](../storefront-display/preorder-button-on-collection-pages-and-featured-products.md): other places the text appears. - [How to use the featured preorder section](../storefront-display/featured-preorder-section.md): the block's button text. - [How to set up the custom preorder page](../storefront-display/custom-preorder-page.md): the page's button text. - [How to use EZ Preorder with Shopify Sidekick](../reports-ai-and-support/use-ez-preorder-with-shopify-sidekick.md): change the text by asking Sidekick. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/preorders/find-and-manage-preorder-orders Collection: Preorders Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to find and manage preorder orders EZ Preorder & Back In Stock does not keep a separate order list; preorder orders are in your Shopify admin under **Orders**. EZ Preorder tags every order that contains a preorder item with the tag `preorder`, and each item added with the preorder button carries the line item property `type: preorder`. To see all preorder orders, filter **Orders** by the tag `preorder`, then fulfill, hold, refund or export them with Shopify's normal tools. **Available on:** All plans (Free, Core, Growth, Professional and Scale). **Where to find it:** Shopify admin → **Orders**, filtered by the tag `preorder`. ## How to find preorder orders in your Shopify admin 1. In your Shopify admin, go to **Orders**. 2. Add a filter for orders **Tagged with** `preorder`, or type `tag:preorder` in the search box. 3. Optional: save the filtered view in Shopify so you can open it in one click next time. Combine the tag with Shopify's other filters, such as unfulfilled or unpaid, to see the preorders that still need action. Shopify's **Export** can export the filtered orders. ## Which orders get the preorder tag EZ Preorder checks each new order once, when Shopify creates it. The order gets the `preorder` tag when it contains at least one variant that: - is on your Preorder List, - belongs to a product whose preorder status is enabled, and - matched its rule when the order was placed: **Always** always matches; **Sold out** matches when the variant's stock before the order was 0 or less; **Specific inventory level** matches when its stock before the order was above 0. EZ Preorder decides from the rule and the stock, not from how the item was added. A matching order is tagged whatever sales channel it comes from, including orders you create in the Shopify admin. The same orders count toward your plan's preorder limit. See [Plan limits](../plans-and-billing/plan-limits.md). ## How to tell which items in an order are preorders The `preorder` tag is on the whole order. To see which items are preorders, look at the line items: each item added with a preorder button shows the property `type: preorder` under its name on the order page. Items without the property were added with your theme's normal button. The property is added by every preorder button EZ Preorder shows: on product pages, collection pages, the featured preorder section and the custom preorder page. Preorder discounts and free gifts use the same property to find preorder items in the cart. ## How to manage preorder orders - **Holds:** if **Configuration** → **Fulfillment Order Status** is turned on, each preorder order's fulfillment is placed on hold when the order arrives. Release the hold in Shopify when you are ready to ship. See [Hold preorder fulfillment](hold-preorder-fulfillment.md). - **Delays:** to tell everyone who bought a product about a new ship date, send the **Shipment Update** email. See [Shipment update email](../notifications/shipment-update-email.md). - **Deposits:** orders paid with a deposit have their remaining balance charged on the date you set. See [How remaining balances are charged](../payments-and-conversion/how-remaining-balances-are-charged.md). - **Fulfilling:** receive the stock into Shopify, then fulfill the orders as usual. EZ Preorder does not remove the `preorder` tag when an order is fulfilled. - **Cancelling and refunding:** use Shopify's normal cancel and refund tools. ## Limitations - When EZ Preorder tags an order, it sets the order's tags to `preorder`. Tags that another app or a Shopify Flow workflow added before that moment are replaced. If another tool needs to tag preorder orders, have it run on the `preorder` tag, or add its tags afterwards. - The tag name is always `preorder` and cannot be changed. - Orders are checked only once, when they are created. Editing an order later does not add or remove the tag. - Orders for disabled products, or products not on the list, are not tagged, even if their items carry the `type: preorder` property. - Test orders that match the rules are tagged and counted like real orders. ## Troubleshooting **A preorder order has no preorder tag.** When it was placed, the product was disabled or not on the list, or the variant's rule did not match its stock. For example, a **Sold out** variant that still had stock creates a regular order. **Regular in-stock orders are tagged preorder.** With **Always**, every order of the variant is a preorder. With **Specific inventory level**, every order placed while stock is above 0 is a preorder. Change the rule if those units are not preorders. See [Preorder rules](preorder-rules.md). **Other tags disappeared from preorder orders.** EZ Preorder replaces the order's tags when it adds `preorder`. Add your other tags after EZ Preorder has tagged the order. **The type: preorder property is not shown in the cart.** Your theme decides whether the cart page shows line item properties. The property is still on the item and appears on the order. ## Frequently asked questions ### Does EZ Preorder have its own orders page? No. Preorder orders are managed in Shopify admin → **Orders**, using the `preorder` tag. ### Can I change the name of the preorder tag? No. EZ Preorder always uses the tag `preorder`. ### Is the tag removed when I fulfill the order? No. EZ Preorder never removes the tag, so fulfilled preorder orders keep it. ### Do orders from other sales channels get tagged? Yes. Any new order with a matching variant is tagged, whichever channel it comes from, because EZ Preorder decides from the variant's rule and stock. ### How do I see how many preorders count toward my plan? The EZ PreOrder Dashboard shows how many preorders your plan has used: in the current billing cycle on paid plans, and in total on the Free plan. See [Dashboard and metrics](../reports-ai-and-support/dashboard-and-metrics.md). ## Related articles - [How preorders work](../getting-started/how-preorders-work.md): the full journey from button to fulfilled order. - [Hold preorder fulfillment](hold-preorder-fulfillment.md): put preorder orders on hold automatically. - [Shipment update email](../notifications/shipment-update-email.md): tell customers about a new ship date. - [How remaining balances are charged](../payments-and-conversion/how-remaining-balances-are-charged.md): deposit orders. - [Preorder rules](preorder-rules.md): which orders become preorders. - [Plan limits](../plans-and-billing/plan-limits.md): what counts toward your plan. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/preorders/manage-your-preorder-list Collection: Preorders Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to manage your Preorder List The Preorder List in EZ Preorder & Back In Stock holds every product and variant you sell as a preorder. Open **Preorders** in the app to add products with **Select products**, edit each product's rule and note, turn preorders on or off per product, and sync the list with changes made in Shopify. On the Core plan and above, **Bulk actions** adds your whole catalog or whole collections, edits every product at once, or clears the list. **Available on:** All plans (Free, Core, Growth, Professional and Scale). **Bulk actions** (**Bulk Add**, **Bulk Add Collections**, **Bulk Settings** and **Bulk Remove**) need Core, Growth, Professional or Scale. **Where to find it:** EZ PreOrder → **Preorders**. The page is titled **Preorder List**. ## What the Preorder List shows The **Preorder List** page shows one row per product, 25 products per page. - **Product row:** the product image and title, a status badge (**Enable** when preorders are on, **Disable** when they are off), the number of variants on the list (for example, "3 items"), and the **Sync** and **Edit** links. Click the row to expand it. - **Variant rows** (when expanded): the variant title, its SKU, its current stock ("12 available"), its rule badge, and **Edit** and **Delete** links. The rule badges are **Always**, **Sold out**, and **Greater than 0** for **Specific inventory level**. - **Tabs:** **All**, **Enabled** and **Disabled** filter the list by preorder status. - **Search product:** finds products on the list by title. - **Sync all:** syncs every product on the list with Shopify. ## How to add products with Select products 1. Open **Preorders** and click **Select products**. 2. In **Add or Remove products from the preorder list**, search by product title or scroll. More products load as you scroll. 3. Tick a product to add all its variants, or click the product to expand it and tick single variants. Each variant shows its stock and price. 4. Click **Save**. A "Preorder list updated" message confirms the change. Products already on your list appear ticked. Unticking one and clicking **Save** removes it from the list. The picker shows products of every status, including drafts. ## How to add products in bulk **Bulk Add** and **Bulk Add Collections** add many products at once on the Core plan and above. **To add every active product:** 1. Open **Preorders** → **Bulk actions** → **Bulk Add**. 2. In **Add All Products**, click **Add Products**. Keep the page open until it finishes; large catalogs take a while. **Bulk Add** adds every product with the status Active in Shopify that is not already on your list. **To add whole collections:** 1. Open **Preorders** → **Bulk actions** → **Bulk Add Collections**. 2. In **Bulk add collections**, tick the collections you want. Use the arrow buttons to page through them, 5 at a time. 3. Click **Add**. A "Collections added" message confirms it. **Bulk Add Collections** adds every product in the ticked collections that is not already on your list. The dialog remembers the collections you ticked, so running it again later adds any new products in them. It lists up to 250 collections. ## What happens when you add a product Every product you add, by any method, starts with: - the **Specific inventory level** rule on each added variant, - preorder status on (the **Enable** badge), - **Continue selling when out of stock** turned off in Shopify for each added variant. With that default rule, any added variant that has stock shows the preorder button straight away. Open **Edit** to choose the right rule. See [Preorder rules](preorder-rules.md). Only the first 100 variants of a product can be added. ## How to edit a product Click **Edit** on a product row to open its first variant, or **Edit** on a variant row to open that variant. The **Edit** page holds the variant's preorder rule, custom note, schedule and market settings. Click **Save** in the bar at the top to keep your changes. See [Preorder rules](preorder-rules.md), [Add a custom note to preorder products](add-a-custom-note-to-preorder-products.md), [Schedule preorder start and end dates](schedule-preorder-start-and-end-dates.md) and [Preorders for specific countries and markets](preorders-for-specific-countries-and-markets.md). ## How to enable or disable preorders on a product The preorder status turns a product's preorders on or off without removing it from the list. Disabling keeps all of the product's settings. 1. Click **Edit** on the product. 2. In the **Setting** card, click **Disable** to turn preorders off, or **Enable** to turn them back on. The change applies straight away to every variant of the product; you do not need to click **Save**. To change the status of every product at once, use **Bulk actions** → **Bulk Settings** → **Preorder status** (Core plan and above). See [Bulk edit preorder settings](bulk-edit-preorder-settings.md). A disabled product: - shows your theme's normal button instead of the preorder button, - does not tag new orders `preorder` or count them toward your plan's preorder limit, - keeps its **Continue selling when out of stock** setting. If its rule was **Always** or **Sold out**, shoppers can still buy it at zero stock with the normal button. See [A product still sells after the preorder ends](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/product-still-sells-after-preorder-ends.md). Saving changes on the **Edit** page turns a disabled product back on, unless the save sets a schedule starting on a later date. Click **Disable** again after saving if you want it to stay off. ## How to sync the list with Shopify **Sync** on a product row, and **Sync all** at the top of the list, remove variants from your Preorder List that no longer exist in Shopify. - If you deleted several variants of one product, click **Sync** again until all of them are gone from the list. - Sync does not add new variants. To add a variant you created in Shopify, click **Select products**, expand the product, tick the new variant and click **Save**. - The variant titles, SKUs and stock in expanded rows always show current Shopify data. The product title and image on the list are the ones saved when you added the product. - When you delete a whole product in Shopify, EZ Preorder removes it from the list for you. See [My preorder product does not match Shopify](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/preorder-product-does-not-match-shopify.md). ## How to search and filter the list - Type in **Search product** to show products on your list whose title contains the text. - Click **Enabled** or **Disabled** to show only products whose preorders are on or off. **All** shows every product. ## How to remove products Remove a product by unticking it in **Select products**, remove one variant with **Delete**, or clear the whole list with **Bulk actions** → **Bulk Remove** (Core plan and above). See [How to remove a product from preorder](remove-a-product-from-preorder.md). ## How many products the Preorder List can hold EZ Preorder does not stop you at a fixed number of products, and the Free plan has no product limit. The app's guidance is that the list works with around 600 products at once; products with many variants lower that number. Above that, the list can load slowly or fail to save. If **Bulk Add** does not finish for a large catalog, add products in smaller groups with **Bulk Add Collections** or **Select products**. See [I cannot add more products to the Preorder List](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/cannot-add-more-products-to-the-preorder-list.md). ## What happens when you reach a plan limit Each plan includes a number of preorder orders and an amount of preorder revenue. See [Plan limits](../plans-and-billing/plan-limits.md). When your store reaches the limit: - EZ Preorder turns off preorders on every product on the list, so every product shows **Disable**. - The **Preorder List** page shows **You have reached your plans preorder limit** with a **GO TO PLAN** button. - On the Free plan, **Select products** is also unavailable. Products stay disabled after you upgrade or a new billing cycle starts. Turn them back on with **Enable** on each product, or all at once with **Bulk Settings** → **Preorder status**. ## Limitations - **Bulk actions** need the Core plan or above. On the Free plan the button is greyed out and shows "Available on Core plan or higher" when you point at it. - **Bulk Add** adds only Active products. **Bulk Add Collections** adds every product in the chosen collections. - Search on the list matches product titles only, not SKUs or variant names. - The product title and image on the list do not update when you change them in Shopify. ## Troubleshooting **Bulk actions is greyed out.** Your plan is Free. Bulk actions need Core or above. See [Plans and pricing](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md). **Select products is greyed out.** On the Free plan, your store has reached the Free plan's preorder limit. Upgrade from **Plan**. **Every product suddenly shows Disable.** Your plan's preorder limit was reached, or someone used **Bulk Settings** to disable all products. Re-enable them after upgrading or when your new cycle starts. **A new variant does not appear after Sync.** Sync only removes deleted variants. Add the new variant with **Select products**. **A product's title on the list is out of date.** The list keeps the title from when you added the product. The **Edit** page shows the current title. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is there a limit on how many products the Free plan can add? No. The Free plan has no product limit; its limit is on preorder orders and revenue. A message about adding only one product appears only to stores on a retired free plan. ### Does adding a product change it in Shopify? Yes. Adding a variant turns off **Continue selling when out of stock** for it. Prices, titles, images and stock are not changed. ### Can I add only some variants of a product? Yes. In **Select products**, click the product to expand it, tick the variants you want and click **Save**. ### Does disabling a product delete its settings? No. A disabled product keeps its rules, note, schedule and market settings. Click **Enable** to turn it back on. ### Why did all my products get disabled? Your store reached its plan's preorder limit, and EZ Preorder turned off every product. Upgrade or wait for your next cycle, then enable them again. ## Related articles - [Preorder rules](preorder-rules.md): choose when each variant shows the preorder button. - [Bulk edit preorder settings](bulk-edit-preorder-settings.md): change status, rule or note for every product. - [How to remove a product from preorder](remove-a-product-from-preorder.md): take products off the list. - [I cannot add more products to the Preorder List](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/cannot-add-more-products-to-the-preorder-list.md): large lists. - [My preorder product does not match Shopify](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/preorder-product-does-not-match-shopify.md): sync problems. - [Plan limits](../plans-and-billing/plan-limits.md): what counts toward your plan. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/preorders/preorders-for-specific-countries-and-markets Collection: Preorders Lowest plan: Growth Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to offer preorders only in specific countries or markets EZ Preorder & Back In Stock can limit a preorder variant to the countries you choose. On the product's edit page, in **Visibility by market**, pick **Specific countries** and tick the markets or countries where the preorder should be offered. Shoppers in those countries see the preorder button. Shoppers anywhere else see your theme's normal button, or, with **Show as sold out everywhere else** ticked, a disabled "Sold out" button. **Available on:** Growth, Professional and Scale plans. On the Free and Core plans the card is locked. **Where to find it:** EZ PreOrder → **Preorders** → **Edit** on a product → **Visibility by market**. ## Before you start - Set up your markets in Shopify admin → **Settings** → **Markets**. EZ Preorder lists the countries in your markets, so a country that is in none of your markets cannot be picked. - The product must be on your preorder list with its preorder rules set. See [Preorder rules](preorder-rules.md). - You need the Growth, Professional or Scale plan. On the Free and Core plans the card shows "This feature is available on Growth and higher plans." and an **Upgrade Plan** button. ## Steps 1. In EZ PreOrder, open **Preorders** and click **Edit** on the product. 2. In the **Variants** list, click the variant to limit. To limit every variant the same way, tick **Apply settings for all variants**. 3. In **Visibility by market**, choose **Specific countries**. The **Select countries** window opens. 4. Tick a market to select every country in it, or click **Show countries** under a market and tick single countries. Use **Search countries** to find a country by name. 5. Click **Confirm**. The selected countries show as tags, such as "Europe (all)" or "Europe: France, Germany". 6. Leave **Show as sold out everywhere else** ticked to show a disabled "Sold out" button in other countries, or untick it to show your theme's normal button there. 7. Click **Save** in the save bar. To change the countries later, click **Edit countries**. To offer the preorder everywhere again, choose **All countries** and save. ## How EZ Preorder decides a shopper's country EZ Preorder uses the country your storefront is showing for that visit: the country Shopify Markets set for the shopper, or the one they chose in your store's country or region selector. It does not use the shipping address or the checkout. A shopper who switches country in the selector sees what shoppers in that country see. If the storefront does not report a country, the preorder is shown. ## What shoppers outside the selected countries see A shopper in a country you did not select does not get the preorder button for that variant. What they get instead depends on **Show as sold out everywhere else**. **With "Show as sold out everywhere else" ticked**, the add to cart button is replaced by a disabled "Sold out" button whenever the variant's preorder rule would otherwise show the preorder button: | Variant's rule | Shoppers in other countries see | | --- | --- | | **Always** | A disabled "Sold out" button at any stock level. | | **Sold out** | A disabled "Sold out" button while stock is 0 or less. With stock above 0, your theme's normal add to cart, because it is not a preorder then. | | **Specific inventory level** | A disabled "Sold out" button while stock is above 0. At 0, your theme's own button. | The "Sold out" label uses your theme's translated wording when the theme provides it, and otherwise reads "Sold out" in English. The page elements EZ Preorder hides for a preorder, by default the **Buy it now** button, stay hidden. **With "Show as sold out everywhere else" unticked**, shoppers in other countries see your theme's own button, as if the variant were not on preorder. For variants on the **Always** or **Sold out** rule, **Continue selling when out of stock** is on, so that is usually an add to cart button: those shoppers can still buy the variant, as a normal order without the preorder label in the cart. Tick **Show as sold out everywhere else** if shoppers elsewhere must not buy it. ## Country limits on collection pages and other storefront pages Country limits apply wherever EZ Preorder shows preorders: - **Preorder badges** do not show on a product in a country where every one of its preorder variants is limited to other countries. See [How to set up preorder badges on collection pages](../storefront-display/preorder-badges-on-collection-pages.md). - **Collection page buttons, quick add popups and your theme's featured product sections** follow the same rules as the product page, including the "Sold out" button. See [How to show the preorder button on collection pages and featured product sections](../storefront-display/preorder-button-on-collection-pages-and-featured-products.md). - **The Preorder Featured Product block and the custom preorder page** leave out variants that are limited to other countries. ## How countries and markets are saved - **Countries are saved, not markets.** Ticking a market saves the countries it has at that moment. A country you add to the market later is not included; click **Edit countries** and tick it. - **Which markets are listed.** The window lists your region markets that contain countries. Draft markets are listed with a **Draft** badge. Other kinds of markets, such as B2B markets, are not listed. - **Each variant has its own list.** A variant with no countries selected is offered everywhere. **Apply settings for all variants** copies the list and the checkbox to every variant of the product, along with the rule and custom note on the page. ## Limitations - **Online store only.** Country limits change what the online store shows. They do not block checkout, other sales channels, or orders you create in Shopify admin. - **The button, not the product.** Shoppers elsewhere can still see the product page. EZ Preorder only changes the button. - **One rule per variant.** A variant cannot use one preorder rule in one country and another rule in another. - **Plan changes.** If you move below the Growth plan, your country selections are kept but not applied, so the preorder shows in every country. They apply again when you return to Growth or above. ## Troubleshooting **"Markets could not be loaded. Please try again."** EZ Preorder could not read your markets from Shopify. Click **Retry**. If it keeps failing, reload the app. **"No markets with countries were found for this store."** None of your markets has countries in it. Add countries to a market in Shopify admin → **Settings** → **Markets**, then reopen the product. **Shoppers in another country still see the preorder button.** Check the country selected in your store's country or region selector; EZ Preorder follows it. Check that the variant you are viewing is the one you limited, that you clicked **Save**, and that your plan is Growth or above. **The "Sold out" button does not show in other countries.** Check that **Show as sold out everywhere else** is ticked and saved, and that the variant's rule would show the preorder button at its current stock. A **Sold out** rule variant with stock is a normal sale everywhere. **The "Sold out" label is in English.** Your theme does not provide its own translated "Sold out" wording, so EZ Preorder uses English. ## Frequently asked questions ### Which plan do I need for preorders in specific countries? Growth, Professional or Scale. On the Free and Core plans the **Visibility by market** card is locked, and any countries saved earlier are not applied on the storefront. ### Can I hide a preorder in one country but still sell the product there? Yes. Untick **Show as sold out everywhere else**. Shoppers in other countries then see your theme's normal button, which sells the variant as a regular order if it has stock or allows overselling. ### Is "Show as sold out everywhere else" on by default? Yes. When you limit a variant to specific countries for the first time, **Show as sold out everywhere else** starts ticked. ### Does limiting a preorder to countries stop orders from other countries? No. Country limits only change the button on your online store. They do not block checkout or other sales channels. ### Do I have to pick whole markets? No. Expand a market with **Show countries** and tick only the countries you want. A market shows "(all)" in its tag when every country in it is selected. ### Can I limit the custom note or button text by country? No. Country limits decide whether the preorder is offered. The custom note and button text change by store language, not by country. ## Related articles - [Preorder rules](preorder-rules.md): when each variant shows the preorder button. - [How to manage your preorder list](manage-your-preorder-list.md): add and edit preorder products. - [How to set up preorder badges on collection pages](../storefront-display/preorder-badges-on-collection-pages.md): badges and country limits. - [How to show the preorder button on collection pages and featured product sections](../storefront-display/preorder-button-on-collection-pages-and-featured-products.md): other places the limits apply. - [Plans and pricing](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md): which plans include market visibility. - [How to use EZ Preorder with Shopify Sidekick](../reports-ai-and-support/use-ez-preorder-with-shopify-sidekick.md): ask which countries a preorder is limited to. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/preorders/hold-preorder-fulfillment Collection: Preorders Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to put preorder orders on hold until you can fulfill them EZ Preorder & Back In Stock can put every new order that contains a preorder item on hold in Shopify, so it is not packed or shipped before the stock arrives. Turn on **Fulfillment Order Status** in **Configuration** and save. From then on, EZ Preorder places a fulfillment hold on each new preorder order, the order shows as **On hold** in Shopify, and you release the hold in Shopify admin when you are ready to ship. **Available on:** All plans (Free, Core, Growth, Professional and Scale). **Where to find it:** EZ PreOrder → **Configuration** → **Fulfillment Order Status**. ## When to hold preorder fulfillment Turn on **Fulfillment Order Status** when orders are picked up and fulfilled automatically, for example by a warehouse, a fulfillment provider or an app that ships every unfulfilled order. Without a hold, Shopify lists a preorder order as unfulfilled like any other order, and an automated process can try to ship it before you have the stock. If you fulfill every order by hand, you may not need the hold; the `preorder` order tag already lets you find preorder orders. See [How to find and manage preorder orders](find-and-manage-preorder-orders.md). Check with your fulfillment provider that it skips orders that are on hold in Shopify. ## Steps 1. In EZ PreOrder, open **Configuration**. 2. Under **General**, click **Fulfillment Order Status**. 3. Switch on the toggle. 4. Click **Save** in the save bar. To stop holding new orders, switch the toggle off and click **Save**. ## Which orders EZ Preorder puts on hold EZ Preorder checks each new order as it is created. It puts the order on hold when the order contains at least one variant that was on preorder when the order was placed: - The variant's product is on your preorder list and is enabled. - The variant's preorder rule matched its stock: **Always** at any stock, **Sold out** when stock was 0 or less, **Specific inventory level** when stock was above 0. The check uses the products in the order, not the way the order was placed, so an order you create in Shopify admin for a preorder variant is held too. Orders with no preorder item are never held. The hold applies to orders created after you turn the setting on. Orders that already exist are not changed, and turning the setting off does not release holds already in place. ## What the hold looks like in Shopify When EZ Preorder holds an order: - The order's fulfillment status shows **On hold** in Shopify admin → **Orders**. - The hold reason is set to unknown delivery date. - Everything in the held fulfillment order is held, including any in-stock items in the same order that ship from the same location. To see all held orders, filter **Orders** in Shopify admin by fulfillment status **On hold**. Preorder orders also carry the `preorder` tag. ## How to release a held preorder order When the stock arrives, open the order in Shopify admin and click **Release hold**. The order goes back to unfulfilled and you fulfill it as usual, or your fulfillment provider picks it up. To ship the in-stock items of a mixed order first, release the hold and fulfill only those items. The preorder items stay unfulfilled until you ship them. ## Limitations - **One fulfillment order per order.** EZ Preorder holds the order's first fulfillment order. If an order is split across several locations, Shopify creates a fulfillment order for each, and only the first is held. Check the others on the order page. - **The whole fulfillment order is held.** In-stock items that ship from the same location as the preorder item wait too, until you release the hold. - **Not retroactive.** Only orders created while the setting is on are held. - **No automatic release.** EZ Preorder does not release holds. You or your team release each one in Shopify admin. - **Fulfillment only.** The hold does not change payments. If you use partial payments, the remaining balance is charged on its own schedule. See [Partial payments and deposits](../payments-and-conversion/partial-payments-and-deposits.md). ## Troubleshooting **A preorder order was not put on hold.** Check that **Fulfillment Order Status** was on and saved before the order was placed. Then check that the product was enabled on your preorder list at the time and that the variant's rule matched its stock. If the order ships from several locations, check its other fulfillment orders. **An order without preorder items was put on hold.** EZ Preorder only holds orders with a preorder variant. Check the order for a variant whose product is on your preorder list with the **Always** rule; those count as preorders at any stock level. Another app or a Shopify Flow workflow can also place holds. **In-stock items in a mixed order are on hold.** The hold covers the whole fulfillment order. Release the hold and fulfill the in-stock items on their own. ## Frequently asked questions ### Does holding preorder fulfillment cost extra? No. **Fulfillment Order Status** is available on every plan, including Free, at no extra charge. ### Does EZ Preorder release the hold when stock arrives? No. EZ Preorder only places the hold. Release it in Shopify admin with **Release hold** when you are ready to ship. ### Are orders placed before I turned the setting on held? No. EZ Preorder holds orders as they are created, so only orders placed after you turn on **Fulfillment Order Status** are held. ### Can Shopify Sidekick turn the fulfillment hold on or off? Yes. Sidekick can fill in the change on the **Configuration** page; you click **Save** to apply it. See [How to use EZ Preorder with Shopify Sidekick](../reports-ai-and-support/use-ez-preorder-with-shopify-sidekick.md). ### Does the hold change the order tag or the confirmation email? No. The `preorder` tag and the preorder confirmation email work the same whether or not the hold is on. ## Related articles - [How to find and manage preorder orders](find-and-manage-preorder-orders.md): the `preorder` tag and other ways to find preorder orders. - [How preorders work](../getting-started/how-preorders-work.md): the whole preorder lifecycle, from button to fulfillment. - [Partial payments and deposits](../payments-and-conversion/partial-payments-and-deposits.md): how deposits and balances are charged. - [How to send a shipment update email](../notifications/shipment-update-email.md): tell preorder customers about a new ship date. - [How to use EZ Preorder with Shopify Sidekick](../reports-ai-and-support/use-ez-preorder-with-shopify-sidekick.md): change the hold setting by asking Sidekick. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/preorders/remove-a-product-from-preorder Collection: Preorders Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to remove a product from preorder To stop selling a product as a preorder in EZ Preorder & Back In Stock, either disable it, which keeps its settings for later, or remove it from the Preorder List. Disable a product with **Disable** on its **Edit** page. Remove it by unticking it in **Select products** and clicking **Save**, or remove one variant with **Delete**. Neither turns off **Continue selling when out of stock** in Shopify, so if the product used the **Always** or **Sold out** rule, turn that setting off yourself to stop out-of-stock sales. **Available on:** All plans (Free, Core, Growth, Professional and Scale). **Bulk Remove**, which clears the whole list, needs Core or above. **Where to find it:** EZ PreOrder → **Preorders**. ## Before you start: disable or remove | | Disable | Remove | | --- | --- | --- | | Preorder button | Gone | Gone | | Product stays on the Preorder List | Yes, with the **Disable** badge | No | | Rules, note, schedule and market settings | Kept | Deleted | | Turn preorders back on | Click **Enable** | Add the product again and set it up from scratch | | **Continue selling when out of stock** | Unchanged | Unchanged | Disable a product you expect to sell as a preorder again. Remove a product you are done with. ## How to disable preorders on a product 1. Open **Preorders** and click **Edit** on the product. 2. In the **Setting** card, click **Disable**. The change applies at once; you do not need to click **Save**. The product's badge on the list changes to **Disable**. Saving any change on the **Edit** page later turns the product back on, so click **Disable** again after saving if you edit it. ## How to remove a whole product 1. Open **Preorders** and click **Select products**. 2. Untick the product. Products on your list appear ticked. 3. Click **Save**. A "Preorder list updated" message confirms it. ## How to remove a single variant 1. Open **Preorders** and click the product row to expand it. 2. Click **Delete** on the variant. 3. In **Are you sure you want to remove this item?**, click **Remove**. This cannot be undone. Removing a product's last variant removes the product from the list. ## How to remove every product 1. Open **Preorders** → **Bulk actions** → **Bulk Remove**. 2. In **Remove all products**, click **Remove**. **Bulk Remove** empties the whole Preorder List. It needs the Core plan or above. ## How to stop the product selling once it is off preorder Removing or disabling a product leaves its **Continue selling when out of stock** setting as it was. A product that used **Always** or **Sold out** has it turned on, so shoppers can keep buying it at zero stock with your theme's normal add to cart button. To stop that: 1. In your Shopify admin, go to **Products** and open the product. 2. For a product with variants, open each variant. 3. In the inventory section, untick **Continue selling when out of stock**. 4. Click **Save**. A product that used **Specific inventory level** already has the setting turned off. See [A product still sells after the preorder ends](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/product-still-sells-after-preorder-ends.md). ## What happens when you remove or disable a product - **Storefront:** the preorder button and custom note disappear the next time the product page loads, and the theme's normal button returns. - **New orders:** are no longer tagged `preorder` and no longer count toward your plan's preorder limit. - **Orders already placed:** are not changed. They keep the `preorder` tag, and removing a product does not cancel the remaining-balance charge on deposit orders already placed. - **Deposits:** if partial payments are on, removing a product also takes its variants out of the deposit purchase option, so new shoppers cannot choose a deposit for it. - **Shopify product:** inventory, price and **Continue selling when out of stock** are not changed. ## Other ways a product leaves the list - **Deleted in Shopify:** when you delete a product in Shopify, EZ Preorder removes it from the list. - **Sync:** **Sync** and **Sync all** remove variants that were deleted in Shopify. - **Plan limit:** reaching your plan's preorder limit disables every product but keeps them on the list. See [Plan limits](../plans-and-billing/plan-limits.md). - **Schedule:** a preorder with an end date turns off by itself on that date (Growth plan and above). See [Schedule preorder start and end dates](schedule-preorder-start-and-end-dates.md). - **Uninstall:** uninstalling EZ Preorder clears the Preorder List. It does not change **Continue selling when out of stock** on your products. ## Troubleshooting **The product still sells at zero stock after you removed it.** **Continue selling when out of stock** is still on. Turn it off in Shopify for each variant. **The preorder button still shows after you removed or disabled the product.** Reload the product page; an open page keeps the button until it is reloaded. If it remains, check on the **Preorders** page that the product is gone or shows **Disable**. **A disabled product turned itself back on.** Saving the **Edit** page enables the product. Click **Disable** again. **You removed the wrong product.** Add it again with **Select products** and set its rule and note again. Removed settings cannot be restored. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is there a way to end a preorder automatically? Yes. On the Growth plan and above, set an end date on the product and tick **Mark as sold out when the pre-order ends** to also set inventory to 0 and turn off **Continue selling when out of stock**. See [Schedule preorder start and end dates](schedule-preorder-start-and-end-dates.md). ### Why doesn't EZ Preorder turn off Continue selling when I remove a product? EZ Preorder leaves **Continue selling when out of stock** as it is when you disable or remove a product. Turn it off in Shopify if you do not want to sell the product at zero stock. ### What happens to customers who already preordered? Nothing changes for them. Their orders keep the `preorder` tag and you fulfill them as normal. See [Find and manage preorder orders](find-and-manage-preorder-orders.md). ### Can I remove a product from preorder on the Free plan? Yes. Disabling, **Select products** and **Delete** work on every plan. Only **Bulk Remove** needs Core or above. ## Related articles - [How to manage your Preorder List](manage-your-preorder-list.md): add, sync, enable and disable products. - [A product still sells after the preorder ends](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/product-still-sells-after-preorder-ends.md): stop overselling. - [Preorder rules](preorder-rules.md): which rules turn Continue selling on. - [Schedule preorder start and end dates](schedule-preorder-start-and-end-dates.md): end preorders on a date. - [Find and manage preorder orders](find-and-manage-preorder-orders.md): orders placed before removal. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/preorders/schedule-preorder-start-and-end-dates Collection: Preorders Lowest plan: Growth Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to schedule preorders with start and end dates EZ Preorder & Back In Stock, the Shopify app, can turn a product's preorder on and off by date. On the product's edit page you switch on **Enable/Disable by custom dates**, pick a start date and an end date, and save. The app turns the preorder on during the start date and off from the start of the end date, and by default also marks the product sold out in Shopify when the preorder ends. A schedule covers the whole product, every variant at once. **Available on:** Growth, Professional and Scale plans. On the Core plan the date card is locked. **Where to find it:** EZ PreOrder → **Preorders** → **Edit** on a product → **Enable/Disable by custom dates**. ## Before you start - The product must already be on your preorder list. See [How to manage your preorder list](manage-your-preorder-list.md). - Set each variant's preorder rule first (**Always**, **Sold out** or **Specific inventory level**). The schedule decides when the preorder is on at all; the rule decides which variants show the preorder button while it is on. See [Preorder rules](preorder-rules.md). - You need the Growth, Professional or Scale plan. On the Core plan the card shows the banner "This feature is available on Growth and higher plans." and an **Upgrade Plan** button. ## Steps 1. In EZ PreOrder, open **Preorders** and click **Edit** on the product. 2. Find the card **Enable/Disable by custom dates** and switch on the toggle at the top right of the card. 3. In the calendar, click the start date, then click the end date. Pick the end date on a later day than the start date. After the second click both dates are locked in and show in **Start Pre-order date (enable)** and **End Pre-order date (disable)**. 4. Leave **Mark as sold out when the pre-order ends** ticked if you want the product to read as sold out after the preorder ends. Untick it to leave inventory and **Continue selling when out of stock** as they are. 5. Click **Save** in the save bar at the top of the page. To pick different dates later, click **Reset dates**, choose the new start and end dates, and save. The calendar does not let you pick a day in the past. ## What happens when you save a schedule Saving a schedule sets the product's preorder status straight away, depending on the start date you picked: - **Start date is today.** The preorder is turned on immediately. - **Start date is in the future.** The preorder is turned off until the start date. The product shows as disabled on your preorder list in the meantime, and shoppers see your theme's normal button. When the start date arrives, the app turns the preorder on. When the end date arrives, the app turns it off. You do not need to keep the app open. ## When scheduled preorders switch on and off Scheduled preorders are switched by an automatic check that runs in the background, so a change happens at the first check after the moment described here, not at an exact minute. Start and end dates are whole days; you cannot set a time of day. - **End date.** A scheduled preorder ends at the start of the end date: midnight in the time zone of the computer the dates were saved from. To take preorders up to and including 31 March 2027, set the end date to 1 April 2027. - **Start date.** A scheduled preorder's start date is matched against the calendar date in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), not your own time zone. In stores west of UTC, such as in the Americas, the preorder can switch on during the evening before your start date. In stores east of UTC, such as in Europe, Africa, Asia and Australia, it can switch on during the day before your start date. If a launch must not go live early, leave the schedule's start date for the planning and turn the preorder on yourself at the moment you want with the **Enable** button on the product's edit page or the preorder list. The end date still ends it. ## What "Mark as sold out when the pre-order ends" does When a scheduled preorder ends with **Mark as sold out when the pre-order ends** ticked, EZ Preorder removes the preorder button and also changes the product in Shopify so it reads as sold out: | Variant | What changes in Shopify | | --- | --- | | Every variant of the product | **Continue selling when out of stock** is turned off. | | Variants on the **Specific inventory level** rule, with **Track quantity** on | Available inventory is set to 0 at every location that has more than 0. That quantity was the number of preorders you allowed, not real stock. | | Variants on the **Always** or **Sold out** rule | Inventory is not changed, because it is your real stock. If the variant has stock, it keeps selling normally with your theme's add to cart button. | | Any location already at 0 or below | Not changed, so the count of units you still owe preorder customers stays visible. | | Variants with **Track quantity** off | Inventory is not changed. Shopify keeps selling an untracked variant whatever its settings, so turn on **Track quantity** if it must stop selling. | If Shopify rejects one of these changes, the preorder button still comes down at the end date, and the app retries the Shopify changes at later checks. The sold-out step runs once for each end date. If you turn the preorder back on by hand after it ended, the app does not end it again until you save a new end date. When **Mark as sold out when the pre-order ends** is unticked, the preorder still ends and the preorder button is removed, but inventory and **Continue selling when out of stock** are left as they are. If **Continue selling when out of stock** is still on, your theme's add to cart button keeps selling the product below zero. See [The product still sells after the preorder ends](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/product-still-sells-after-preorder-ends.md). ## Settings | Setting | What it does | Default | | --- | --- | --- | | **Enable/Disable by custom dates** (toggle) | Turns scheduling on for this product. When off, saved dates are ignored. | Off | | **Start Pre-order date (enable)** | The day the preorder turns on. | None | | **End Pre-order date (disable)** | The day the preorder turns off, from the start of that day. | None | | **Mark as sold out when the pre-order ends** | When the preorder ends, turns off **Continue selling when out of stock** and empties preorder-only stock. | On | | **Reset dates** | Clears both dates so you can pick new ones. | | ## Changing or removing a schedule - **Move the dates.** Click **Reset dates**, pick the new start and end dates, and click **Save**. A new end date re-arms the end-of-preorder step, including the sold-out changes. - **Stop using a schedule.** Switch off the **Enable/Disable by custom dates** toggle and click **Save**. The dates stay on the card but nothing happens on them. The preorder keeps whatever status it has now; use **Enable** or **Disable** to change it. - **Run another preorder window after one ended.** Click **Reset dates**, pick the new window and save. ## Limitations - **One schedule per product.** The dates apply to every variant of the product. You cannot give variants different dates. - **One window at a time.** Each product has one start date and one end date. - **No times of day.** Dates are whole days. See the timing details in "When scheduled preorders switch on and off". - **Not part of Bulk Settings.** Schedules are set one product at a time. See [How to bulk edit preorder settings](bulk-edit-preorder-settings.md) for what Bulk Settings changes. - **Start and end must be different days.** If the start and end date are the same day, the preorder ends at the start of that day and never runs. - **Plan changes.** When you change to the Core plan, EZ Preorder clears the start and end dates from every product and turns scheduling off. ## Troubleshooting **The preorder turned on before its start date after I edited the product.** Saving any change on the product's edit page turns the preorder on unless you picked a start date in the future during that same edit. After editing a product whose schedule has not started yet, click **Reset dates**, pick the same dates again, and click **Save**. That turns the preorder off until the start date. Clicking **Disable** after saving also works; the schedule still turns it on at the start date. **The preorder turned on the evening or the day before the start date.** The start date is matched in UTC, as described in "When scheduled preorders switch on and off". Turn the preorder on by hand if the exact moment matters. **The preorder did not turn on at its start date.** Open the product and check that the **Enable/Disable by custom dates** toggle is on and both dates show. If they do, click **Enable** to turn the preorder on now. The end date still applies. If it happens again, contact support. **I turned a scheduled preorder off on its start date and it came back on.** On the start date the automatic check turns the preorder on each time it runs. Remove the schedule, or turn the preorder off the next day; from then on a manual change stays. **The product still sells after the preorder ended.** Either **Mark as sold out when the pre-order ends** was unticked, the variant uses the **Always** or **Sold out** rule and has real stock, or **Track quantity** is off. See [The product still sells after the preorder ends](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/product-still-sells-after-preorder-ends.md). **I cannot click the calendar.** The calendar is locked while dates are saved. Click **Reset dates** first. If the toggle and calendar are greyed out with a banner, the card needs the Growth plan or above. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I schedule preorders on the Core plan? No. Scheduled start and end dates are on the Growth, Professional and Scale plans. On the Core plan the **Enable/Disable by custom dates** card is locked and shows an **Upgrade Plan** button. ### Can each variant have its own start and end date? No. EZ Preorder schedules the whole product. Every variant on the product's preorder list follows the same start and end date, while each variant keeps its own preorder rule. ### What time does a scheduled preorder end? A scheduled preorder ends at the first automatic check after midnight at the start of the end date, in the time zone of the computer the dates were saved from. To accept preorders all day on 31 March, set the end date to 1 April. ### Does the end date delete the product from my preorder list? No. When a schedule ends, the product stays on your preorder list as disabled. You can turn it on again with **Enable** or give it a new schedule with **Reset dates**. ### Does ending a preorder cancel the orders already placed? No. Ending a scheduled preorder only stops new preorders. Orders already placed stay as they are and you fulfill them as usual. ### Can I schedule many products at once? No. Bulk Settings does not include dates, so each product's schedule is set on its own edit page. ### Can Shopify Sidekick change a schedule? No. Sidekick can read a product's schedule and status (active, scheduled, ended or disabled) but cannot change dates. See [How to use EZ Preorder with Shopify Sidekick](../reports-ai-and-support/use-ez-preorder-with-shopify-sidekick.md). ## Related articles - [Preorder rules](preorder-rules.md): which variants show the preorder button while the preorder is on. - [How to manage your preorder list](manage-your-preorder-list.md): enable, disable and edit products. - [The product still sells after the preorder ends](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/product-still-sells-after-preorder-ends.md): stop overselling after a preorder closes. - [How to launch a new product with preorders](../guides/launch-a-new-product-with-preorders.md): a full launch plan using a schedule. - [Plans and pricing](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md): which plans include scheduling. - [How to use EZ Preorder with Shopify Sidekick](../reports-ai-and-support/use-ez-preorder-with-shopify-sidekick.md): ask about scheduled and ended preorders. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/preorders/preorder-status-in-shopify-admin Collection: Preorders Lowest plan: Professional Last verified: 2026-11-11 # What the Pre-Order purchase option on Shopify product pages does EZ Preorder & Back In Stock shows up on Shopify admin product pages only as a purchase option. When partial payments are turned on, every variant on your preorder list is added to a purchase option named **Pre-Order** from EZ PreOrder, which carries the deposit terms to checkout. It appears in the **Purchase options** card of the product and variant pages. Clicking it opens an EZ PreOrder window whose only action is **Remove**. There is no preorder status block on Shopify product pages; you manage preorders inside the app. **Available on:** Professional and Scale plans, because the purchase option exists only while partial payments are on. **Where to find it:** Shopify admin → **Products** → a preorder product → **Purchase options** card. ## When the Pre-Order purchase option appears The **Pre-Order** purchase option appears on a product in Shopify admin when both of these are true: - Partial payments are turned on in EZ PreOrder → **Configuration** → **Partial Payments**. See [Partial payments and deposits](../payments-and-conversion/partial-payments-and-deposits.md). - The product's variants are on your preorder list. Turning partial payments on adds every variant already on the list, and products you add to the list later are added as you add them. The purchase option is deleted from all products when you turn partial payments off, and when you change to the Growth or Core plan. Products on stores without partial payments show nothing from EZ PreOrder in the **Purchase options** card. The purchase option is what lets shoppers pay a deposit at checkout. Its terms come from your partial payments settings, not from Shopify admin. See [How remaining balances are charged](../payments-and-conversion/how-remaining-balances-are-charged.md). ## How to remove a product from preorder from its Shopify product page 1. In Shopify admin, open **Products** and click the product. 2. In the **Purchase options** card, click the **Pre-Order** purchase option from EZ PreOrder. 3. The window asks "Are you sure you want to remove this product from pre order list?" Click **Remove**. The window closes when the removal is done. The product is taken off your preorder list in EZ PreOrder, so the preorder button stops showing on your store. Removing a product here does not change its inventory or its **Continue selling when out of stock** setting. If that setting is on, your theme's add to cart button can keep selling the product below zero. To remove a product from preorder and review those settings in one place, remove it inside the app instead. See [How to remove a product from preorder](remove-a-product-from-preorder.md). ## Remove on a variant page does not remove the product The **Pre-Order** purchase option also appears on each variant's page, with the same **Remove** button. On a variant page, **Remove** only takes that variant out of the **Pre-Order** purchase option. The product stays on your preorder list in EZ PreOrder, and the variant can still show the preorder button. Use **Remove** on the product page, or remove the variant inside EZ PreOrder. See [How to remove a product from preorder](remove-a-product-from-preorder.md). ## Adding a product to preorder from Shopify admin You cannot add a product to preorder from Shopify admin. If you choose EZ PreOrder when adding a purchase option to a product, the window shows: "This function is currently not available here. If you would like to add this product to your preorder list, please do so inside of the app." Add products in EZ PreOrder → **Preorders**. See [How to manage your preorder list](manage-your-preorder-list.md). ## Where to see a product's preorder status The **Pre-Order** purchase option shows only that the product is set up for deposits. To see whether a product's preorder is on, its rule, its schedule and its country limits: - Open EZ PreOrder → **Preorders**. The **Enabled** and **Disabled** tabs show each product's status, and **Edit** shows every setting. See [How to manage your preorder list](manage-your-preorder-list.md). - Or ask Shopify Sidekick, for example "Which of my preorders are active?". See [How to use EZ Preorder with Shopify Sidekick](../reports-ai-and-support/use-ez-preorder-with-shopify-sidekick.md). ## Troubleshooting **"Couldn't verify your Shopify session. Reload the page and try again."** Shopify did not hand the window a session. Reload the product page and click the purchase option again. **"Couldn't remove the pre-order (error …). Try again, or remove it from inside the app."** EZ PreOrder could not complete the removal. Try once more, or remove the product in EZ PreOrder → **Preorders**. **"Couldn't reach EZ PreOrder. Check your connection and try again."** The window could not connect to the app. Check your connection and try again, or remove the product inside the app. **I do not see the Pre-Order purchase option.** Partial payments are off, your plan is below Professional, or the product is not on your preorder list. The option is only created for products on the list while partial payments are on. ## Frequently asked questions ### Does EZ Preorder add a preorder status badge to Shopify product pages? No. EZ Preorder does not add a status block or badge to Shopify admin product pages. Its only presence there is the **Pre-Order** purchase option when partial payments are on. Preorder status is shown in the app's **Preorders** page. ### Why does my product have a Pre-Order purchase option? The **Pre-Order** purchase option is added by EZ PreOrder to every preorder variant while partial payments are on. It lets shoppers pay a deposit at checkout. ### Can I edit the deposit terms from the purchase option? No. The **Pre-Order** purchase option has no editable settings in Shopify admin. Change deposit amounts and balance dates in EZ PreOrder → **Configuration** → **Partial Payments** → **Configure**. ### Does Remove in Shopify admin delete the product? No. **Remove** on the product page only takes the product off your EZ PreOrder preorder list. The product, its inventory and its orders stay in Shopify. ### Can I add a product to preorder from Shopify admin? No. Products are added to preorder inside EZ PreOrder on the **Preorders** page. ## Related articles - [Partial payments and deposits](../payments-and-conversion/partial-payments-and-deposits.md): turn on the deposit option that creates this purchase option. - [How to remove a product from preorder](remove-a-product-from-preorder.md): the recommended way to take a product off preorder. - [How to manage your preorder list](manage-your-preorder-list.md): see and change each product's preorder status. - [How remaining balances are charged](../payments-and-conversion/how-remaining-balances-are-charged.md): what happens after a deposit. - [How to use EZ Preorder with Shopify Sidekick](../reports-ai-and-support/use-ez-preorder-with-shopify-sidekick.md): ask about preorder status from Shopify admin. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/preorders/preorder-rules Collection: Preorders Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # What the preorder rules do: Always, Sold out and Specific inventory level In EZ Preorder & Back In Stock, every variant on your Preorder List has one preorder rule that decides when the preorder button replaces your theme's add to cart button. **Always** shows it whatever the stock. **Sold out** shows it when the variant's inventory is 0 or less. **Specific inventory level** shows it while inventory is above 0, so you can sell a set number of preorders and then stop. Saving a rule also changes Shopify's **Continue selling when out of stock** setting: on for **Always** and **Sold out**, off for **Specific inventory level**. **Available on:** All plans (Free, Core, Growth, Professional and Scale). **Where to find it:** EZ PreOrder → **Preorders** → **Edit** on a product → **Pre-order rules** → **Condition to allow Pre-Order**. ## The three preorder rules | Rule | Preorder button shows when | Continue selling when out of stock | Inventory change when you save | Badge on the Preorder List | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | **Always** | Always, whatever the stock | Turned on | None | **Always** | | **Sold out** | The variant's inventory is 0 or less | Turned on | None | **Sold out** | | **Specific inventory level** | The variant's inventory is above 0 | Turned off | Sets the quantity at each location to the numbers you enter | **Greater than 0** | New products start on **Specific inventory level**. Whenever a variant does not match its rule, shoppers see your theme's normal button, which reads "Add to cart" or "Sold out" depending on stock and your theme. ## How to change a variant's preorder rule 1. In EZ PreOrder, open **Preorders**. 2. Click **Edit** on the product, or click the product row to expand it and click **Edit** on a variant. 3. In the **Variants** card on the left, select the variant you want to change. 4. Under **Pre-order rules**, in **Condition to allow Pre-Order**, choose **Always**, **Sold out** or **Specific inventory level**. 5. For **Specific inventory level**, enter the number of units in each **Location** field. The fields start at the current available quantity. 6. Optional: tick **Apply settings for all variants** to use this rule on every variant of the product that is on your list. 7. Click **Save** in the bar at the top of the page. A "Preorder(s) updated" message confirms the save. ## How the Always rule works The **Always** rule shows the preorder button on the variant at all times, whether it has stock or not. Use it for products that are not released yet, or products you only make to order. - Saving **Always** turns on **Continue selling when out of stock** for the variant, so Shopify accepts orders at any stock level. - Every order of the variant is a preorder: EZ Preorder tags it `preorder` and counts it toward your plan's preorder limit, even if you had stock on hand. - The preorder runs until you change the rule, disable the product, remove it, or a schedule ends it. ## How the Sold out rule works The **Sold out** rule shows the preorder button only once the variant's inventory is 0 or less. While the variant has stock, shoppers see your theme's normal add to cart button and orders are regular orders. Use it to keep selling a product through a stockout. - Saving **Sold out** turns on **Continue selling when out of stock**, so Shopify accepts orders when stock is 0 and inventory goes below 0. - A variant counts as sold out at exactly 0, not only below it. - When you receive stock and inventory rises above 0, the normal button returns and new orders are regular orders. Units already sold as preorders stay owed: if inventory is -12 and you receive 20, 8 become available. - An order is a preorder when the variant's stock before that order was 0 or less. ## How the Specific inventory level rule works The **Specific inventory level** rule shows the preorder button while the variant's inventory is above 0. You set the number of units you want to sell as preorders as the variant's inventory, and when it reaches 0 the variant sells out. Use it to cap a preorder campaign at a fixed quantity. - Saving **Specific inventory level** turns off **Continue selling when out of stock**, so Shopify stops selling at 0 and your theme shows its sold out state. - The **Location** fields set the available quantity at each of the variant's locations in Shopify. EZ Preorder records the change as an inventory correction. Leave a field unchanged to keep that location's quantity. - Every unit in stock counts as a preorder unit. Orders placed while stock is above 0 are tagged `preorder`, including stock you receive later, until you change the rule. - This is the default rule for products you add to the list. Right after you add a product, any variant with stock shows the preorder button. ## What changes on the Shopify product EZ Preorder writes Shopify's **Continue selling when out of stock** setting (inventory policy) only at these moments: | What you do in EZ Preorder | Continue selling when out of stock | Inventory quantity | | --- | --- | --- | | Add a product or variant to the Preorder List | Turned off for the added variants | Unchanged | | Save **Always** or **Sold out** on the **Edit** page | Turned on | Unchanged | | Save **Specific inventory level** on the **Edit** page | Turned off | Set to the **Location** numbers | | Click **Enable** or **Disable** | Unchanged | Unchanged | | Remove a product or variant from the list | Unchanged | Unchanged | | Click **Apply** in **Bulk Settings** | Set on every variant on the list, to match the rule in the dialog | Changed only for **Specific inventory level** | | A scheduled preorder ends with **Mark as sold out when the pre-order ends** ticked (Growth plan and above) | Turned off | Set to 0 | Because disabling and removing leave the setting as it is, a variant that was on **Always** or **Sold out** can still be bought at zero stock with your theme's normal button. See [A product still sells after the preorder ends](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/product-still-sells-after-preorder-ends.md). For **Bulk Settings**, see [Bulk edit preorder settings](bulk-edit-preorder-settings.md). For schedules, see [Schedule preorder start and end dates](schedule-preorder-start-and-end-dates.md). ## Apply settings for all variants The **Apply settings for all variants** checkbox on the **Edit** page saves the rule, the custom note for the selected language, and the market settings to every variant of the product that is on your list. With **Specific inventory level**, every variant gets the same quantity at each location as the numbers you entered. The checkbox is unticked each time you open the page, and the **Variants** card is hidden while it is ticked. ## Limitations - Rules are per variant. Schedules are per product. - The product page reads inventory when it loads. Use **Sold out** and **Specific inventory level** on variants with **Track quantity** turned on, so the count is accurate. - If you change **Continue selling when out of stock** directly in Shopify, EZ Preorder does not change it back until you save the rule again. The rule still decides when the button shows, but Shopify decides whether checkout accepts the order. - Saving the **Edit** page turns the product's preorder status to enabled, unless the save sets a schedule that starts on a later date. To keep a product disabled, click **Disable** after saving. - Only the first 100 variants of a product can be added to the list. ## Troubleshooting **An in-stock product shows the preorder button.** The variant uses **Specific inventory level** (the default for new products) or **Always**. Change it to **Sold out** to show the button only after the product sells out. **The Sold out rule shows no button at 0 stock.** Check that the product's status is **Enable** and that the app embed is on. Then see [The preorder button is not showing](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/preorder-button-not-showing.md). **The preorder button shows but shoppers cannot add the item to the cart.** **Continue selling when out of stock** was turned off in Shopify after you saved the rule. Save the rule again in EZ Preorder. See [I cannot add a preorder product to the cart](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/cannot-add-preorder-product-to-cart.md). **Inventory changed after you saved.** **Specific inventory level** sets each location to the number in its **Location** field, and **Apply settings for all variants** copies those numbers to every variant. Correct the quantities in Shopify or save again with the right numbers. **A disabled product turned itself back on.** Saving the **Edit** page enables the product. Click **Disable** after saving. ## Frequently asked questions ### Which preorder rule is the default? **Specific inventory level**. Every variant you add with **Select products**, **Bulk Add** or **Bulk Add Collections** starts on it, with **Continue selling when out of stock** turned off. ### Does the Sold out rule start at 0 or below 0? At 0. The preorder button appears when the variant's inventory is 0 or less. ### How do I limit how many preorders I take? Use **Specific inventory level** and enter the number of preorder units as the variant's quantity. The variant sells out when that number reaches 0. ### Can variants of the same product have different rules? Yes. Select each variant in the **Variants** card on the **Edit** page, choose its rule and save. Leave **Apply settings for all variants** unticked. ### Does changing a rule affect orders already placed? No. Existing orders keep their `preorder` tag and their items. The new rule applies to orders placed after you save. ### Can I take preorders without turning on Continue selling when out of stock? Yes. **Specific inventory level** keeps it off and sells only the quantity you set. ## Related articles - [How to manage your Preorder List](manage-your-preorder-list.md): add, edit, sync and disable products. - [How preorders work](../getting-started/how-preorders-work.md): the full journey from button to fulfilled order. - [Bulk edit preorder settings](bulk-edit-preorder-settings.md): set one rule on every product at once. - [Schedule preorder start and end dates](schedule-preorder-start-and-end-dates.md): turn preorders on and off automatically. - [A product still sells after the preorder ends](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/product-still-sells-after-preorder-ends.md): stop overselling. - [I cannot add a preorder product to the cart](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/cannot-add-preorder-product-to-cart.md): when the button shows but checkout refuses. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/storefront-display/featured-preorder-section Collection: Storefront display Lowest plan: Growth Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to add a featured preorder section to your store EZ Preorder & Back In Stock includes a theme block called **Preorder Featured Product** that features one preorder product anywhere in your store, such as your home page. It shows the product's image, title, price, a quantity field, buttons for the variants that are on preorder, your custom note, deposit options if you use partial payments, and a preorder button that adds the item to the cart. Add it from **Configuration** → **Featured Pre-Order Section** → **Add section to theme**, or in the theme editor under **Add section** → **Apps**. It is available on the Growth, Professional and Scale plans. **Available on:** Growth, Professional and Scale plans. On the Free and Core plans, the **Featured Pre-Order Section** tab is greyed out with an **Upgrade to Growth** link, and a block already in your theme hides itself from shoppers. **Where to find it:** EZ Preorder → **Configuration** → **Featured Pre-Order Section**, or **Online Store** → **Themes** → **Customize** → **Add section** → **Apps** → **Preorder Featured Product**. ## Before you start - You are on the Growth, Professional or Scale plan. - Your theme is an Online Store 2.0 theme, which supports app blocks. Shopify's free themes, such as Dawn and Horizon, are. - The product you want to feature is in your EZ Preorder preorder list, turned on, and has at least one variant on preorder right now. See [How to manage your preorder list](../preorders/manage-your-preorder-list.md). ## How to add the featured preorder section from EZ Preorder 1. In EZ Preorder, open **Configuration**. 2. Under **Visibility**, click **Featured Pre-Order Section**. 3. Click **Add section to theme**. The theme editor for your published theme opens in a new tab with the **Preorder Featured Product** block added in a new **Apps** section. 4. Click the block. In its settings, under **Product**, click **Select product** and pick your preorder product. 5. Change the **Heading** and colors if you like. 6. Drag the section to where you want it on the page. 7. Click **Save** in the theme editor. ## How to add the featured preorder section in the theme editor 1. In Shopify admin, go to **Online Store** → **Themes** and click **Customize** on your theme. 2. Use the page menu at the top of the theme editor to open the page you want, such as **Home page**, a product page or a custom page. 3. Click **Add section**, open the **Apps** tab, and choose **Preorder Featured Product**. 4. Click the block and pick the **Product** in its settings. 5. Click **Save**. You can add more than one **Preorder Featured Product** block, each with a different product, on the same page or on different pages. ## Preorder Featured Product block settings | Setting | What it does | Default | | --- | --- | --- | | **Product** | The product to feature. Pick a product from your preorder list. | None | | **Heading** | The title above the block. If you leave it empty, the block shows "Featured Pre-order Product". | Featured Preorder | | **Button color** | Background color of the preorder button. | `#000000` (black) | | **Button text color** | Text color of the preorder button. | `#ffffff` (white) | | **Variant selected color** | Fill and border color of the selected variant button. Unselected variant buttons use it as their border. | `#2563eb` (blue) | | **Variant selected text color** | Text color of the selected variant button. | `#ffffff` (white) | The preorder button text comes from **Configuration** → **Pre-order Button Text**, not from the block. See [How to change and translate the preorder button text](../preorders/change-and-translate-the-preorder-button-text.md). ## What shoppers see in the featured preorder section The **Preorder Featured Product** block shows, from top to bottom: - The **Heading**. - The product image. It shows the selected variant's image, or the product's main image if the variant has none. When **Badge Settings** is on, your preorder badge sits on the image. See [How to show preorder badges on collection pages](../storefront-display/preorder-badges-on-collection-pages.md). - The product title and the selected variant's price, with the compare-at price struck through if it is higher. - A **Quantity** field, from 1 to 99. - One row of buttons for each product option, such as size or color, when more than one variant is on preorder. Only values from variants on preorder appear. - The custom note for the selected variant, if it has one, in the shopper's language. See [How to add a custom note to preorder products](../preorders/add-a-custom-note-to-preorder-products.md). - The deposit options, if partial payments are on. See [Partial payments and deposits](../payments-and-conversion/partial-payments-and-deposits.md). - The preorder button, with your **Pre-order Button Text** in the shopper's language, or your English text if that language has none. - A **View full details** link to the product page. The image links there too. When the shopper clicks the preorder button, it reads "Adding...", then "Added!", and the shopper is taken to the cart page. The item carries the same preorder line item property (`type: preorder`) as items added from the product page. ## Which variants the featured preorder section shows The **Preorder Featured Product** block only offers variants that are on preorder at that moment: - **Always**: the variant always shows. - **Sold out**: the variant shows while its inventory is 0 or less. - **Specific inventory level**: the variant shows while its inventory is above 0. - Variants you limited to other countries do not show to shoppers in a country where they are not available. See [How to set preorders for specific countries and markets](../preorders/preorders-for-specific-countries-and-markets.md). The block also follows the product's status in your preorder list. If the product is turned off, removed, or outside its scheduled start and end dates, the block shows "No preorder variants available for this product." The same message shows when no variant is on preorder right now, for example when every variant of a **Sold out** rule product is back in stock. See [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md) and [How to schedule preorder start and end dates](../preorders/schedule-preorder-start-and-end-dates.md). ## Featured preorder section messages | Message | Where | Meaning | | --- | --- | --- | | "Select a product in the block settings to display preorder variants." | Theme editor only | No **Product** is picked yet. On your live store, a block with no product shows nothing. | | "Featured Preorder — Loading..." (with your heading) | Store and theme editor | The block is loading the product's preorder details. | | "No preorder variants available for this product." | Store and theme editor | The product is not on preorder right now. | | "Unable to load preorder product." | Store and theme editor | The block could not load the product's details. Reload the page. | ## Limitations - **Direct to Checkout** does not apply. The block always takes the shopper to the cart page after adding the item. - The block's own words ("Quantity", "View full details", "Adding...", "Added!" and the messages in the table) are in English and cannot be changed or translated. - If Shopify cannot add the item, for example because the quantity is more than the stock it allows, the block still shows "Added!" and opens the cart page, and the item is not in the cart. - The product title and price are always black and the price uses a fixed large size, so place the block on a light background. - A fixed-amount deposit shows with a `$` sign, whatever your store's currency. - With several product options, a variant button only switches the variant when that exact combination is on preorder. If it is not, the button looks selected but the variant does not change. ## Featured preorder section or the theme's Featured product section EZ Preorder can also add the preorder button to your theme's own **Featured product** section with the **Featured product** switch in **Configuration** → **Collections & Featured Product**. That keeps your theme's design but only works on pages other than product and collection pages and depends on your theme's layout. The **Preorder Featured Product** block works the same on every page and every Online Store 2.0 theme, and only shows variants that are on preorder. See [How to show the preorder button on collection pages and featured product sections](../storefront-display/preorder-button-on-collection-pages-and-featured-products.md). ## Troubleshooting **The block shows "No preorder variants available for this product."** Open **Preorders** in EZ Preorder and check that the product is in your list and turned on, that its scheduled dates (if any) include today, and that its rule makes at least one variant a preorder at its current stock. **The block does not appear on my store at all.** Check that a **Product** is picked in the block settings and that you clicked **Save** in the theme editor. If you are on the Free or Core plan, the block hides itself; upgrade to Growth or above. **The Add section to theme button is missing.** The button only shows on the Growth, Professional and Scale plans. On other plans, add the block from the theme editor after you upgrade. **I can't find Preorder Featured Product under Apps.** Your theme may not support app blocks (themes older than Online Store 2.0 do not). Check that EZ Preorder is installed, and contact support if the block still does not appear. **The price or title is hard to read.** The block always shows them in black. Move the block to a section with a light background. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I feature more than one preorder product? Yes. Add one **Preorder Featured Product** block for each product. Each block works on its own. ### Can I put the featured preorder section on a page other than the home page? Yes. The **Preorder Featured Product** block works on any page you can edit in the theme editor, including product, collection and custom pages. ### Does the featured preorder section show variants that are in stock? No. It only shows variants that are on preorder right now under their preorder rule. A product with no preorder variants shows "No preorder variants available for this product." ### Does the featured preorder section support partial payments? Yes. If partial payments are on, the block shows the deposit options above the preorder button, using your payment labels. ### What happens to the featured preorder section if I downgrade? On the Free and Core plans, the block hides itself on your store. It comes back if you upgrade to Growth or above again. You do not need to add it again. ### Can I change the preorder button text in the block? The block uses your **Pre-order Button Text** from **Configuration**, in the shopper's language. Change it there and the block updates. ## Related articles - [How to show the preorder button on collection pages and featured product sections](../storefront-display/preorder-button-on-collection-pages-and-featured-products.md): add the preorder button to your theme's own Featured product section. - [How to show preorder badges on collection pages](../storefront-display/preorder-badges-on-collection-pages.md): the badge the block shows on its image. - [How to set up a custom page that lists all your preorder products](../storefront-display/custom-preorder-page.md): show every preorder product on one page. - [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md): which variants count as preorders. - [Partial payments and deposits](../payments-and-conversion/partial-payments-and-deposits.md): the deposit options the block shows. - [How to add a custom note to preorder products](../preorders/add-a-custom-note-to-preorder-products.md): the note under the variant buttons. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/storefront-display/direct-to-checkout-preorder-button Collection: Storefront display Lowest plan: Professional Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to enable the direct to checkout preorder button EZ Preorder & Back In Stock can send shoppers straight to checkout when they click the preorder button, instead of leaving them on the product page or in the cart. Turn on **Direct to Checkout** in **Configuration** and save. The preorder button then adds the item to the cart and opens Shopify checkout in one step, on product pages and in your theme's featured product sections. **Available on:** Professional and Scale plans. On the Free, Core and Growth plans the setting shows **Upgrade to Professional** instead of a toggle. **Where to find it:** EZ PreOrder → **Configuration** → **Direct to Checkout**. ## Steps 1. In EZ PreOrder, open **Configuration**. 2. Under **Conversion**, click **Direct to Checkout**. 3. Switch on the toggle. 4. Click **Save** in the save bar. To go back to the normal add to cart behavior, switch the toggle off and click **Save**. The change applies the next time a shopper loads a page. ## What shoppers see with Direct to Checkout on With **Direct to Checkout** on, the preorder button looks the same. When a shopper clicks it: 1. The button is disabled while the item is added to the cart. 2. The item is added exactly as the normal preorder button would add it: the selected variant and quantity, the line item property `type: preorder`, the deposit option the shopper chose if partial payments are on, and any free gift the page adds. See [Partial payments and deposits](../payments-and-conversion/partial-payments-and-deposits.md) and [Free gifts with preorders](../payments-and-conversion/free-gifts-with-preorders.md). 3. The shopper is taken to Shopify checkout. Checkout shows the whole cart, so anything the shopper already had in the cart is in the checkout too, next to the preorder item. They can return to the cart from checkout to change it. ## Where Direct to Checkout applies | Where the preorder button is | With Direct to Checkout on | | --- | --- | | Product page | Goes straight to checkout. | | Your theme's featured product sections | Goes straight to checkout. | | Product card buttons on collection pages | Adds to the cart as usual. | | Quick add popups | Adds to the cart as usual. | | **Preorder Featured Product** block | Adds to the cart and opens the cart page. See [How to use the featured preorder section](featured-preorder-section.md). | | Custom preorder page | Adds to the cart and stays on the page. See [How to set up the custom preorder page](custom-preorder-page.md). | Your theme's add to cart button on products that are not on preorder is not affected. ## Limitations - **Whole cart at checkout.** Shopify checkout always contains the full cart, not only the preorder item. - **No cart drawer.** Because the shopper leaves the page, your theme's cart drawer or cart popup does not open. - **Failed adds show no message.** If Shopify refuses to add the item, for example because not enough stock is left for the quantity chosen, the button becomes clickable again and the shopper stays on the page without an error message. - **Store-wide.** The setting applies to every preorder product. You cannot turn it on for some products only. ## Troubleshooting **Clicking the preorder button does nothing.** Shopify refused to add the item. Try a quantity of 1 and check the variant's stock and **Continue selling when out of stock** setting in Shopify admin. If the theme's own button also fails for this product, see [I cannot add the preorder product to the cart](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/cannot-add-preorder-product-to-cart.md). **Shoppers still land on the cart page.** Check where they clicked. Collection page buttons, quick add popups, the **Preorder Featured Product** block and the custom preorder page do not use **Direct to Checkout**. On the product page, check that you clicked **Save** after switching the toggle on. **Checkout contains products the shopper added earlier.** That is how Shopify checkout works; it checks out the whole cart. **The toggle is missing and I see Upgrade to Professional.** **Direct to Checkout** needs the Professional or Scale plan. See [Plans and pricing](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md). ## Frequently asked questions ### Which plan includes the direct to checkout button? **Direct to Checkout** is on the Professional and Scale plans. On the Free, Core and Growth plans the **Direct to Checkout** tab shows an **Upgrade to Professional** link. ### Do deposits and free gifts still work with Direct to Checkout? Yes. The preorder button adds the same items it would add without **Direct to Checkout**, including the deposit option and free gifts, before opening checkout. ### Does Direct to Checkout work on collection pages? No. **Direct to Checkout** applies to the preorder button on product pages and in your theme's featured product sections. Collection page buttons and quick add popups add the item to the cart. ### What happens to Direct to Checkout if I move to a lower plan? The setting stays as it was. If **Direct to Checkout** was on, preorder buttons keep sending shoppers to checkout, and the tab shows **Upgrade to Professional** instead of the toggle. Turn it off before you change plans, or contact support to turn it off for you. ### Can Shopify Sidekick turn Direct to Checkout on? Yes, on the Professional and Scale plans. Sidekick fills in the change on the **Configuration** page and you click **Save** to apply it. See [How to use EZ Preorder with Shopify Sidekick](../reports-ai-and-support/use-ez-preorder-with-shopify-sidekick.md). ## Related articles - [How to show the preorder button on collection pages and featured product sections](preorder-button-on-collection-pages-and-featured-products.md): the other places the preorder button appears. - [How to use the featured preorder section](featured-preorder-section.md): the block that always opens the cart. - [Partial payments and deposits](../payments-and-conversion/partial-payments-and-deposits.md): deposit options that carry through to checkout. - [Free gifts with preorders](../payments-and-conversion/free-gifts-with-preorders.md): gifts added with the preorder item. - [Plans and pricing](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md): what each plan includes. - [How to use EZ Preorder with Shopify Sidekick](../reports-ai-and-support/use-ez-preorder-with-shopify-sidekick.md): change this setting by asking Sidekick. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/storefront-display/custom-preorder-page Collection: Storefront display Lowest plan: Growth Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to set up a custom page that lists all your preorder products EZ Preorder & Back In Stock can publish one page in your store that lists every product currently on preorder in a collection-style grid, with a preorder button on each product. Turn it on in **Configuration** → **Custom Pre-Order Page** and click **Save**. The page is live at your store's address followed by `/apps/pre-order/all-preorders`, for example `https://yourstore.com/apps/pre-order/all-preorders`, and you can add it to your store menu. The page is available on the Growth, Professional and Scale plans. Its page and button colors apply on Professional and Scale. **Available on:** Growth, Professional and Scale plans. Page and button colors apply on Professional and Scale only. On the Free and Core plans, the **Custom Pre-Order Page** card is greyed out with an **Upgrade to Growth** link. **Where to find it:** EZ Preorder → **Configuration** → **Custom Pre-Order Page**. ## Before you start - You are on the Growth, Professional or Scale plan. - At least one product in your preorder list is turned on and has a variant on preorder right now. See [How to manage your preorder list](../preorders/manage-your-preorder-list.md). - Optional: set your **Pre-order Button Text**, preorder badges and partial payments first. The page uses all three. ## How to turn on the custom preorder page 1. In EZ Preorder, open **Configuration**. 2. Under **Visibility**, click **Custom Pre-Order Page**. 3. Turn the switch on. 4. Click **Save** in the save bar. The page is not live until you save, even though the link already shows. 5. In the blue box, under "Your pre-orders page is live at:", click **Preview** to open the page, or **Copy** to copy its link. ## How to add the custom preorder page to your store menu 1. On the **Custom Pre-Order Page** tab, click **Copy** to copy the page link. 2. Click **Add to navigation**. Shopify admin opens **Content** → **Menus** in a new tab. 3. Click the menu you want, such as **Main menu**. 4. Click **Add menu item**. 5. Type a **Label**, such as "Preorders", and paste the page link into **Link**. 6. Click **Save**. ## How to customize the custom preorder page 1. On the **Custom Pre-Order Page** tab, click **Customize**. The **Customize Pre-Order Page** page opens. The **Customize** button shows while the page switch is on. 2. In **Page Content**, edit the **Page Title** and the **Page Description**. 3. In **Page Colors**, click **Background Color** and **Text Color** to pick colors, or type a hex code under the color picker. 4. In **Button Customization**, pick the **Button Background Color** and **Button Text Color**. 5. Click **Save** in the save bar. The message "Saved successfully" confirms it. The colors take effect only on the Professional and Scale plans. On Growth, you can save colors, but the page keeps its default black and white colors. The **Page Title** and **Page Description** work on every plan that has the page. ## Custom preorder page settings | Setting | What it does | Default | | --- | --- | --- | | Switch on the **Custom Pre-Order Page** tab | Publishes the page. When it is off, visitors see "Page Not Available". | Off | | **Page Title** | The heading at the top of the page. | Pre-Order Products | | **Page Description** | Optional text under the heading. | Empty | | **Background Color** | Background of the page content area. Professional and Scale. | `#ffffff` (white) | | **Text Color** | Color of the heading and description. Professional and Scale. | `#000000` (black) | | **Button Background Color** | Fill color of the preorder buttons. Professional and Scale. | `#000000` (black) | | **Button Text Color** | Text color of the preorder buttons. Professional and Scale. | `#ffffff` (white) | ## Custom preorder page features by plan | Feature | Free, Core | Growth | Professional, Scale | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Turn the page on | No | Yes | Yes | | **Page Title** and **Page Description** | No | Yes | Yes | | Page and button colors | No | Saved, not applied | Yes | | Deposit options on product cards | No | No | Yes, if partial payments are on | ## Which products the custom preorder page lists The custom preorder page builds its list automatically from your EZ Preorder preorder list each time a shopper opens it. A product appears when: - The product is turned on in your preorder list. Scheduled products appear only while their preorder is running, because the app turns them on at the start date and off at the end date. See [How to schedule preorder start and end dates](../preorders/schedule-preorder-start-and-end-dates.md). - At least one of its variants is on preorder right now under its rule: **Always** at any stock, **Sold out** while inventory is 0 or less, **Specific inventory level** while inventory is above 0. See [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md). - At least one of those variants is available in the shopper's country, if you limit preorders by country. See [How to set preorders for specific countries and markets](../preorders/preorders-for-specific-countries-and-markets.md). Each product card's option dropdowns only offer variants that are on preorder. Products and variants that are not on preorder do not appear. You cannot pick products by hand or pin a product to the top. ## What shoppers see on the custom preorder page The custom preorder page uses your theme's header and footer. Below the **Page Title** and **Page Description**, shoppers get: - **Filter - Price**: **All Prices**, **Under 50**, **50 - 100**, **100 - 200** and **200+** (in the cart's currency symbol), or a **Min** and **Max** price with **Apply**. - **Sort by**: **Default**, **Price: Low to High**, **Price: High to Low**, **Name: A to Z** and **Name: Z to A**. **Default** shows products in the order you added them to your preorder list. - The number of products and a page size of 8, 12, 16 or 24 products. The page shows 8 products at first, with **Back**, page numbers and **Next** when there are more. Each product card shows: - The product image, which changes to the variant's image when the shopper picks a variant. The image links to the product page. - Your preorder badge, while **Badge Settings** is on. See the section "Preorder badges on the custom preorder page" in this article. - The product title and price, with the compare-at price if it has one. - A dropdown for each product option, such as size or color. - The product's custom note, if it has one. - The deposit options, if partial payments are on: your deposit option, and **Pay in full** if you let customers pay in full. See [Partial payments and deposits](../payments-and-conversion/partial-payments-and-deposits.md). - The preorder button, with your **Pre-order Button Text** in the shopper's language, or your English text if that language has none. - A **View full details** link to the product page. ## How adding to cart works on the custom preorder page When a shopper clicks the preorder button on the custom preorder page, EZ Preorder adds one unit of the selected variant to the cart with the preorder line item property (`type: preorder`), the same as the product page. The shopper stays on the page and sees "Added to cart!" with a **View Cart** link, and the app tries to refresh your theme's cart drawer or cart icon. If the item cannot be added, the shopper sees "Could not add to cart. Please try again." **Direct to Checkout** does not apply on this page. ## Preorder badges on the custom preorder page The custom preorder page shows your preorder badge on every product card while **Badge Settings** is on in **Configuration** → **Collections & Featured Product**. It uses your **Badge Text color**, **Badge Background color** and **Badge font size**, but: - It always shows your English **Badge Text**, in capital letters. - It always sits in the top left corner. **Badge Position** does not apply. - It always has square corners, whichever **Badge Shape** you choose. The custom preorder page works on every theme, including themes marked **Badge incompatible**, so it is a good way to highlight preorder products when collection page badges are not available. See [How to show preorder badges on collection pages](../storefront-display/preorder-badges-on-collection-pages.md). ## Custom preorder page messages | Message | Meaning | | --- | --- | | "No pre-order products available right now. Check back soon!" | No product is turned on in your preorder list. | | "No products match your filters." | Products exist, but none match the price filter, or none is on preorder right now. | | "Page Not Available" / "This page is currently not available." | The page switch is off. Visitors get a **Back to Home** button. | | "Failed to load products. Please refresh the page." | The product list could not load. Reload the page. | ## Limitations - The page's own words, such as **Filter - Price**, **Sort by**, **View full details**, **Added to cart!** and the messages in the table, are in English and cannot be changed. The **Page Title** and **Page Description** are one text for every language. - Prices show your store's default-currency amount next to the shopper's currency symbol. If you sell in several currencies, a shopper browsing in another currency sees your default-currency number. The cart and checkout show the correct converted price. - The custom note on each card is the English note of the product's first preorder variant, shown as plain text. HTML in the note shows as typed instead of being formatted. - The page lists every product that is turned on in your preorder list, including products that are drafts or not available on your Online Store. Turn such products off in EZ Preorder. - Only the first 100 variants of a product are considered. - The page address is fixed and cannot be renamed, and the page cannot be edited in the theme editor. ## What happens to the custom preorder page when you change plans On the Free and Core plans, the **Custom Pre-Order Page** tab locks, but the page itself stays live if it was on before you changed plans. Its colors go back to the default black and white. To take the page down, turn the switch off and click **Save** before you downgrade, or contact support afterwards, and remove the page from your store menu. Plan details are in [Plans and pricing](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md). ## Troubleshooting **Visitors see "Page Not Available".** The switch on the **Custom Pre-Order Page** tab is off, or you turned it on without clicking **Save**. Turn it on and click **Save**. **The page says "No pre-order products available right now".** No product is turned on in your preorder list. Open **Preorders** in EZ Preorder and turn on at least one product. **A product is missing from the page.** Check that it is turned on in your preorder list, that its scheduled dates include today, and that at least one variant is on preorder at its current stock. A **Sold out** rule product with every variant in stock does not appear. If you limit it to certain countries, check the country you are browsing from. **A product appears that is not for sale.** The product is turned on in your preorder list but is a draft or not available on your Online Store. Turn it off in your preorder list. **My colors don't show.** Page and button colors apply on the Professional and Scale plans only. On Growth, the page uses the default colors. **The product count changes after the page loads.** The count first shows every product turned on in your preorder list, then updates to the products on preorder right now. **The cart icon does not update after adding a product.** Some themes do not let apps refresh their cart drawer. The item is in the cart; reload the page or click **View Cart** to see it. ## Frequently asked questions ### What is the URL of the custom preorder page? It is your store's primary domain followed by `/apps/pre-order/all-preorders`, for example `https://yourstore.com/apps/pre-order/all-preorders`. The **Custom Pre-Order Page** tab shows your exact link with a **Copy** button. ### Does the custom preorder page show every product in my preorder list? No. It shows products that are turned on and have at least one variant on preorder right now under their rule, in the shopper's country. In-stock variants of a **Sold out** rule product do not appear. ### Can I choose the order of products on the custom preorder page? Not by hand. **Default** shows products in the order you added them to your preorder list, and shoppers can sort by price or name. ### Do I need the app embed for the custom preorder page? No. The page loads its own products and buttons, so it works whether or not the EZ Preorder app embed is on. The preorder button on your product pages still needs the app embed. ### Can shoppers pay a deposit from the custom preorder page? Yes, if partial payments are on. Each card shows your deposit option, and **Pay in full** if you allow it. ### Why did my page colors stop working? Page and button colors apply on the Professional and Scale plans. After a change to Growth, Core or Free, the page uses the default black and white colors. ### Can I translate the custom preorder page? Partly. The preorder button text and badge follow your EZ Preorder settings, and the button uses the shopper's language. The **Page Title**, **Page Description** and the page's own words are not translated. ## Related articles - [How to show preorder badges on collection pages](../storefront-display/preorder-badges-on-collection-pages.md): the badge the page shows on each product. - [How to add a featured preorder section to your store](../storefront-display/featured-preorder-section.md): feature one preorder product on any page. - [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md): which variants count as on preorder. - [Partial payments and deposits](../payments-and-conversion/partial-payments-and-deposits.md): the deposit options on each card. - [How to set preorders for specific countries and markets](../preorders/preorders-for-specific-countries-and-markets.md): how country limits affect the page. - [Plans and pricing](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md): which plan includes the page and its colors. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/storefront-display/preorder-badges-on-collection-pages Collection: Storefront display Lowest plan: Growth Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to show preorder badges on collection pages EZ Preorder & Back In Stock can add a badge, such as "Preorder", to the image of each preorder product on your collection pages, on home page product grids and in search results. Turn it on in **Configuration** → **Collections & Featured Product** → **Badge Settings**, click **Save**, then click **Customize** to set the badge text, colors, font size, shape and corner. Badges are available on the Growth, Professional and Scale plans, and they need a theme preset that tells the app where your theme's product cards are. **Available on:** Growth, Professional and Scale plans. On the Free and Core plans, the **Badge Settings** card is greyed out and shows **Upgrade to Growth** in place of the switch. **Where to find it:** EZ Preorder → **Configuration** → **Collections & Featured Product** → **Badge Settings**. ## Before you start - You are on the Growth, Professional or Scale plan. - The EZ Preorder app embed is turned on in your theme. See [How to install EZ Preorder and turn on the app embed](../getting-started/install-and-enable-the-app-embed.md). - At least one product is turned on in your preorder list. See [How to manage your preorder list](../preorders/manage-your-preorder-list.md). - Your theme is not marked **Badge incompatible** in **Configuration** → **Theme Settings** → **Theme Selector**. The section "Which themes support preorder badges" in this article explains the check. ## How to turn on preorder badges 1. In EZ Preorder, open **Configuration**. 2. Under **Visibility**, click **Collections & Featured Product**. 3. On the **Badge Settings** card, turn the switch on. 4. Click **Save** in the save bar at the top of the page. 5. Open one of your collection pages in a new browser tab and reload it. Preorder products now show the badge on their image. The **Badge Settings** switch, like the other switches on the Configuration page, only takes effect after you click **Save**. ## How to customize the preorder badge 1. Go to **Configuration** → **Collections & Featured Product**. 2. On the **Badge Settings** card, click **Customize**. The **Badge customization** page opens. The **Customize** button only appears while your plan includes badges. 3. In the **Customize text** card, click a language tab and type the **Badge Text** for that language. There is one tab for each language published in your store, with your default language first. Repeat for each language you sell in. 4. In **Badge font size**, enter the text size in pixels, for example `12`. 5. In the **Badge Appearance** card, choose a **Badge Shape** and a **Badge Position**. 6. In the **Body** card, click **Badge Text color** and **Badge Background color**. Pick a color, or type a hex code such as `#000000` in the field under the color picker. 7. Check the **Preview** card, then click **Save** in the save bar. The message "Saved successfully" confirms it. Badge changes show in your store the next time a shopper loads or reloads a page. ## Badge customization settings The preorder badge has one design, which applies to every preorder product in your store. | Setting | What it does | Default | | --- | --- | --- | | **Badge Text** (one per store language) | The words in the badge. Shoppers see the text for their store language. If that language has no text, they see your English text, and if that is empty too, "Preorder". | Preorder | | **Badge font size** | Text size in pixels. | 12 | | **Badge Shape** | **Rectangle** gives nearly square corners (2 px). **Rounded** gives rounded corners (8 px). | Rectangle | | **Badge Position** | Which corner of the product image the badge sits in: **Top left**, **Top right**, **Bottom left** or **Bottom right**. The badge sits 10 px in from both edges. | Top left | | **Badge Text color** | Color of the badge text. | `#000000` (black) | | **Badge Background color** | Fill color of the badge. | `#ec0000` (red) | ## Where preorder badges appear Preorder badges from EZ Preorder appear on: - Product cards on collection pages, including the **All products** collection. - Product cards on other storefront pages that list products, such as featured collection sections on your home page and the search results page. - The product image in the **Preorder Featured Product** theme block. See [How to add a featured preorder section to your store](../storefront-display/featured-preorder-section.md). - Product cards on the custom preorder page, with some differences explained in the section "Preorder badges on the custom preorder page" in this article. Preorder badges do not appear on product pages (neither on the main product image nor on product grids inside a product page, such as recommendations), in quick add popups, in the cart or at checkout. ## Which products get a preorder badge A product on a collection page gets the preorder badge when all of these are true: - The product is turned on in your EZ Preorder preorder list. Products you turned off or removed get no badge. Scheduled preorders follow the same rule: the app turns the product on when its start date arrives and off when its end date passes, and the badge follows. See [How to schedule preorder start and end dates](../preorders/schedule-preorder-start-and-end-dates.md). - The product's preorder rule allows it: - **Always** and **Specific inventory level**: the badge shows whenever the product is turned on, whatever its stock. A **Specific inventory level** product keeps its badge after its preorder stock reaches 0. - **Sold out**: the badge shows only while at least one variant of the product is out of stock (inventory of 0 or less). When every variant is back in stock, the badge disappears on the next page load. - If you limit preorders to certain countries, the shopper's country has at least one of the product's variants available. A product limited entirely to other countries gets no badge for that shopper. See [How to set preorders for specific countries and markets](../preorders/preorders-for-specific-countries-and-markets.md). The preorder badge is per product, not per variant. A product with one preorder variant and several in-stock variants shows one badge on its card. For more on the rules, see [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md). ## When preorder badges are added to the page EZ Preorder adds preorder badges once, right after the page loads. Product cards that appear later do not get a badge until the shopper reloads the page. That includes cards added by infinite scroll, by a **Load more** button, and by filters or sorting that update the product grid without reloading the whole page. Badges also reflect stock as it was when the page loaded. ## Which themes support preorder badges EZ Preorder finds product cards using your theme's preset in **Configuration** → **Theme Settings** → **Theme Selector**. When you install the app, it selects the preset for your published theme automatically if it recognizes the theme's name. The preset fills in the **Collection page** settings that badges use: **Product wrapper selector**, **Product id selector**, **Product id attribute selector** and **Product image selector**. These settings are greyed out below the Growth plan. In the **Select your theme** list, every theme shows a **Compatible** label. Themes that cannot show preorder badges also show a **Badge incompatible** label. On those themes, the app cannot find the product cards, so neither preorder badges nor the preorder button on product cards appear. These theme presets are marked **Badge incompatible**: Alchemy, Allure, Analog, Andaman, Ascension, Athens, Athora, Atlantic, Atlas, Avante, Baseline, Bazaar, Be Yours, Beautify, Bespoke, Beyond, Blockshop, Blum, California, Cama, Capital, Carbon, Cascade, Colors, Creator, Desert, Distinctive, District, Divide, Divine, Edge, Effortless, Electro, Elixira, Emerge, Empire, Emporium, Exhibit, Expression, Fame, Flaunt, Flex, Flute, Foodie, Fuse, Gain, Galleria, Gravity, Habitat, Halftone, Handmade, Ira, July, Krank, Label, Lorenza, Luxe, Madrid, Maker, Mandolin, Maranello, Masonry, Mavon, Multi, Murmel, Nexus, Noble, Noblesse, North, Nostalgia, Ormonte, Paris, Pebble, Pesto, Polyform, Reformation, Release, Renovate, Retina, Retro, Sahara, Seventh, Shapes, Shine, Showcase, ShowTime, Sleek, Stiletto, Stockholm, Story, Stylist, Sunrise, Takeout, Tokyo, Toyo, Unicorn, Venice, Vetro, Vincent, Vision, Voltix, Wave, Wonder, Zora. If your theme is marked **Badge incompatible**, two features still show your preorder products as a group with badges: the [custom preorder page](../storefront-display/custom-preorder-page.md) and the [Preorder Featured Product block](../storefront-display/featured-preorder-section.md). If your theme is not in the list at all, or is heavily customized, contact support from the **Support** page in EZ Preorder and ask us to check it. For the full preset list, see [Theme compatibility](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/theme-compatibility.md). ## Preorder badges on the custom preorder page The custom preorder page shows a preorder badge on every product card while **Badge Settings** is on, using your **Badge Text color**, **Badge Background color** and **Badge font size**. The badge on that page looks different from the one on collection pages: - It always uses your English **Badge Text**, shown in capital letters. - It always sits in the top left corner of the image. **Badge Position** does not apply. - It always has square corners, whichever **Badge Shape** you choose. See [How to set up a custom page that lists all your preorder products](../storefront-display/custom-preorder-page.md). ## Preorder badges in the Preorder Featured Product block The **Preorder Featured Product** theme block shows the preorder badge on its product image while **Badge Settings** is on. It uses all of your badge settings, including the text for the shopper's language, the shape and the position. ## What happens to preorder badges when you change plans When you change to the Core or Free plan, EZ Preorder turns the **Badge Settings** switch off automatically, and badges disappear from your store. Your badge text and design are kept. If you upgrade to Growth, Professional or Scale again, turn the **Badge Settings** switch back on and click **Save**. Plan details are in [Plans and pricing](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md). ## Troubleshooting **Badges don't show on any collection page.** Check each of these in order: 1. **Configuration** → **Collections & Featured Product** → **Badge Settings** is on, and you clicked **Save**. 2. Your plan is Growth, Professional or Scale. 3. The EZ Preorder app embed is on in **Online Store** → **Themes** → **Customize** → **App embeds**. 4. The product is turned on in your preorder list, and its rule allows a badge. A **Sold out** product that has every variant in stock gets no badge. 5. Your theme is not marked **Badge incompatible** in the Theme Selector, and the preset selected there matches your published theme. If you switched themes since installing, select the new theme's preset and click **Save**. 6. Reload the collection page. **My theme is marked Badge incompatible.** EZ Preorder cannot place badges on that theme's product cards. Use the custom preorder page or the Preorder Featured Product block to highlight preorder products, or contact support. **Badges disappear after I filter, sort or scroll.** The new product cards were loaded without a page reload, so they have no badge. Reload the page and the badges come back. This is how badges work on every theme. **A product that is in stock still shows the badge.** Its preorder rule is **Always** or **Specific inventory level**, which show the badge regardless of stock. Change the rule to **Sold out**, or turn the product off in your preorder list. **The badge shows the wrong text for a language.** Open **Badge customization**, click that language's tab, enter the **Badge Text**, and click **Save**. A language with no text shows your English text. **The badge is in the wrong place on the card, or shows on the wrong product.** The theme preset's **Collection page** settings do not match your theme, often because the theme is customized. Contact support from the **Support** page in EZ Preorder. We can adjust these settings for you. **My badge changes don't show.** Click **Save** on the **Badge customization** page, wait for "Saved successfully", then reload your store page. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I use preorder badges on the Free or Core plan? No. Preorder badges need the Growth, Professional or Scale plan. On Free and Core, the **Badge Settings** card shows **Upgrade to Growth** instead of a switch. ### Where did the Badge Settings tab go? **Badge Settings** is now a card on the **Collections & Featured Product** tab of the **Configuration** page in EZ Preorder. The **Customize** button on that card opens the badge design page. ### Can preorder badges show on the product page? No. EZ Preorder shows badges on product cards in product grids, such as collection pages, home page collections and search results, and in the Preorder Featured Product block and the custom preorder page. The product page shows the preorder button instead. ### Can I use different badge text for different products? No. EZ Preorder has one badge design for all preorder products. You can set different badge text for each store language. ### Do preorder badges work in every language? Yes. The **Badge customization** page has a tab for each language published in your store. Shoppers see the badge text for their language, or your English text if that language has none. ### Why does an in-stock product show a preorder badge? Products on the **Always** or **Specific inventory level** rule show the badge whenever they are turned on in your preorder list. Only products on the **Sold out** rule hide the badge when all their variants are in stock. ### Why did my preorder badges turn off by themselves? EZ Preorder turns badges off when a store changes to the Core or Free plan. Upgrade to Growth or above, then turn **Badge Settings** back on and click **Save**. ### Do preorder badges respect scheduled preorders and country limits? Yes. A scheduled product shows its badge only while its preorder is running. A product limited entirely to other countries shows no badge to shoppers in your country. ## Related articles - [How to show the preorder button on collection pages and featured product sections](../storefront-display/preorder-button-on-collection-pages-and-featured-products.md): replace add to cart on product cards with the preorder button. - [How to set up a custom page that lists all your preorder products](../storefront-display/custom-preorder-page.md): one page with every active preorder product, a good alternative on badge-incompatible themes. - [How to add a featured preorder section to your store](../storefront-display/featured-preorder-section.md): feature one preorder product anywhere in your theme. - [Theme compatibility](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/theme-compatibility.md): the Theme Selector and every theme preset. - [Advanced theme settings](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/advanced-theme-settings.md): the selectors badges rely on. - [Plans and pricing](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md): which plan includes badges. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/storefront-display/preorder-button-on-collection-pages-and-featured-products Collection: Storefront display Lowest plan: Growth Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to show the preorder button on collection pages and featured product sections EZ Preorder & Back In Stock can replace the theme's add to cart button with your preorder button outside the product page: on product cards and quick add popups on collection pages, and in your theme's own **Featured product** section on the home page. Turn on **Collection page**, **Featured product** or both in **Configuration** → **Collections & Featured Product**, then click **Save**. Both switches are available on the Growth, Professional and Scale plans and are off by default. **Available on:** Growth, Professional and Scale plans. On the Free and Core plans, both cards are greyed out and show **Upgrade to Growth** in place of the switch. **Where to find it:** EZ Preorder → **Configuration** → **Collections & Featured Product**. ## Before you start - You are on the Growth, Professional or Scale plan. - The EZ Preorder app embed is turned on in your theme. See [How to install EZ Preorder and turn on the app embed](../getting-started/install-and-enable-the-app-embed.md). - The preorder button already works on your product pages. These switches reuse the same preorder rules, button text and theme settings. - Your theme preset is selected in **Configuration** → **Theme Settings** → **Theme Selector**. The presets fill in the settings these features use. ## How to turn on the preorder button on collection pages and featured products 1. In EZ Preorder, open **Configuration**. 2. Under **Visibility**, click **Collections & Featured Product**. 3. Turn on **Collection page** to show the preorder button on product cards and in quick add popups. 4. Turn on **Featured product** to show the preorder button in your theme's **Featured product** sections. 5. Click **Save** in the save bar. 6. Open a collection page and your home page in a new browser tab, reload them, and check a preorder product. ## Settings | Setting | What it does | Default | | --- | --- | --- | | **Featured product** | Shows the preorder button in your theme's **Featured product** sections on pages other than product and collection pages, such as the home page. | Off | | **Collection page** | Shows the preorder button on product cards and in quick add popups on collection pages, home page product grids and search results. | Off | | **Badge Settings** | Adds a preorder badge to product card images. Separate from the button. See [How to show preorder badges on collection pages](../storefront-display/preorder-badges-on-collection-pages.md). | Off | ## How the preorder button works on collection page product cards When **Collection page** is on, EZ Preorder changes product cards that have their own add to cart button. Many themes show that button directly on the card for products with a single variant. For each preorder product: - The card's add to cart button is replaced by a button with your **Pre-order Button Text** in the shopper's language. See [How to change and translate the preorder button text](../preorders/change-and-translate-the-preorder-button-text.md). - The item is added to the cart with the same preorder line item property (`type: preorder`) the product page adds, and that property stays on the line through checkout and into the order. - The card button does not show your custom note or the deposit options, and **Direct to Checkout** does not apply to it. Shoppers who want to pay a deposit choose it on the product page or in the quick add popup. Product cards decide which products are preorders the same way preorder badges do: - The product must be turned on in your preorder list. Scheduled products count only while their preorder is running. - Products on the **Always** or **Specific inventory level** rule get the preorder button whenever they are turned on. - Products on the **Sold out** rule get the preorder button only while at least one variant is out of stock. ## How the preorder button works in quick add popups Many themes open a quick add popup, often labeled **Choose options** or **Quick add**, for products with several variants. When **Collection page** is on and a shopper opens that popup for a product in your preorder list, EZ Preorder checks the selected variant: - If the variant's preorder rule is active for its current stock, the theme's add to cart button is replaced by your preorder button, with your custom note above it and, if partial payments are on, the deposit options. See [Partial payments and deposits](../payments-and-conversion/partial-payments-and-deposits.md). - If the variant is not on preorder, the theme's own button stays. - When the shopper picks another variant in the popup, the button updates. **Direct to Checkout** does not apply in quick add popups. The item is added to the cart with the preorder line item property. ## How the preorder button works in Featured product sections Many themes include a **Featured product** section that shows one product with its variant picker and add to cart button, usually on the home page. When **Featured product** is on, EZ Preorder treats that section like a small product page: - If the selected variant's preorder rule is active, the add to cart button is replaced by your preorder button. - Your custom note shows above the button, and the deposit options show if partial payments are on. - If **Direct to Checkout** is on, the button takes the shopper straight to checkout. See [How to enable the direct to checkout preorder button](../storefront-display/direct-to-checkout-preorder-button.md). - The elements listed under **Hidden elements** in **Theme Settings** are hidden while the preorder button shows. By default that is the theme's dynamic checkout ("Buy it now") button. - When the shopper switches variants, the button switches between preorder and add to cart. The **Featured product** switch works on pages other than product and collection pages, such as your home page and other pages you build in the theme editor. A **Featured product** section placed on a product page or collection page template is not changed. ## Preorder buttons by surface | Surface | Switch | Custom note | Deposit options | Direct to Checkout | "Sold out" for other countries | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Product card add to cart button | **Collection page** | No | No | No | Yes | | Quick add popup | **Collection page** | Yes | Yes | No | Yes | | Theme **Featured product** section | **Featured product** | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | "Sold out" for other countries means: if you limit a variant to certain countries and turn on **Show as sold out everywhere else**, shoppers in other countries see a disabled "Sold out" button instead of add to cart. See [How to set preorders for specific countries and markets](../preorders/preorders-for-specific-countries-and-markets.md). ## Which pages the Collection page switch affects The **Collection page** switch affects product grids on: - Collection pages, including **All products**. - Pages other than product pages that list products, such as featured collection sections on the home page and the search results page. Product grids on product pages, such as recommendations, keep the theme's own buttons. ## Theme settings the preorder button uses outside the product page EZ Preorder finds product cards, quick add popups and Featured product sections with settings in **Configuration** → **Theme Settings**. Selecting your theme in **Theme Selector** fills these in. You should not need to change them yourself. | Card in Theme Settings | Setting | Used for | Default | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | **Featured product** | **Section selector** | Finding the theme's Featured product section | `.featured-product` | | **Collection page** | **Product wrapper selector** | Finding each product card | `.product-card-wrapper` | | **Collection page** | **Product id selector** | Finding the element on the card that holds the product ID | `h3` | | **Collection page** | **Product id attribute selector** | The attribute on that element that contains the product ID | `id` | | **Collection page** | **Product image selector** | Where badges go (not used by the button) | `.card__media` | | **Quick add** | **Button selector** | The button that opens the quick add popup | `modal-opener` | | **Quick add** | **Modal selector** | The quick add popup itself | `.quick-add-modal__content-info` | The defaults match Shopify's Dawn theme. These cards are greyed out below the Growth plan. For details, see [Advanced theme settings](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/advanced-theme-settings.md). ## Featured product switch or Preorder Featured Product block EZ Preorder has two ways to feature a preorder product outside the product page: - The **Featured product** switch adds the preorder button to your theme's existing **Featured product** section. It keeps your theme's design, but depends on your theme's layout. - The **Preorder Featured Product** block is EZ Preorder's own theme block. It works the same in every Online Store 2.0 theme, can go on any page, and shows only the variants that are on preorder. See [How to add a featured preorder section to your store](../storefront-display/featured-preorder-section.md). ## Limitations - The preorder button is added once, when the page loads. Product cards loaded later by infinite scroll, a **Load more** button, or filters and sorting that update the grid without reloading the page keep the theme's add to cart button. Quick add buttons on those later cards also keep the theme's behavior. - One **Featured product** section per page. If a page has two or more, the preorder button may appear in the wrong one. - Product card buttons follow the product, not the variant. A card shows the preorder button for any product that is on preorder, using the card's default variant. - Product cards whose theme shows **Choose options** or **View product** instead of an add to cart button have no button to replace. The quick add popup or product page handles those. - On themes marked **Badge incompatible** in the Theme Selector, the app cannot find product cards, so the product card button does not appear. ## Troubleshooting **Nothing changes on my collection pages.** Check each of these in order: 1. **Collection page** is on and you clicked **Save**. 2. Your plan is Growth, Professional or Scale. 3. The EZ Preorder app embed is on in **Online Store** → **Themes** → **Customize** → **App embeds**. 4. The product is turned on in your preorder list, and its rule makes it a preorder now. 5. Your theme preset in **Theme Selector** matches your published theme. If you changed themes, select the new theme's preset and click **Save**. 6. Reload the page. **The product card shows add to cart, but the product page shows the preorder button.** The theme may load that card after the page loads (infinite scroll or filtering), or the card may have no add to cart button of its own. Reload the page. If the card has its own add to cart button and still does not change, contact support from the **Support** page in EZ Preorder. **The quick add popup still shows add to cart.** The selected variant may not be on preorder: for example, a **Sold out** rule variant that has stock. If it should be on preorder, your theme's quick add popup may not match the **Quick add** settings. Contact support and we will check your theme. **My home page Featured product section still shows add to cart.** Check that **Featured product** is on and saved, that the product is on preorder for the selected variant, and that the section is not on a product or collection page template. If it still does not change, open **Theme Settings** → **Theme Selector**, select your theme's preset again, click **Save**, and reload. If that does not help, contact support. **The preorder button on a product card shows "Pre order" instead of my text.** The shopper's language has no **Pre-order Button Text**. Add text for that language in **Configuration** → **Pre-order Button Text**. **I downgraded and the buttons are still showing.** The **Collection page** and **Featured product** switches lock when you move to Core or Free, but a switch that was on stays on in your store. Contact support to turn it off, or turn the switches off before you downgrade. ## Frequently asked questions ### Do I need the Growth plan for the preorder button on collection pages? Yes. The **Collection page** and **Featured product** switches need the Growth, Professional or Scale plan. The preorder button on product pages works on every plan. ### Does the Collection page switch also turn on preorder badges? No. Preorder badges have their own switch, **Badge Settings**, on the same tab. You can use the button, the badges, or both. ### Can shoppers pay a deposit from a collection page? Yes, in the quick add popup and in Featured product sections, if partial payments are on. The add to cart button on a product card does not show deposit options, so the item is added without one. ### Does Direct to Checkout work on collection pages? No. **Direct to Checkout** applies to the product page and your theme's **Featured product** section. Product card buttons and quick add popups add the item to the cart. ### Are items added from a collection page tagged as preorders? Yes. Product card buttons, quick add popups and Featured product sections all add the same preorder line item property the product page adds. ### Why does the preorder button disappear when I filter my collection? The filter reloaded the product grid without reloading the page, so the new cards keep the theme's button. Reloading the page brings the preorder button back. ### Can I show the preorder button on a Featured product section on a product page? No. The **Featured product** switch works on pages other than product and collection pages. To feature a preorder product on any page, use the **Preorder Featured Product** block. ## Related articles - [How to show preorder badges on collection pages](../storefront-display/preorder-badges-on-collection-pages.md): label preorder products on product cards. - [How to add a featured preorder section to your store](../storefront-display/featured-preorder-section.md): EZ Preorder's own block for featuring one preorder product. - [How to change and translate the preorder button text](../preorders/change-and-translate-the-preorder-button-text.md): the text these buttons use. - [How to enable the direct to checkout preorder button](../storefront-display/direct-to-checkout-preorder-button.md): send shoppers straight to checkout. - [Advanced theme settings](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/advanced-theme-settings.md): selectors for product cards, quick add and featured sections. - [The preorder button is not showing](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/preorder-button-not-showing.md): fixes for a missing preorder button. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/payments-and-conversion/how-remaining-balances-are-charged Collection: Payments & conversion Lowest plan: Professional Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How remaining balances are charged on preorder deposits When a customer preorders with a deposit through EZ Preorder & Back In Stock, Shopify saves their payment method and records the remaining balance and its due date on the order. EZ Preorder charges that balance to the saved payment method automatically after it falls due, within a day of the due date. EZ Preorder makes one attempt: if the charge fails it does not retry and does not notify you, so check deposit orders after their due date and collect any unpaid balance from the order in your Shopify admin. **Available on:** Professional and Scale plans, which are the plans that can take deposits. Balances on orders placed while you were on those plans are still collected if you later change plan. **Where to find it:** Shopify admin → **Orders** → the order. There are no balance settings in EZ PreOrder beyond the completion date in **Configuration** → **Partial Payments** → **Configure**. ## When the remaining balance falls due The due date of a preorder balance comes from the **Payment completion date** you set for partial payments when the order was placed: - **Number of days after checkout:** the balance falls due that many days after the order was placed. - **On a specific date:** the balance falls due at 00:00 UTC on that date. Each order keeps the due date it was placed with. Changing the completion date in EZ Preorder later only affects new orders. Changing the payment terms on an order in your Shopify admin does not change when EZ Preorder charges it either, because EZ Preorder uses the due date recorded when the order was placed. Shopify does not send payment reminders for preorder orders, and EZ Preorder does not email customers before charging them. If you want customers warned before the charge, contact them yourself. ## How EZ Preorder collects the balance EZ Preorder collects remaining balances in the 24 hours after they fall due. 1. Shortly after a deposit order is placed, EZ Preorder records the order and its balance due date. 2. Once the due date has passed, within a day, EZ Preorder asks Shopify to charge the order's unpaid balance to the customer's saved payment method. The payment is captured straight away. 3. When the charge succeeds, the balance is paid and Shopify updates the order's payment status. EZ Preorder collects the balance on every deposit order it recorded. It does not check whether you have since turned partial payments off or changed plan. A balance whose due date is already more than a day in the past when the order is placed is never collected automatically. This happens when the **On a specific date** date passes while partial payments are still on. Before that date arrives, move it later or switch to **Number of days after checkout** in **Configuration** → **Partial Payments** → **Configure**. ## What you see on the order in Shopify admin A deposit order shows the following in your Shopify admin: - The line item carries the purchase option **payment: deposit** and the line item property `type: preorder`. - The order is tagged `preorder`. See [How to find and manage preorder orders](../preorders/find-and-manage-preorder-orders.md). - Until the balance is collected, the order's payment status is **Partially paid** and the order has a **Partially paid** section with a **Collect payment** button. To list orders that still owe money, open **Orders** in your Shopify admin and filter by payment status **Partially paid**. EZ Preorder itself has no list of upcoming balances. ## If the balance charge fails A balance charge can fail when the card is declined or expired, or when the order has no saved payment method. When that happens: - EZ Preorder does not try again. - EZ Preorder does not email you or the customer. - The order keeps its unpaid balance in Shopify. To collect it, use Shopify's tools: 1. Ask the customer to update their card if needed. In your Shopify admin, go to **Customers**, click the customer, and in **Payment methods** click **More actions** → **Send link to update card**. 2. Open the order in **Orders**. In the **Partially paid** section, click **Collect payment** and charge the saved card, or choose **Send invoice** to email the customer a payment link. Some banks ask the customer to approve a later charge. In that case Shopify emails the customer a link to confirm the payment on your store. See Shopify's [Managing pre-orders](https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/purchase-options/pre-orders/manage-pre-orders) for details. ## How to collect a balance early To charge a balance before its due date, for example because stock arrived early, open the order in your Shopify admin, click **Collect payment** in the **Partially paid** section, and charge the saved card. Shopify recommends telling the customer first, because an unexpected charge can lead to a chargeback. ## Refunds and cancellations You refund and cancel deposit orders in your Shopify admin the same way as other orders. Shopify lets you cancel a partially paid preorder that has not been fulfilled. Once an order is fulfilled you can refund it but not cancel it. EZ Preorder does not track cancellations. If you cancel a deposit order before its due date, EZ Preorder still sends its collection request for that order when the balance falls due. Check the order after the due date and refund anything that was charged. If the preorder confirmation email is turned on, customers can also cancel the whole order from its cancel button, which cancels and refunds it in Shopify. See [How to send preorder confirmation emails to customers](../notifications/preorder-confirmation-email.md). ## Limitations - **One attempt.** A failed charge is not retried and nobody is notified. - **Saved payment method needed.** The automatic charge uses the payment method Shopify saved at checkout. Deposits need Shopify Payments or PayPal Express. - **No reminders.** Neither EZ Preorder nor Shopify reminds the customer before the balance is charged. - **No balance list in the app.** Use the **Partially paid** filter in Shopify **Orders**. - **Due dates are fixed per order.** Changing settings in EZ Preorder or payment terms in Shopify does not move the date EZ Preorder charges an existing order. ## Troubleshooting **The balance was not charged on the due date.** Allow up to a day after the due time; with **On a specific date**, the due time is 00:00 UTC. If the order is still **Partially paid** after that, the charge failed or the order has no saved payment method. Collect it from the order with **Collect payment**. **A balance was never charged and the due date was before the order was placed.** The specific completion date had already passed when the customer ordered, so the balance was not collected automatically. Collect it from the order, and set a later date or switch to **Number of days after checkout**. **I downgraded or turned off partial payments, but balances are still being charged.** This is expected. Turning partial payments off only stops new deposits. Balances customers already owe are still collected. **A customer was charged after their order was cancelled.** EZ Preorder does not track cancellations. Refund the charge from the order in your Shopify admin. ## Frequently asked questions ### When exactly is the remaining balance charged? Within a day after the balance falls due. With **On a specific date**, it falls due at 00:00 UTC on that date. With **Number of days after checkout**, it falls due that many days after the order was placed. ### Does the customer get a reminder before the balance is charged? No. EZ Preorder sends no reminder, and Shopify does not send payment reminders for preorder orders. Contact customers yourself if you want to warn them. ### What happens if the customer's card is declined? EZ Preorder does not retry the charge or notify anyone, and the order stays **Partially paid**. Ask the customer to update their card, then use **Collect payment** on the order in your Shopify admin. ### Can I change when the balance is charged for one order? Not in EZ Preorder. Each order keeps the due date it was placed with, and editing the order's payment terms in Shopify does not change it. To charge earlier, use **Collect payment** on the order. ### Are balances still charged if I turn off partial payments or downgrade? Yes. Balances on orders already placed are still collected on their due dates. Only new orders stop getting the deposit option. ### Where can I see which customers still owe a balance? In your Shopify admin, go to **Orders** and filter by payment status **Partially paid**. EZ Preorder does not show balances in the app. ## Related articles - [How to take deposits and partial payments on preorders](partial-payments-and-deposits.md): set the deposit and the balance due date. - [How to find and manage preorder orders](../preorders/find-and-manage-preorder-orders.md): find preorder orders by tag and line item property. - [How to send preorder confirmation emails to customers](../notifications/preorder-confirmation-email.md): the extra email with the cancel order button. - [How preorders work in EZ Preorder](../getting-started/how-preorders-work.md): the full preorder lifecycle. - [Plans and pricing](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md): which plans include partial payments. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/payments-and-conversion/preorder-discounts Collection: Payments & conversion Lowest plan: Professional Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to give a discount on preorder products EZ Preorder & Back In Stock can take a percentage or a fixed amount off every preorder item automatically, with no discount code. You set one discount in **Configuration** → **Discount**, and Shopify applies it in the cart and at checkout to every item added with EZ Preorder's preorder button, under the title you choose. It runs as a Shopify automatic discount named **EZ PreOrder Discount**. **Available on:** Professional and Scale plans. On the Free, Core and Growth plans, the **Discount** tab shows **Upgrade to Professional** and its fields are disabled. A discount saved on a higher plan stops applying at checkout if you move to a lower plan, and starts again if you upgrade. **Where to find it:** EZ PreOrder → **Configuration** → **Discount** (under **Conversion**). ## How to set up a preorder discount 1. In EZ PreOrder, go to **Configuration** and click **Discount** under **Conversion**. 2. In **Type**, choose **Percentage** or **Fixed Amount**. **No Discount** means the feature is off. 3. Enter the value. For **Percentage**, enter a number from 1 to 100. For **Fixed Amount**, enter the amount in **Amount**. 4. Enter a **Title**, such as "Early Bird Discount". Shoppers see this title next to the discount in the cart and at checkout. 5. Click **Save** in the save bar. If you leave **Title** empty, shoppers see the value instead, such as "10% OFF" for a percentage or "5 OFF" for a fixed amount. ## Which items get the preorder discount The preorder discount applies to every cart item that EZ Preorder added as a preorder. Those items carry the line item property `type: preorder`, which EZ Preorder adds when the shopper uses: - the preorder button on a product page, - the preorder button in featured product sections and in quick add on collection pages, - the **Featured Pre-Order Section** block, - the **Custom Pre-Order Page**, - the preorder button with **Direct to Checkout** turned on. Items added any other way do not get the discount. That includes items added with your theme's normal add to cart button when no preorder is active, cart links, other apps, draft orders and Shopify POS. The discount applies to all qualifying items in the same way. You cannot give different discounts to different preorder products. Free gift items from [free gifts](free-gifts-with-preorders.md) never get the preorder discount, because they are already made free. ## How the discount amount is calculated - **Percentage** takes that percentage off each qualifying cart line. A 10% discount on a line of two $50 items takes $10 off. - **Fixed Amount** takes the amount off each qualifying cart line once, not once per unit. A $5 discount on a line with a quantity of 3 takes $5 off that line, not $15. ## How the preorder discount appears in Shopify When you first save a discount or free gift, EZ Preorder creates an automatic discount named **EZ PreOrder Discount** in your Shopify admin under **Discounts**. It handles both the preorder discount and free gifts. - Keep it active. If you deactivate it, preorder discounts and free gifts stop applying, and saving in EZ Preorder does not turn it back on. Reactivate it in **Discounts**. - If you delete it, change a setting on the **Discount** or **Free Gifts** tab in EZ Preorder and save, and it is recreated. - It counts toward Shopify's limit of 25 active automatic discounts. ## How preorder discounts combine with other discounts The **EZ PreOrder Discount** is set to combine with product, order and shipping discounts. Shopify only combines two discounts when each of them allows the combination, so another discount or code must also be set to combine with product discounts. Only stores on the Shopify Plus plan can apply two product discounts to the same item. On other plans, when the preorder discount and another product discount both apply to the same item, Shopify applies the better one. See Shopify's [Discount combinations](https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/discounts/discount-combinations) for the full rules. ## Settings | Setting | What it does | Default | | --- | --- | --- | | **Type** | **No Discount**, **Percentage** or **Fixed Amount**. **No Discount** turns the preorder discount off. | No Discount | | **Percentage** | Percentage taken off each preorder line, 1 to 100. Shown when **Type** is **Percentage**. | Empty | | **Amount** | Amount taken off each preorder line once. Shown when **Type** is **Fixed Amount**. | Empty | | **Title** | Name of the discount shown to customers in the cart and at checkout. | Empty (shows "10% OFF" style text) | ## How to turn off the preorder discount Set **Type** to **No Discount** and click **Save**. Preorder items are no longer discounted. The **EZ PreOrder Discount** stays in your Shopify admin because it also runs free gifts. ## Limitations - **One discount for all preorder products.** Per-product discounts are not available. - **Only items added as preorders.** The discount needs the `type: preorder` property that EZ Preorder's preorder buttons add. - **Fixed amounts apply once per line.** A fixed discount is not multiplied by the quantity. - **Plan check at checkout.** The discount only applies while the store is on the Professional or Scale plan. - **Shopify's automatic discount limit.** A store can have at most 25 active automatic discounts, including the **EZ PreOrder Discount**. ## Troubleshooting **The preorder discount does not appear in the cart or at checkout.** Check that you are on the Professional or Scale plan and that **Type** is not **No Discount**. Check that the item was added with the preorder button: open the cart and look for the `type: preorder` property on the item (some themes hide it, but it shows at checkout). Then check that **EZ PreOrder Discount** is active in your Shopify admin under **Discounts**. **Saving the discount fails with "Failed to save. Please try again."** Your store may already have 25 active automatic discounts. Deactivate one you no longer need in **Discounts** and save again. **A fixed discount is smaller than expected on multiple units.** A fixed amount comes off each cart line once, whatever the quantity. Use a percentage if the discount should grow with quantity. **A discount code removes the preorder discount.** The code is a product discount that does not combine with product discounts, or both apply to the same item on a store that is not on Shopify Plus. Shopify then applies the better discount. Change the code's combination settings in **Discounts** if both should apply. **The banner says the discount only works from the product page.** The discount works for items added with any EZ Preorder preorder button, including collection quick add, featured sections and the Custom Pre-Order Page. It does not apply to items added in other ways. ## Frequently asked questions ### Do customers need a discount code for the preorder discount? No. The preorder discount is a Shopify automatic discount, so it applies by itself in the cart and at checkout to every item added as a preorder. ### Can I give different discounts to different preorder products? No. EZ Preorder has one discount that applies to every preorder item. You can only choose its type, value and title. ### Does the preorder discount combine with my other discounts? It can. The **EZ PreOrder Discount** allows combining with product, order and shipping discounts, but the other discount must also allow it. Two product discounts on the same item need Shopify Plus. ### Is a fixed amount discount taken off each unit? No. A fixed amount comes off each preorder cart line once. Three units on one line get the amount off once, not three times. ### What happens to the preorder discount if I downgrade? Your settings are kept, but the discount stops applying at checkout on plans below Professional. It applies again when you return to Professional or Scale. ### What do customers see? They see the discount next to the preorder item in the cart and at checkout, named with your **Title**, or with text such as "10% OFF" if you left the title empty. ## Related articles - [How to give a free gift with preorder products](free-gifts-with-preorders.md): the other offer that runs through the **EZ PreOrder Discount**. - [How to take deposits and partial payments on preorders](partial-payments-and-deposits.md): let shoppers pay part now and the rest later. - [How preorders work in EZ Preorder](../getting-started/how-preorders-work.md): where the `type: preorder` property comes from. - [Plans and pricing](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md): which plans include preorder discounts. - [Preorder button on collection pages and featured products](../storefront-display/preorder-button-on-collection-pages-and-featured-products.md): more places shoppers can preorder with the discount. - [Custom preorder page](../storefront-display/custom-preorder-page.md): a page listing all your preorder products. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/payments-and-conversion/free-gifts-with-preorders Collection: Payments & conversion Lowest plan: Professional Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to give a free gift with preorder products EZ Preorder & Back In Stock can add a free gift product to the cart when a shopper preorders from a product page, and Shopify makes the gift free at checkout. You choose the gift and which preorder products earn it in **Configuration** → **Free Gifts**. You also add the **EZ PreOrder - Free Gifts** block to your product page in the theme editor, because that block shows the gift to shoppers and puts it in the cart with the preorder. **Available on:** Professional and Scale plans. On the Free, Core and Growth plans, the **Free Gifts** tab shows "Offer free gifts to customers who add preorder products to their cart. Available on Professional plan or higher." with an **Upgrade to Professional** link, and the block does not appear on your storefront. **Where to find it:** EZ PreOrder → **Configuration** → **Free Gifts** (under **Conversion**), and **Online Store** → **Themes** → **Customize** for the block. ## Before you start - **The gift product.** Create the gift as a normal product in Shopify and make it available on your Online Store sales channel. If it tracks inventory, it needs stock or **Continue selling when out of stock** turned on, otherwise the block hides it. - **Working preorders on product pages.** The gift only appears next to EZ Preorder's preorder button. See [How to set up your first preorder](../getting-started/set-up-your-first-preorder.md). - **The app embed.** The **Pre order theme extension** app embed must be on. See [How to install EZ Preorder and enable the app embed](../getting-started/install-and-enable-the-app-embed.md). ## How to set up a free gift 1. In EZ PreOrder, go to **Configuration** and click **Free Gifts** under **Conversion**. 2. In **Apply to**, choose **All preorder products** or **Specific preorder products**. **None** turns free gifts off. 3. If you chose **Specific preorder products**, click **Select Pre-order Products**. In **Select Preorder Products**, tick whole products or single variants, then click **Confirm Selection**. 4. Optional: check **Add max gifts limit per order** and enter **Max gifts per order**. 5. Click **Select Gift Product** and pick the gift in the Shopify product picker. Select only one variant; if you select more, only the first is used. 6. Set **Quantity**. Leave it at 1 (see the limitations below). 7. Click **Save** in the save bar. To pick a different gift later, click **Change Gift Product**. **Remove** clears the gift. ## How to add the EZ PreOrder - Free Gifts block The **EZ PreOrder - Free Gifts** block must be on your product page template, or shoppers never see the gift and it is never added to the cart. 1. If the **Free Gifts** tab shows "Free gifts block is not enabled in your theme. Click to add it to your product page.", click **Add Block**. The theme editor opens on your product page. 2. Otherwise, go to **Online Store** → **Themes** → **Customize**, open a product page, and in the product information section click **Add block** → **Apps** → **EZ PreOrder - Free Gifts**. 3. Drag the block to where it should appear, usually near the buy buttons. 4. Click **Save** in the theme editor. The banner only checks your theme's default product template. If your preorder products use another product template, add the block to that template too. The banner may keep showing even though the block is in place there. In the theme editor the block always shows a sample gift so you can style it. On the live store it only shows when a gift applies. ## Free gift block settings | Setting | What it does | Default | | --- | --- | --- | | **Title Text** | Heading above the gift. | Free Gift, with a gift emoji in front | | **Title Color** | Color of the heading. | #000000 | | **Product Text Color** | Color of the gift's name. | #000000 | | **Background Color** | Background of the whole block. | #f9f9f9 | | **Product Background Color** | Background behind the gift. | #ffffff | | **Border Color** | Border around the gift. | #e0e0e0 | | **Title Font Size** | Heading size, 14 to 32 px. | 18 px | | **Product Font Size** | Gift name size, 12 to 24 px. | 14 px | | **Border Radius** | Corner rounding, 0 to 30 px. | 8 px | | **Image Size** | Gift image size, 40 to 100 px. | 60 px | ## How free gifts work for shoppers - **When the gift shows.** The block appears on a product page when the selected variant shows the preorder button, the product or variant matches **Apply to**, the gift is in stock, and the cart has not reached **Max gifts per order**. It shows the gift's image, name and quantity, such as "1x". - **Adding to the cart.** When the shopper clicks the preorder button, the gift is added to the cart together with the preorder item. This also works with **Direct to Checkout**. - **Making it free.** In the cart and at checkout, the **EZ PreOrder Discount** takes 100% off the gift with the message **Free Gift**. This is the same Shopify automatic discount that runs [preorder discounts](preorder-discounts.md), so keep it active in your Shopify admin under **Discounts**. - **How many gifts are free.** One gift unit is free for each unit of an eligible preorder item in the cart, up to **Max gifts per order** if you set it. Gift units beyond that are charged at full price. - **Removing the preorder.** If the shopper removes the preorder item, the gift stays in the cart but is no longer free. The shopper pays full price for it unless they remove it too. - **Gift added by hand.** If the shopper adds the gift product themselves while an eligible preorder is in the cart, it is also made free, within the same limit. - **Product pages only.** The gift is only added automatically from a product page with the block. Preorders added from collection quick add, the **Featured Pre-Order Section** or the **Custom Pre-Order Page** do not add the gift. ## Limitations - **One gift.** You can choose one gift product and one variant of it. - **Quantity above 1 is not fully free.** The free allowance is one gift unit per preorder unit, whatever **Quantity** says. With **Quantity** set to 2 and one preorder in the cart, two gift units are added but only one is free. Keep **Quantity** at 1. - **Product pages with the block only.** Other places shoppers can preorder do not add the gift. - **Out-of-stock gifts are hidden.** A gift that tracks inventory, has no stock and does not continue selling is not shown or added. - **Plan check.** Gifts are only shown and made free while your store is on the Professional or Scale plan. Your settings are kept if you downgrade. ## Troubleshooting **The free gift block does not show on the product page.** Check each of these: - You are on the Professional or Scale plan. - **Apply to** is not **None**, a gift product is selected, and you saved. - The **EZ PreOrder - Free Gifts** block is on the product template this product uses, and the theme is saved. - The selected variant shows the preorder button. The block hides when the theme's normal button is showing. - With **Specific preorder products**, this product or variant is in your selection. - The gift has stock or continues selling when out of stock. - The cart has not reached **Max gifts per order**. **The gift is in the cart but is not free.** The preorder item may have been removed from the cart, or the cart has more gift units than preorder units (check **Quantity**). Also check that **EZ PreOrder Discount** is active in **Discounts** in your Shopify admin and that the preorder item was added with the preorder button. **The banner says the block is not enabled, but I added it.** The banner only checks the default product template. If you added the block to another product template, the gift still works on products that use that template. **The gift is not added when shoppers preorder from a collection page.** Gifts are only added from product pages that have the block. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I offer more than one free gift? No. You can choose one gift product, and only one variant of it. ### Can I limit how many free gifts one order gets? Yes. Check **Add max gifts limit per order** and set **Max gifts per order**. Without a limit, each preorder unit in the cart earns one free gift unit. ### Why do shoppers pay for the gift? The gift is only free while an eligible preorder is in the cart, and only one gift unit is free per preorder unit. If the preorder was removed, or **Quantity** is above 1, the extra gift units are charged at full price. ### Does the free gift work from collection pages or the custom preorder page? No. The gift is only added automatically from product pages with the **EZ PreOrder - Free Gifts** block. The in-app note "This works only when the pre-order product is added from the product page" refers to this. ### Does the gift count as a preorder? No. The gift is added as a normal item and never gets the preorder discount. Only the preorder item counts toward the free gift allowance. ### Can I use a free gift and a preorder discount together? Yes. Both run through the **EZ PreOrder Discount**. The preorder item gets the discount and the gift is made free. ## Related articles - [How to give a discount on preorder products](preorder-discounts.md): the other offer that runs through the **EZ PreOrder Discount**. - [How to take deposits and partial payments on preorders](partial-payments-and-deposits.md): let shoppers pay part now and the rest later. - [How preorders work in EZ Preorder](../getting-started/how-preorders-work.md): what the preorder button adds to the cart. - [How to install EZ Preorder and enable the app embed](../getting-started/install-and-enable-the-app-embed.md): turn on the app embed and add app blocks. - [The preorder button is not showing](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/preorder-button-not-showing.md): fix the button the gift depends on. - [Plans and pricing](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md): which plans include free gifts. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/payments-and-conversion/partial-payments-and-deposits Collection: Payments & conversion Lowest plan: Professional Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to take deposits and partial payments on preorders EZ Preorder & Back In Stock lets shoppers pay part of the price when they preorder, either a percentage of the product price or a fixed amount, and pay the rest later. You set it up once in **Configuration** → **Partial Payments** → **Configure**, and it applies to every product on your Preorder List. The remaining balance falls due on a date you pick or a number of days after checkout, and EZ Preorder then charges it to the payment method the customer used at checkout. Deposits only work with the payment providers Shopify supports for preorders: Shopify Payments and PayPal Express. **Available on:** Professional and Scale plans. On the Free, Core and Growth plans, the **Deferred/Partial Payments** card shows **Upgrade to Professional** and its **Configure** button is disabled. **Where to find it:** EZ PreOrder → **Configuration** → **Partial Payments** (under **Conversion**) → **Configure**. The settings page is titled **Configure Payments**. ## Before you start - **Plan.** You need the Professional or Scale plan. See [Plans and pricing](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md). - **Payment provider.** Your store must take payments through Shopify Payments or PayPal Express. Deposits use Shopify's own preorder purchase options, and Shopify only offers those with these providers. See Shopify's [Pre-orders](https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/purchase-options/pre-orders) help article. - **Working preorders.** Your products need to be on the Preorder List with the preorder button showing on the storefront. Deposit options only appear next to the preorder button. See [How to set up your first preorder](../getting-started/set-up-your-first-preorder.md). ## How to turn on partial payments 1. In EZ PreOrder, go to **Configuration**, click **Partial Payments** under **Conversion**, then click **Configure**. 2. Turn on **Enable/Disable Partial Payments**. 3. Under **Deposit options**, choose **Percentage of the total product price** or **Exact amount**. 4. Enter the deposit in **Deposit amount**. For a percentage, enter a number such as `30`. For an exact amount, enter a number such as `20`. 5. Optional: check **Give customers the option to pay in full** if shoppers should also be able to pay the whole price now. 6. Under **Payment completion date**, choose one: - **On a specific date**, then pick the date in the calendar. - **Number of days after checkout**, then enter the number of days. 7. Optional: under **Custom Labels**, change the text shoppers see. Use the language tabs to enter it for each of your store's languages. 8. Click **Save** in the save bar. Always fill in both **Deposit amount** and the completion date or number of days before you save. The page reports **Saved successfully** even when one of them is empty, but Shopify then keeps the deposit terms it had before. ## What shoppers see with partial payments Partial payments add a payment choice above the preorder button. With the default labels, the shopper sees: - A heading, **Payment Options**. - The deposit option, for example **30% Deposit** for a percentage deposit, or **20$ Fixed Deposit** for an exact amount. - **Pay in full**, only if you checked **Give customers the option to pay in full**. When it is offered, **Pay in full** is selected when the page loads, and the shopper picks the deposit option to pay a deposit. - The line **Remaining balance collected before delivery** under the options, while the deposit option is selected. When pay in full is not offered, the deposit is the only option, so every preorder through the preorder button is placed with a deposit. The payment choice appears wherever EZ Preorder shows its preorder button: product pages, featured product sections, quick add on collection pages (when the collection page button is on), the **Featured Pre-Order Section**, and the **Custom Pre-Order Page**. See [Preorder button on collection pages and featured products](../storefront-display/preorder-button-on-collection-pages-and-featured-products.md). In the cart and at checkout, Shopify shows the item with the purchase option name **payment: deposit**. Checkout charges the deposit and shows the shopper the remaining balance and when it is due. ## How partial payments work Partial payments in EZ Preorder use one set of deposit terms for your whole store. - **One setting for every preorder product.** The deposit type, amount and completion date apply to every product on your Preorder List. You cannot set a different deposit per product or per variant. - **Shopify purchase option.** When you turn partial payments on, EZ Preorder creates a Shopify purchase option called **Pre-Order** and attaches it to every variant on your Preorder List, including products you have disabled in the app. Products you add to the list later are attached automatically, and products you remove are detached. You can see this purchase option on each product in your Shopify admin. - **When the deposit is used.** The deposit only applies to items added with EZ Preorder's preorder button or the Custom Pre-Order Page. An item bought any other way, for example through a cart link or another app, is charged in full. If your theme displays Shopify purchase options on its own, it may also show this option. - **The balance due date.** With **On a specific date**, the balance falls due at 00:00 UTC on that date. If you pick 1 March 2027, the balance falls due at 00:00 UTC on 1 March 2027, which is the afternoon or evening of 28 February in the Americas. With **Number of days after checkout**, it falls due that many days after the order was placed. - **Collecting the balance.** After the balance falls due, EZ Preorder charges it to the payment method saved at checkout. Timing, what you see on the order, and what happens if a charge fails are in [How remaining balances are charged on preorder deposits](how-remaining-balances-are-charged.md). - **Changing the settings.** New deposit settings apply to new orders. Orders already placed keep the deposit and balance due date they were placed with. ## Settings | Setting | What it does | Default | | --- | --- | --- | | **Enable/Disable Partial Payments** | Turns deposits on or off for every product on your Preorder List. | Off | | **Percentage of the total product price** | Makes the deposit a percentage of the product price. | Not selected | | **Exact amount** | Makes the deposit a fixed amount. | Selected | | **Deposit amount** | The percentage or the fixed amount charged at checkout. | Empty | | **Give customers the option to pay in full** | Adds a pay-in-full choice next to the deposit. It is preselected on the product page. | Off | | **On a specific date** | The balance falls due at 00:00 UTC on the date you pick. | Not selected | | **Number of days after checkout** | The balance falls due this many days after the order. | Selected | | **Payment options header text** | Heading above the payment choice. | Payment Options | | **%Deposit text** | Words after the percentage, as in "30% Deposit". | Deposit | | **Fixed deposit text** | Words after the amount, as in "20$ Fixed Deposit". | Fixed Deposit | | **Full payment text** | Label of the pay-in-full choice. | Pay in full | | **Deposit explainer text** | Line shown under the choice while the deposit is selected. | Remaining balance collected before delivery | ## How to turn partial payments off Turn off **Enable/Disable Partial Payments** on the **Configure Payments** page and click **Save**. - EZ Preorder removes the **Pre-Order** purchase option from your products, so new preorders are paid in full. - Your deposit settings and custom labels are cleared. Enter them again if you turn partial payments back on. - Balances on orders already placed are still collected on their due dates. Moving to a plan below Professional turns partial payments off in the same way. ## Limitations - **Payment providers.** Deposits need Shopify Payments or PayPal Express. Shopify also does not offer local payment methods for preorders with purchase options, and does not support them on Shopify POS, on draft orders, or for B2B customers. - **One deposit for all products.** Per-product deposits are not available. - **Dollar sign on fixed deposits.** On product pages, featured product sections and collection quick add, an exact-amount deposit is shown with a `$` after the number, such as "20$ Fixed Deposit", whatever your store currency. The Custom Pre-Order Page shows your store's currency symbol instead. If your store does not use dollars, a percentage deposit avoids this. - **Purchase option name.** The name shown in the cart and at checkout, **payment: deposit**, is fixed and cannot be changed or translated in the app. - **Cart links.** Shopify's cart links (permalinks) cannot carry a preorder purchase option, so an item added through one is charged in full. ## Troubleshooting **The deposit options do not show on the product page.** Check that you are on the Professional or Scale plan and that **Enable/Disable Partial Payments** is on and saved. The options only appear with the preorder button, so check that the product is enabled on your Preorder List and its preorder rule matches the variant's stock. If the preorder button itself is missing, see [The preorder button is not showing](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/preorder-button-not-showing.md). **Checkout charges the full price instead of the deposit.** The shopper may have chosen **Pay in full**, which is preselected when you offer it. The item may also have been added without the preorder button, for example through a cart link or another app. Add the item with the preorder button and choose the deposit option to test. **Checkout charges a different deposit from the one on the product page, or no deposit at all.** The product page label comes from your saved settings, but checkout uses the terms Shopify holds. If **Deposit amount**, the date or the number of days was empty when you saved, Shopify kept its earlier terms. Fill in every field, save again, and place a test order. **The fixed deposit shows a dollar sign in a store that uses another currency.** This is how the label is built on product pages. Use a percentage deposit, or reword **Fixed deposit text** so the label reads clearly. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I set a different deposit for each product? No. EZ Preorder uses one deposit setting for every product on your Preorder List. The type, amount and completion date are the same for all of them. ### Can customers still pay the full price? Yes, if you check **Give customers the option to pay in full**. The **Pay in full** choice then appears next to the deposit and is selected by default, so shoppers who want to pay a deposit must pick the deposit option. ### When is the remaining balance charged? The balance falls due on your completion date (00:00 UTC) or the chosen number of days after checkout. EZ Preorder charges it to the customer's saved payment method after it falls due. See [How remaining balances are charged on preorder deposits](how-remaining-balances-are-charged.md). ### What time zone does "On a specific date" use? UTC. The balance falls due at 00:00 UTC on the date you pick, whatever your store's time zone. ### Which payment providers work with deposits? Shopify Payments and PayPal Express. Deposits use Shopify's preorder purchase options, which Shopify only supports with those providers. ### Does turning off partial payments cancel balances customers already owe? No. Turning partial payments off stops new deposits only. Balances on orders already placed are still collected on their due dates. ### Can I use deposits with preorder discounts and free gifts? Yes. Partial payments, [preorder discounts](preorder-discounts.md) and [free gifts](free-gifts-with-preorders.md) are separate settings, and you can turn on any combination of them. ## Related articles - [How remaining balances are charged on preorder deposits](how-remaining-balances-are-charged.md): when the balance is charged, what the order shows, and what to do if a charge fails. - [How preorders work in EZ Preorder](../getting-started/how-preorders-work.md): the full path of a preorder from button to fulfillment. - [How to give a discount on preorder products](preorder-discounts.md): an automatic discount on every preorder item. - [How to give a free gift with preorder products](free-gifts-with-preorders.md): add a free product to preorder carts. - [Plans and pricing](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md): what each plan includes. - [Direct-to-checkout preorder button](../storefront-display/direct-to-checkout-preorder-button.md): send shoppers straight to checkout, deposit included. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/notifications/preorder-confirmation-email Collection: Email notifications Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to send preorder confirmation emails to customers EZ Preorder & Back In Stock can send customers an extra email confirming that their order contains preorder items, because Shopify's own order confirmation does not say so. The email lists the preorder items and always includes a cancel order button. It is off by default: turn on **Order Confirmation Email** in **Configuration** → **Notification Settings**, and click **Customize** to edit it. Shopify still sends its own order confirmation as usual. **Available on:** All plans (Free, Core, Growth, Professional and Scale). **Where to find it:** EZ PreOrder → **Configuration** → **Notification Settings** (under **General**) → **Order Confirmation Email**. ## How to turn on the preorder confirmation email 1. In EZ PreOrder, go to **Configuration** and click **Notification Settings** under **General**. 2. Turn on the **Order Confirmation Email** toggle. 3. Click **Save** in the save bar. Every preorder confirmation email includes a cancel order button that lets the customer cancel and refund the whole order. The button cannot be removed, so decide whether you want that before you turn the email on. ## How to customize the preorder confirmation email 1. In **Configuration** → **Notification Settings**, click **Customize** under **Order Confirmation Email**. The page **Customize order confirmation email template** opens. 2. Under **Branding**, fill in: - **From**: the sender name customers see, usually your store name. The sending address is always alerts@ezpreorder.com. - **Reply-to**: the address that receives customers' replies. 3. Under **Text**, edit: - **Subject**: the heading at the top of the email. The inbox subject line itself is always "Pre-Order Confirmation". - **Content**: the body text, up to 320 characters. - **Button text**: the label of the cancel order button. 4. Under **Body**, pick the **Text color**, **Button color** and **Button label color**. 5. Check the **Email Preview** on the right, then click **Save** in the save bar. There is no option to send yourself a test of this email. Use the preview, or place a test order for a preorder product. You can also ask Shopify Sidekick to draft changes to the subject, body and button text, which you then review and save. See [Use EZ Preorder with Shopify Sidekick](../reports-ai-and-support/use-ez-preorder-with-shopify-sidekick.md). ## How the email content works - **Content** is plain text. Each line becomes its own paragraph, and empty lines are ignored. - `{{{productsSection}}}` is where the list of preorder items goes. Each item shows its image, then its title, unit price and quantity, for example "Linen Jacket -- price: 89.00 -- Qty: 1". The price is shown without a currency symbol. - `{{{ButtonSection}}}` is where the cancel order button goes. - If you delete either placeholder, the email still includes that section, added at the end. The editor also goes back to the default text the next time you open it. - The default text is: "Hello, We would like to let you know that your order contains pre order items. See details below:", the item list, "Please contact support if you have any questions. Thank you for your order! Need to cancel your order? Click here", and the button. - The email is sent as written, in one language. It is not translated into the customer's language. ## How the Subject field is used The email's subject line in the customer's inbox is always **Pre-Order Confirmation**. The **Subject** field sets the heading inside the email instead: - The text before `--` becomes the main heading. - The text after `--`, up to `{{{Order Id}}}`, becomes the second line, followed by the order number. For example, `Pre-Order Confirmation -- Order : {{{Order Id}}}` shows "Pre-Order Confirmation" with "Order : #1001" under it. ## When the preorder confirmation email is sent EZ Preorder sends the email shortly after an order is placed, to the email address on the order, when the order contains at least one preorder item. An item counts as a preorder when: - its product is on your Preorder List and enabled, and - the variant's preorder rule was active when the order was placed: **Always**, **Sold out** with stock at 0 or below before the order, or **Specific inventory level** with stock above 0 before the order. It does not matter how the item reached the cart. The email lists every item in the order whose product is enabled on your Preorder List. Other items in the same order are left out. The email is not sent when: - the toggle is off, - the product is disabled in EZ Preorder, including products the app disabled because your plan limit was reached, - the variant's preorder rule was not active when the order was placed, - the order has no customer email address. ## What the cancel order button does The cancel order button lets the customer cancel their whole order from the email, with no login. It is always included in the preorder confirmation email. 1. The button opens your online store. With the **Pre order theme extension** app embed on, a pop-up titled **Cancel order confirmation** asks "Are you sure to cancel the entire order?" 2. If the customer clicks **Yes, cancel order**, EZ Preorder cancels the entire order in Shopify, including any items that are not preorders. The cancellation reason is **Customer**, the payment is refunded, the items are restocked, and Shopify sends the customer its cancellation email. 3. **No, do not cancel** closes the pop-up. Shopify cannot cancel an order that has been fulfilled. The pop-up shows "Order cancel successfully" even when the cancellation did not go through, so check the order in your Shopify admin if a customer says they cancelled. If you do not want customers to cancel orders themselves, keep this email turned off. ## Limitations - **Cancel button cannot be removed.** It is added to every preorder confirmation email. - **Fixed subject line.** The inbox subject is always "Pre-Order Confirmation". - **One language.** The email is not translated per customer. - **Content length.** **Content** is limited to 320 characters. - **No test send.** Use the preview or a test order. - **Prices without currency.** Item prices show as numbers, such as 89.00. ## Troubleshooting **Customers are not receiving the preorder confirmation email.** Check that **Order Confirmation Email** is on and that you clicked **Save**. Check that the product is enabled in EZ Preorder and that its preorder rule was active when the order was placed. Ask the customer to look in their spam folder for an email from alerts@ezpreorder.com. **The email shows no sender name.** Fill in **From** on the customize page and save. **Customer replies go to the wrong address.** Set **Reply-to** on the customize page. When it is empty, replies go to your store's contact email. **The subject line in the inbox is not what I typed.** The inbox subject is always "Pre-Order Confirmation". Your **Subject** text appears as the heading inside the email. **My edits to the content disappeared.** If you removed `{{{productsSection}}}` or `{{{ButtonSection}}}`, the editor goes back to the default text the next time it opens. Keep both placeholders in **Content**. **A customer says they cancelled, but the order is still open.** The order may have been fulfilled, or the cancellation failed. The pop-up shows a success message either way. Cancel or refund the order yourself in your Shopify admin. ## Frequently asked questions ### Does this replace Shopify's order confirmation email? No. Shopify still sends its own order confirmation. The EZ Preorder email is an extra email that tells the customer which items are preorders. ### Is the preorder confirmation email on by default? No. Turn on **Order Confirmation Email** in **Configuration** → **Notification Settings** and click **Save**. ### Can I remove the cancel order button? No. The cancel order button is always included. If you do not want customers to cancel orders from the email, keep the email turned off. ### What happens when a customer clicks the cancel button? After they confirm in the pop-up on your store, EZ Preorder cancels the whole order in Shopify, refunds the payment and restocks the items. Shopify emails the customer that the order was cancelled. ### Which email address does it come from? It is sent from alerts@ezpreorder.com with the name in **From**. Replies go to **Reply-to**, or to your store's contact email if that is empty. ### Can I send a test email? No. Use the **Email Preview** on the customize page, or place a test order for a preorder product. ### Does every order get the email? No. Only orders with at least one item from an enabled preorder product whose preorder rule was active when the order was placed. ## Related articles - [How to send shipment update emails to preorder customers](shipment-update-email.md): tell customers about a new shipping date. - [How preorders work in EZ Preorder](../getting-started/how-preorders-work.md): what happens from preorder button to fulfillment. - [How to find and manage preorder orders](../preorders/find-and-manage-preorder-orders.md): find preorder orders in your Shopify admin. - [How remaining balances are charged on preorder deposits](../payments-and-conversion/how-remaining-balances-are-charged.md): what happens to deposit balances, including on cancelled orders. - [Use EZ Preorder with Shopify Sidekick](../reports-ai-and-support/use-ez-preorder-with-shopify-sidekick.md): let Sidekick draft email changes. - [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md): when a variant counts as a preorder. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/notifications/shipment-update-email Collection: Email notifications Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to send shipment update emails to preorder customers EZ Preorder & Back In Stock can send a one-time Shipment Update email to customers who ordered a specific preorder product, to tell them its estimated shipping date has changed. Go to **Configuration** → **Notification Settings**, click **Customize** under **Shipment Email Customization**, pick the product and the new date, edit the text, and click **Send**. The email goes to unfulfilled orders from roughly the last 60 days that contain that product. As of November 2026 the email has known issues, listed in this article with workarounds, so read them before you send. **Available on:** All plans (Free, Core, Growth, Professional and Scale). **Where to find it:** EZ PreOrder → **Configuration** → **Notification Settings** (under **General**) → **Shipment Email Customization** → **Customize**. ## Known issues with the shipment update email These problems were confirmed on 11 November 2026. Each one has a workaround in the steps that follow. - **The date is not formatted.** Where the text says `[selected shipping date]`, the email shows a raw timestamp followed by the word "undefined" three times, instead of the date you picked. Workaround: type the date into **Content** yourself. - **Only the first two orders are emailed.** One send stops after the first two matching orders. Workaround: contact the remaining customers another way. - **The cancel order button does not work.** Its link is broken. Workaround: delete the button from **Content**. - **The product row can show the wrong item.** It shows the first item in each customer's order, which is not always the product you picked. Workaround: delete the product row and name the product in your text. - **Subject needs `--`.** If the **Subject** field does not contain `--`, no email is sent. ## Before you start - The product must be on your Preorder List. The product picker only lists products on the list. - Fill in **Reply-to**. If it is empty, no emails are sent. - Decide the wording first. The page does not save your text; each time you open it, it starts again from the default text. ## How to send a shipment update email 1. In EZ PreOrder, go to **Configuration** and click **Notification Settings** under **General**. 2. Under **Shipment Email Customization**, click **Customize**. The page **Customize shipment update email template** opens. 3. Under **Branding**, check **From** (the sender name customers see) and **Reply-to** (where replies go). Both are filled in from your order confirmation email settings. 4. Under **Text**, keep `--` in **Subject**. The default is `Pre-Order Shipping Date Changed -- Order : {{{Order Id}}}`. 5. Pick the new date in **Select Shipement date**. 6. Edit **Content** (up to 320 characters). To work around the known issues: - Replace `[selected shipping date]` with the date written out, for example "The new estimated shipping date is 15 January 2027". - Delete the `{{{productsSection}}}` line and name the product in your text instead. - Delete the "Need to cancel your order? Click here" line and the `{{{ButtonSection}}}` line. 7. Click **Select Pre-order Product**, choose the product in **Select pre-order product**, and click **Select**. 8. Check the **Email Preview**, then click **Send** at the top of the page. A message **Emails Sent** confirms the send started. ## Which customers receive the shipment update email The shipment update email goes to the customer email on each order that: - is **Unfulfilled** in Shopify (partially fulfilled orders are skipped), - was placed within about the last 60 days, the order history EZ Preorder can read, and - contains an item whose product title exactly matches the product you picked, in any variant. The match is by product title, not by preorder status. Customers who bought the same product without a preorder, but whose order is still unfulfilled, also receive it. Because of the known issue, only the first two matching orders are emailed per send. ## What the shipment update email contains - **Inbox subject:** always **Pre-Order Shipping Date Changed**. - **Heading:** the **Subject** text before `--`, with the text after `--` and the order number on the line below. - **Body:** your **Content**, one paragraph per line, in the **Text color** you picked. - **Product row:** where `{{{productsSection}}}` is, the image, name, total and quantity of the first item in the customer's order. - **Button:** where `{{{ButtonSection}}}` is, a button labeled with **Button text**, in **Button color** and **Button label color**. - **Sender:** alerts@ezpreorder.com with the name in **From**. Replies go to **Reply-to**. ## Limitations - **One-time send.** The email is sent immediately when you click **Send**. It cannot be scheduled, and EZ Preorder keeps no record of who received it. - **Text is not saved.** The page starts from the default text every time. - **Recent orders only.** Orders older than about 60 days are not included. - **Title match.** The product is matched by its title, so non-preorder purchases of it are included. - **One language.** The email is sent as written. - **Known issues.** The date, the two-order limit, the cancel button and the product row issues described in this article. ## Troubleshooting **No customer received the email.** The **Emails Sent** message can appear even when nothing was delivered. Check that **Subject** contains `--`, that **Reply-to** is filled in with a valid address, and that you picked a product with **Select Pre-order Product**. Also check that at least one unfulfilled order from the last 60 days contains the product. **Some customers did not get the email.** Each send reaches at most the first two matching orders. Orders that are partially fulfilled or older than about 60 days are not included. Contact the other customers directly; in your Shopify admin, search **Orders** for the product and filter by **Unfulfilled**. **The date in the email reads like a timestamp followed by "undefined".** This is a known issue with `[selected shipping date]`. Type the date into **Content** instead. **Customers cannot cancel with the button.** The button's link is broken. Remove `{{{ButtonSection}}}` and tell customers how to contact you instead. **The email shows a different product than the one I picked.** The product row shows the first item in each order. Remove `{{{productsSection}}}` and name the product in your text. ## Frequently asked questions ### Who receives the shipment update email? Customers whose unfulfilled orders from roughly the last 60 days contain the product you picked, matched by product title. Because of a known issue, a send currently reaches only the first two matching orders. ### Can I schedule the shipment update email? No. It is sent as soon as you click **Send**. ### Is my email text saved for next time? No. The page opens with the default text every time, so keep a copy of your wording. ### Can I send it for several products at once? No. Each send covers one product. Send again for each product. ### Does it only go to customers who preordered? No. It goes to every unfulfilled order containing a product with that title, whether or not the item was bought as a preorder. ### Is this the same as the preorder confirmation email? No. The [preorder confirmation email](preorder-confirmation-email.md) is sent automatically after each preorder. The shipment update email is sent once, by you, when a shipping date changes. ## Related articles - [How to send preorder confirmation emails to customers](preorder-confirmation-email.md): the automatic email sent after each preorder. - [How to find and manage preorder orders](../preorders/find-and-manage-preorder-orders.md): find the orders for a preorder product in your Shopify admin. - [How to hold preorder fulfillment](../preorders/hold-preorder-fulfillment.md): keep preorder orders on hold until stock arrives. - [How preorders work in EZ Preorder](../getting-started/how-preorders-work.md): the full preorder lifecycle. - [How to manage your preorder list](../preorders/manage-your-preorder-list.md): the products the picker lists. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/restock-alerts/customize-the-notify-me-button Collection: Restock alerts Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to customize the Notify Me button and signup popup You customize the restock alert button of EZ Preorder & Back In Stock in your Shopify theme editor, in the settings of the **EZ PreOrder - Notify Me** block. The block has 16 settings: ten for the button (text, colors, border, font and desktop layout) and six for the signup popup (title, colors and submit button). By default the button reads **Notify me when available** in black text on a white background with a 1 px black border. These settings style the Notify Me button that collects back in stock alerts. **Available on:** Free, Core, Growth, Professional and Scale plans. **Where to find it:** Shopify admin → **Online Store → Themes → Customize** → a product template → **EZ PreOrder - Notify Me** block. ## Before you start The **EZ PreOrder - Notify Me** block must already be on your product template. If it is not, follow [How to set up restock alerts](set-up-restock-alerts.md) first. Each product template has its own copy of the block, with its own settings. ## How to customize the Notify Me button 1. In Shopify admin, go to **Online Store → Themes → Customize**. 2. In the template menu at the top of the editor, choose **Products**, then the template your restock products use (for example **Default product**). 3. In the left sidebar, click the **EZ PreOrder - Notify Me** block. The popup opens in the preview so you can see your changes. 4. Change the settings under **Button Settings** and **Popup Settings**. 5. Click **Save**. In the theme editor the button is always visible, with a note under it that reads "This is a preview of the "Notify Me" button". The note never shows on your live store, and the button shows there only on sold-out variants of products on your restock list. ## Button settings The **Button Settings** group of the **EZ PreOrder - Notify Me** block controls the button shoppers click. | Setting | What it does | Default | | --- | --- | --- | | **Button Text** | The text on the button. | Notify me when available | | **Button Background Color** | The button's fill color. | #ffffff (white) | | **Button Text Color** | The button's text color. | #000000 (black) | | **Button Border Color** | The color of the button's outline. | #000000 (black) | | **Button Border Width** | The outline thickness, from 0 to 5 px in 0.5 px steps. Set 0 for no outline. | 1 px | | **Button Border Radius** | Corner rounding, from 0 to 50 px in 2 px steps. | 0 px (square corners) | | **Button Font Size** | Text size, from 12 to 24 px. | 16 px | | **Button Font Weight** | Text weight, from 100 (thin) to 900 (heavy) in steps of 100. | 400 (regular) | | **Button Alignment (Desktop)** | **Left**, **Center** or **Right**. Applies on screens 750 px wide and wider. | Center | | **Button Max Width (Desktop)** | The widest the button gets, from 200 to 600 px in 20 px steps. Applies on screens 750 px wide and wider. | 480 px | The Notify Me button uses your theme's font. On screens narrower than 750 px it fills the full width available, whatever the alignment and max width settings say. When a shopper hovers over it, it fades slightly and its outline gets 1 px thicker. ## Popup settings The **Popup Settings** group of the **EZ PreOrder - Notify Me** block controls the signup window that opens when a shopper clicks the button. | Setting | What it does | Default | | --- | --- | --- | | **Popup Title** | The heading at the top of the popup. | Notify me when available | | **Popup Background Color** | The popup's background. | #ffffff (white) | | **Popup Text Color** | The color of the title, field labels, typed text and close (×) button. | #000000 (black) | | **Submit Button Color** | The fill color of the submit button. Also used for the outline of the field the shopper is typing in. | #000000 (black) | | **Submit Button Text Color** | The submit button's text color. | #ffffff (white) | | **Submit Button Text** | The text on the submit button. | Submit | ## What the signup popup shows The signup popup of the Notify Me button always has the same layout: - The **Popup Title**. - A grey box with the product name, followed by the variant name when the product has variants (for example "Linen shirt - Large"). - A **Name** field and an **Email** field. Both are required, and the email must look like a valid address. - The submit button. Shoppers close the popup with the × button or by clicking outside it. After a successful signup the popup shows a green confirmation and closes itself after 2 seconds. ## Text you cannot change Some text in the Notify Me popup is fixed and cannot be changed from the block settings. | Text | Language | | --- | --- | | Field labels **Name** and **Email** | Follows your storefront language: English, French, Spanish, German or Italian. Other languages show English. | | Field placeholders "Enter your name" and "Enter your email" | Follows your storefront language, as for the labels. | | "Submitting..." on the submit button while the signup is sent | English only. | | "Thank you! We'll notify you when this product is available." | English only. | | "Please fill in all fields" and "Please enter a valid email address" | English only. | | "Something went wrong. Please try again." | English only. | The **Button Text**, **Popup Title** and **Submit Button Text** you enter are shown exactly as written. EZ Preorder does not translate them. ## Limitations - The Notify Me button's padding, the popup's size and the field styles are fixed. For changes the settings do not cover, add custom CSS for the `.ez-notify-me-button` class in your theme. - The popup collects a name and an email only. You cannot add fields such as a phone number or a marketing consent checkbox. - The button's visibility is automatic: it shows only on sold-out variants. There is no setting to show it on in-stock products. - Settings are per product template. If your restock products use several templates, style the block in each one. ## Frequently asked questions ### How do I change the Notify me when available text? Open the **EZ PreOrder - Notify Me** block in the theme editor and change **Button Text**. To change the popup heading too, change **Popup Title**. Click **Save** in the theme editor. ### Can I translate the Notify Me button into other languages? The field labels and placeholders switch automatically between English, French, Spanish, German and Italian. EZ Preorder does not translate the **Button Text**, **Popup Title** and **Submit Button Text** settings; it shows them as you wrote them. The confirmation and error messages in the popup are in English only. ### Why does the button fill the whole width on my phone? On screens narrower than 750 px, the Notify Me button always spans the full width available. **Button Alignment (Desktop)** and **Button Max Width (Desktop)** apply only on wider screens. ### Why is the button visible in the theme editor but not on my store? The theme editor always shows the block so you can style it. On the live store it shows only for sold-out variants of products on your restock list. See [The Notify Me button is not showing](notify-me-button-not-showing.md). ### Can I change the restock alert email from the theme editor? No. The block only styles the button and popup. The email is edited in EZ Preorder under **Restock Alerts** → **Email** → **Customize Email**, on Core and above. See [How to customize the restock alert email](customize-the-restock-alert-email.md). ## Related articles - [How to set up restock alerts](set-up-restock-alerts.md): add the block and products to the restock list. - [What are restock alerts and how do they work?](restock-alerts-overview.md): how signups and alerts work. - [The Notify Me button is not showing](notify-me-button-not-showing.md): fixes for a missing or wrong button. - [How to customize the restock alert email](customize-the-restock-alert-email.md): change what shoppers receive. - [Theme compatibility](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/theme-compatibility.md): theme presets and supported themes. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/restock-alerts/customize-the-restock-alert-email Collection: Restock alerts Lowest plan: Core Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to customize the restock alert email To customize the restock alert email in EZ Preorder & Back In Stock, the email shoppers get after signing up with the Notify Me button, go to **Restock Alerts**, click **Email**, then **Customize Email**. You can change the sender name, reply-to address, subject, body text, button text, three colors and a logo, preview the result, and send yourself a test. Email customization is available on Core and above; on the Free plan, back in stock alerts go out with the template as it stands, which is the default unless you saved changes on a paid plan. **Available on:** Core, Growth, Professional and Scale plans. On the Free plan the **Email** button is disabled and shows "Upgrade your plan to customize email". **Where to find it:** EZ Preorder → **Restock Alerts** → **Products** tab → **Email** → **Customize Email**. ## How to customize the restock alert email 1. In EZ Preorder, go to **Restock Alerts** and stay on the **Products** tab. 2. Click **Email** at the top of the page, then **Customize Email**. The **Customize Restock Email Template** page opens. 3. Change the settings in the **Branding**, **Text** and **Body** cards. The **Email Preview** card updates as you type. 4. Click **Save** in the bar at the top of the page. You see "Email template saved successfully". 5. Click **Send test email** to check the result in your inbox. Your changes apply to every restock alert sent after you save. Alerts already sent are not changed. ## Restock alert email settings The restock alert email has nine settings across three cards. | Setting | Card | What it does | Default | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | **Logo (optional)** | **Branding** | An image shown centered at the top of the email, at most 200 px wide and 60 px tall. PNG, JPEG, GIF or WebP, up to 2 MB. 60 × 60 px is recommended. | No logo | | **From** | **Branding** | The sender name shoppers see in their inbox. | `{{{shopName}}}` | | **Reply-to** | **Branding** | The address that receives a shopper's reply. | `{{{shopCustomerEmail}}}` | | **Subject** | **Text** | The subject line. It also appears as a bold heading at the top of the email. | `{{{variantName}}} is back` | | **Content** | **Text** | The body text, up to 500 characters. Use placeholders to place the product and the button. | The default text below | | **Button text** | **Text** | The text on the button that opens the product page. | Shop Now | | **Text color** | **Body** | The color of all text, including the heading and the product name. | #000000 (black) | | **Button color** | **Body** | The button's fill color. | #111827 (near-black) | | **Button label color** | **Body** | The button's text color. | #ffffff (white) | The default **Content** is: ``` Hello, The product you've been waiting for is back in stock! {{{productSection}}} Don't miss out - quantities are limited. {{{ButtonSection}}} Thank you for your patience! ``` The logo is saved as soon as it finishes uploading, and **Remove** deletes it straight away. All other settings are saved only when you click **Save**. Click **Discard** in the save bar to undo unsaved changes. ## Placeholders you can use Placeholders in the restock alert email are replaced with real values when each alert is sent. Each one works only in the field listed, must have three curly braces on each side, and is case-sensitive. | Placeholder | Field | Replaced with | | --- | --- | --- | | `{{{shopName}}}` | **From** | The **From** name in your preorder confirmation email settings. If that is empty, your Shopify store name. | | `{{{shopCustomerEmail}}}` | **Reply-to** | Your store's account email, the address Shopify uses to contact you about your store. | | `{{{variantName}}}` | **Subject** | The product and variant name, for example "Linen shirt - Large". Just the product name when the product has no variants. | | `{{{productTitle}}}` | **Subject** | The product name. | | `{{{productSection}}}` | **Content** | A box with a small product image and the product and variant name. | | `{{{ButtonSection}}}` | **Content** | The button, with your **Button text**, linking to the product page with the variant selected. | A placeholder used in the wrong field is not replaced; shoppers see the placeholder text as typed. You can also type a fixed sender name or email address instead of a placeholder. ## What the restock alert email looks like The restock alert email is a centered white card on a light grey background, in this order: 1. Your logo, if you uploaded one. 2. The subject line as a bold heading. 3. Your **Content**. Each line becomes its own paragraph. Blank lines are removed, so they do not add extra space. 4. The product box and the button, wherever you placed `{{{productSection}}}` and `{{{ButtonSection}}}` in the content. The button opens the product page with the shopper's variant selected. The link carries tracking tags so EZ Preorder can credit orders to restock alerts. See [When are restock alerts sent?](when-restock-alerts-are-sent.md). ## Who the restock alert email comes from Every restock alert email is sent from the address alerts@ezpreorder.com. You cannot change that address, but you set the sender name with **From** and the reply address with **Reply-to**. When a shopper replies, the reply goes to the **Reply-to** address, which by default is your store's account email. To have replies go to a support inbox instead, type that address in **Reply-to** and save. The email has no unsubscribe link. Each signup receives only one email, so there is nothing further to unsubscribe from. ## Send a test email The **Send test email** button sends the last saved version of the restock alert email to your store's account email. A message confirms the address it went to. Save your changes before sending a test, or the test shows the previous version. The test email differs from a real alert in a few ways: - Its subject starts with "[TEST]". - It uses a sample product called "Product X" with the variant "Product Variant title", a sample image and a sample link. - `{{{shopName}}}` is replaced with your Shopify store name. - It does not show the subject as a heading at the top. Real alerts do. ## Limitations - You cannot send restock alerts from your own email address or domain. The sending address is always alerts@ezpreorder.com. - There is one email template, in one language, for every shopper and market. - **Content** is limited to 500 characters. - `{{{variantName}}}` and `{{{productTitle}}}` work only in **Subject**, not in **Content**. - There is no unsubscribe link and no automatic discount code. You can type a discount code into **Content**. ## Troubleshooting **The email has no product image or name.** Check that **Content** contains `{{{productSection}}}` exactly: singular "product", lowercase "p", three braces on each side. **The email has no button.** Check that **Content** contains `{{{ButtonSection}}}` exactly, with capital B and capital S. Without it, the email has no link to your store. **Shoppers see placeholder text such as {{{variantName}}} in the email.** That placeholder is in a field where it does not work, or it is misspelled. Check the field against the placeholder table. **My test email does not show my changes.** The test uses the saved template. Click **Save**, wait for "Email template saved successfully", then send the test again. **Real alerts have a different subject or button color from the editor.** Make any change in the editor and click **Save**. Saving stores the full template that alerts use. **I did not receive the test email.** The test goes to your store's account email, shown in the confirmation message. Check your spam folder for a message from alerts@ezpreorder.com. **The Email button is greyed out.** Email customization needs the Core plan or above. See [Plans and pricing](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md). ## Frequently asked questions ### Do I have to customize the restock alert email before alerts are sent? No. Restock alerts are sent with the default email from the start. Customizing it is optional and needs Core or above. ### Can shoppers reply to the restock alert email? Yes. Replies go to the **Reply-to** address. By default that is your store's account email; type another address in **Reply-to** to change it. ### Is the restock alert email sent in the shopper's language? No. Everyone receives the same email, in the language you write it in. Write the subject, content and button text in your store's main language. ### Can I add a discount code to the restock alert email? Yes, as plain text. Type the code into **Content**, for example "Use code WELCOMEBACK for 10% off". EZ Preorder does not create the discount; set it up in Shopify first. ### Can Shopify Sidekick edit the restock alert email? Yes. Ask Sidekick to edit the back in stock email. It opens this editor with the new subject, content or button text filled in, and you review and click **Save**. See [Use EZ Preorder with Shopify Sidekick](../reports-ai-and-support/use-ez-preorder-with-shopify-sidekick.md). ## Related articles - [What are restock alerts and how do they work?](restock-alerts-overview.md): the full restock alert flow. - [When are restock alerts sent?](when-restock-alerts-are-sent.md): what triggers the email and how revenue is credited. - [How to set up restock alerts](set-up-restock-alerts.md): add the Notify Me block and products. - [Preorder confirmation email](../notifications/preorder-confirmation-email.md): where the From name used by `{{{shopName}}}` is set. - [Use EZ Preorder with Shopify Sidekick](../reports-ai-and-support/use-ez-preorder-with-shopify-sidekick.md): edit emails with Sidekick. - [Plans and pricing](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md): which plans include email customization. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/restock-alerts/set-up-restock-alerts Collection: Restock alerts Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to set up restock alerts To set up restock alerts in EZ Preorder & Back In Stock, add the **EZ PreOrder - Notify Me** block to your product page template, then add products to the restock list on the **Restock Alerts** page. Each variant also needs **Track quantity** on and **Continue selling when out of stock** off in Shopify. After that, the Notify Me button shows on sold-out variants and back in stock alerts are emailed automatically. **Available on:** Free, Core, Growth, Professional and Scale plans. **Bulk actions** (Bulk Add, Bulk Add Collections, Bulk Remove) need Core or above. **Where to find it:** EZ Preorder → **Restock Alerts** → **Products**. ## Before you start - Check that the products you want to use track inventory. In Shopify admin, open each product and make sure **Track quantity** is on and **Continue selling when out of stock** is off for its variants. The Notify Me button never shows for a variant without both settings. - Find out which product templates your products use. Most stores use only **Default product**, but if some products use another template, the block has to be added to that template too. - Variants on preorder with the **Always** or **Sold out** rule do not show the Notify Me button, because those rules turn on **Continue selling when out of stock**. See [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md). ## Step 1: Add the Notify Me block to your theme The quickest way to add the restock alert block is from the app. If the block is missing from your live theme's default product template, the **Restock Alerts** page shows a **Notify me block is not enabled** banner. 1. Click **Enable Block** on the banner. Your theme editor opens on the default product template with the block already added. 2. Drag the block to where you want the button, usually just below the buy buttons. 3. Click **Save**. To add the block by hand, or to a product template other than the default: 1. In Shopify admin, go to **Online Store → Themes → Customize**. 2. In the template menu at the top of the editor, choose **Products**, then the template your restock products use (for example **Default product**). 3. In the product information section, click **Add block**, open the **Apps** tab, and choose **EZ PreOrder - Notify Me**. 4. Drag the block to where you want the button. 5. Click **Save**. Repeat these steps for every product template your restock products use. In the theme editor the block is always visible, with a note under it, so you can style it even on in-stock products. On the live store it appears only on sold-out variants of products on your restock list. To change its text and colors, see [How to customize the Notify Me button](customize-the-notify-me-button.md). ## Step 2: Add products to the restock list The restock list controls which products can show the Notify Me button. Adding a product covers all of its variants. 1. In EZ Preorder, go to **Restock Alerts** and open the **Products** tab. 2. Click **Add Products** at the top right. 3. Search for products and tick the ones you want. Click **Load More** to see more results. Products already on the list are not shown. 4. Click **Confirm**. The page refreshes itself after 10 seconds. The app's banner explains that restock relies on Shopify metafields, which take 10 to 20 seconds to update. If a product is still missing after that, click **Refresh Page**. ## Step 3: Add many products at once (Core and above) The **Bulk actions** menu on the **Products** tab adds or removes products in one go. On the Free plan the button is disabled and shows "Upgrade your plan to use bulk actions". - **Bulk Add** adds every product in your store that is not already on the restock list. - **Bulk Add Collections** opens **Bulk add collections**. Tick one or more collections and click **Add** to add every product in them. The window lists up to 250 of your collections. - **Bulk Remove** removes every product from the restock list. Each bulk action shows a **Bulk Action Notice** before it runs. Click **Continue**, then keep the page open until the **Bulk operation completed** banner appears. The page refreshes itself 15 seconds later. Bulk actions take longer when you have many products or collections. Bulk Add is a one-time action. Products you create later are not added automatically, so add them with **Add Products** or run **Bulk Add** again. ## Step 4: Fix inventory settings flagged with a warning icon A warning icon next to a product or variant on the **Products** tab means the Notify Me button cannot show for it. Either inventory tracking is off, or **Continue selling when out of stock** is on. 1. Hover over the warning icon. 2. Click **bulk edit page** in the message. Shopify's bulk editor opens with the inventory tracking and continue-selling columns. 3. Turn on **Track quantity** and turn off **Continue selling when out of stock** for the flagged variants, then save. Leave the warning in place for variants you are selling on preorder with the **Always** or **Sold out** rule. Those variants need **Continue selling when out of stock** on, and the preorder button replaces the Notify Me button for them. ## Step 5: Test your restock alert setup A test with your own email shows the whole flow working. 1. Pick a product on your restock list and set one variant's inventory to 0. 2. Open that product on your live store and select the variant. The Notify Me button should show. 3. Click it, enter your name and email, and click **Submit**. You see "Thank you! We'll notify you when this product is available." 4. In EZ Preorder, open **Restock Alerts** → **Signups**. Your signup shows as **Active**. 5. Set the variant's inventory to 1 or more. You receive the alert email, and the signup changes to **Notified**. The test signup counts toward your plan's signup limit. On the Free plan, that is 1 of your 30 signups. ## Remove products from the restock list To take a product off the restock list, tick it on the **Products** tab and click **Delete selected**. The Notify Me button stops showing for that product. Existing signups are not canceled: shoppers who already signed up are still emailed when the product is restocked. To stop those emails, cancel the signups on the **Signups** tab. See [How to track restock signups and revenue](track-restock-signups-and-revenue.md). ## Troubleshooting **The Notify me block is not enabled banner shows, but I added the block.** The banner checks only the default product template of your published theme. If you added the block to a different template or to an unpublished theme, the banner stays. Add the block to the default product template too, or ignore the banner if none of your restock products use that template. **I added products, but they are not on the Products tab.** Wait 20 seconds and click **Refresh Page**. New restock products take a short time to appear. **The Bulk actions and Email buttons are greyed out.** Both need the Core plan or above. See [Plans and pricing](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md). **The Notify Me button does not show on my store.** Work through [The Notify Me button is not showing](notify-me-button-not-showing.md). ## Frequently asked questions ### Do I have to add every product to the restock list? Yes. The Notify Me button shows only for products on the restock list. Add the products you want shoppers to be able to sign up for, or use **Bulk Add** on Core and above to add your whole catalog. ### Does adding an in-stock product show the button? No. You can add in-stock products safely. The Notify Me button shows only while the selected variant is sold out. ### Why can I add only one product to the restock list? Some stores are still on an older version of the Free plan, which allows one product on the restock list. The **Add Products** window says so and offers **Upgrade now**. The current Free plan and every paid plan have no limit on the number of restock products. ### Do I need to set up the restock alert email before alerts are sent? No. Alerts are sent with the default email from the start. On Core and above you can change it under **Email** → **Customize Email**. See [How to customize the restock alert email](customize-the-restock-alert-email.md). ### Does the Notify Me button work if my theme is not on the compatibility list? Usually, yes, because the block adds its own button. If it shows for the wrong variant or does not update when shoppers change variants, set the **Form selector** under **Configuration** → **Theme Settings** → **Restock Alerts**. See [Advanced theme settings](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/advanced-theme-settings.md). ## Related articles - [What are restock alerts and how do they work?](restock-alerts-overview.md): the full picture before you start. - [How to customize the Notify Me button](customize-the-notify-me-button.md): button and popup settings with defaults. - [The Notify Me button is not showing](notify-me-button-not-showing.md): step-by-step fixes. - [When are restock alerts sent?](when-restock-alerts-are-sent.md): what triggers the email and what counts toward your limit. - [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md): how preorder rules change Continue selling when out of stock. - [Advanced theme settings](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/advanced-theme-settings.md): the restock form selector. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/restock-alerts/track-restock-signups-and-revenue Collection: Restock alerts Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to track restock signups and revenue EZ Preorder & Back In Stock tracks restock alerts on the **Restock Alerts** page in three tabs. **Products** shows signup counts per product and variant, **Signups** lists every shopper with search, filters, CSV export and cancel, and **Overview** totals your signups, alerts sent and restock revenue. Every plan includes all three tabs, so you can follow back in stock alerts from the Notify Me signup to the order. **Available on:** Free, Core, Growth, Professional and Scale plans. **Where to find it:** EZ Preorder → **Restock Alerts** → **Products**, **Signups** or **Overview**. ## Restock signup statuses Every restock signup in EZ Preorder has one of three statuses. | Status | Meaning | | --- | --- | | **Active** | The shopper is waiting. They are emailed when the variant is back in stock. | | **Notified** | The alert has been sent. The signup is finished and is not emailed again. | | **Canceled** | You canceled the signup. The shopper is not emailed. | ## Products tab The **Products** tab lists the products on your restock list, 10 per page, with these columns: | Column | What it shows | | --- | --- | | **Product** | The product image, name and number of variants. A warning icon means the Notify Me button cannot show for some variants. | | **Inventory** | The product's total inventory across all variants. | | **Signed up** | Shoppers still waiting (Active signups). | | **Notified** | Signups whose alert has been sent. | | **Canceled** | Signups you canceled. | Click the arrow at the end of a row to see the same numbers for each variant. To remove products from the restock list, tick them and click **Delete selected**; removing a product does not cancel its signups. ## Signups tab The **Signups** tab lists every restock signup, 10 per page, newest first. Its columns are: | Column | What it shows | | --- | --- | | **Signup Date** | When the shopper signed up. | | **Alert Date** | When the alert was sent, or "-" if it has not been sent. | | **Product** | The product and variant name as they were when the shopper signed up, for example "Linen shirt - Large". | | **Market** | The Shopify market the shopper was browsing in. | | **Status** | **Active**, **Notified** or **Canceled**. | | **Customer Name** | The name the shopper entered. | | **Customer Email** | The email the shopper entered. | Dates show in your computer's time zone. ## Find specific restock signups The Signups tab has four ways to narrow the list. Any change returns you to page 1. - **Status tabs.** Click **All**, **Active**, **Notified** or **Canceled**. - **Search.** Type part of a name or email in **Search by name or email**. The search ignores upper and lower case. - **Filter by product.** Open the **Filter by product** filter, type a product name, and pick a product. Only products that have signups are listed. With nothing typed, it lists your 20 products with the most signups. - **Sort.** Sort by **Signup Date** or **Alert Date**, **Newest first** or **Oldest first**. ## Export restock signups to CSV The **Export CSV** button at the top of the **Signups** tab downloads your restock signups as a spreadsheet file. 1. Open the **Signups** tab. 2. Choose the status tab, search and product filter you want. The export includes every signup that matches, on all pages. 3. Click **Export CSV**. The file downloads as `signups_` followed by today's date, for example `signups_2026-11-11.csv`. The file has five columns: **Name**, **Email**, **Variant Title**, **Product ID** and **Variant ID**. It does not include status, dates or market. To export only shoppers still waiting, open the **Active** tab before you export. **Export CSV** appears only when the current view has at least one signup. ## Cancel restock signups Canceling a restock signup stops that shopper from being emailed. 1. Open the **Signups** tab and find the signups. The **Active** tab shows only signups that can still be canceled. 2. Tick the signups. Ticking the box in the header selects every signup on the current page. 3. Click **Cancel signups**. There is no confirmation step. Canceled signups cannot be reactivated; the shopper has to sign up again on your store. Only **Active** signups change, so ticking a **Notified** signup has no effect. Canceling does not give back any of your plan's signup allowance. ## Overview tab The **Overview** tab shows lifetime totals for restock alerts in four cards and one table. | Card | What it counts | | --- | --- | | **Active restock products** | Products currently on your restock list. | | **Total signups** | Every signup ever collected, whatever its status. | | **Notifications sent** | Signups with the status **Notified**. | | **Restock revenue** | The total of orders credited to restock alert emails. | The **Top restock products by signups** table lists up to 10 products with the most signups of any status. **Potential revenue** is the number of signups multiplied by the average price of the product's variants, converted to USD. It is an estimate of demand, not money earned. ## How restock revenue is counted Restock revenue in EZ Preorder comes from orders placed after a shopper clicks the button in a restock alert email. About 15 minutes after each order, the app checks whether the shopper's last visit to your store came through that link. If it did, the whole order total, including shipping and taxes, is added to **Restock revenue**. The amount is added up in your store's currency, even though the card shows a $ sign. Refunds and cancellations later on do not reduce it. Full details are in [When are restock alerts sent?](when-restock-alerts-are-sent.md). ## Restock metrics on the Dashboard The EZ Preorder **Dashboard** also shows restock alert results in its **Metrics** section. **Restock Signups** shows signups for the selected period; with **Current billing cycle** selected, it shows your count against your plan limit, for example 212 / 250. **Restock Revenue** shows restock revenue for the selected period. See [Dashboard and metrics](../reports-ai-and-support/dashboard-and-metrics.md). ## Limitations - Restock signups cannot be edited, deleted or reactivated from the app. You can only cancel them. - The CSV export does not include status, signup date, alert date or market. - Uninstalling EZ Preorder deletes all restock signups. Export them first if you want to keep them. - Signups are not added to your Shopify customer list. ## Frequently asked questions ### Why does the Product column say "Default Title"? For products without variants, Shopify names the single variant "Default Title", and the **Signups** tab shows it after the product name, for example "Linen shirt - Default Title". The signup works normally. ### What does the Market column mean? The **Market** column shows the Shopify market the shopper was browsing when they signed up, in capital letters. It is for your reference only: alerts go to waiting shoppers in every market. ### Can I see which shoppers signed up for one product? Yes. On the **Signups** tab, open **Filter by product**, search for the product and pick it. Add the **Active** tab to see only shoppers still waiting. ### Can I email my restock signups myself? EZ Preorder sends restock alerts only when inventory comes back. To contact signups another way, export them with **Export CSV**. Make sure you have each shopper's permission before adding them to marketing emails. ### Does canceling a signup free up my plan's signup allowance? No. Every signup counts toward your plan's limit when it is collected, and canceling it later does not give the allowance back. ## Related articles - [What are restock alerts and how do they work?](restock-alerts-overview.md): how signups and alerts work. - [When are restock alerts sent?](when-restock-alerts-are-sent.md): triggers, limits and revenue attribution in full. - [How to set up restock alerts](set-up-restock-alerts.md): add products and the Notify Me block. - [Dashboard and metrics](../reports-ai-and-support/dashboard-and-metrics.md): restock signups and revenue by period. - [Data privacy and security](../reference/data-privacy-and-security.md): what shopper data restock alerts store. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/restock-alerts/notify-me-button-not-showing Collection: Restock alerts Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # The Notify Me button is not showing The Notify Me button of EZ Preorder & Back In Stock shows only when six things are true: the product is on your restock list, the **EZ PreOrder - Notify Me** block is on the product's template, **Track quantity** is on, **Continue selling when out of stock** is off, the selected variant is sold out, and your store is under its restock signup limit. If any one is missing, the button stays hidden. Work through the checks below in order; most back in stock alert problems are fixed by the first three. **Available on:** Free, Core, Growth, Professional and Scale plans. **Where to find it:** EZ Preorder → **Restock Alerts**, and Shopify admin → **Online Store → Themes → Customize**. ## Quick checklist | Check | Where to look | Fix | | --- | --- | --- | | The product is on the restock list | **Restock Alerts** → **Products** | **Add Products** | | The block is on the product's template | Theme editor, the product's template | Add **EZ PreOrder - Notify Me** and save | | **Track quantity** is on and **Continue selling when out of stock** is off | Product page in Shopify admin, or the warning icon on the **Products** tab | Change both settings | | The selected variant is sold out | Product page in Shopify admin | None needed: the button shows only on sold-out variants | | You are under your signup limit | Email "Restock Alert Quota Limit Reached", or the **Plan limit reached** banner | Upgrade, or wait for the limit to reset | | The button tracks the right variant | Your store, switching variants | Set the restock **Form selector** | ## Check 1: The product is not on the restock list The Notify Me button shows only for products on the restock list. In EZ Preorder, open **Restock Alerts** → **Products** and look for the product. If it is missing, click **Add Products**, tick it and click **Confirm**. New products take 10 to 20 seconds to update on your store, so wait, then reload the product page. See [How to set up restock alerts](set-up-restock-alerts.md). ## Check 2: The block is not on the product's template The Notify Me button appears only on product templates that contain the **EZ PreOrder - Notify Me** block. Each product uses one template, chosen in the **Theme template** setting on the product's page in Shopify admin. 1. Go to **Online Store → Themes → Customize** on your published theme. 2. In the template menu at the top, choose **Products**, then the template the product uses. 3. Look for **EZ PreOrder - Notify Me** in the product information section. If it is missing, click **Add block**, open the **Apps** tab and add it. 4. Make sure the block is not hidden (its eye icon is not crossed out), then click **Save**. The **Notify me block is not enabled** banner on the **Restock Alerts** page checks only the default product template of your published theme. If your products use another template, check that template yourself. ## Check 3: Track quantity is off or Continue selling is on The Notify Me button needs **Track quantity** turned on and **Continue selling when out of stock** turned off for the variant. Without tracking, Shopify never treats the variant as sold out. With Continue selling on, Shopify keeps it available to buy, so there is nothing to be notified about. On the **Products** tab, a warning icon marks products and variants with the wrong settings. Hover over it and click **bulk edit page** to fix them in Shopify's bulk editor, or change them on each product's page in Shopify admin. Variants on preorder with the **Always** or **Sold out** rule need **Continue selling when out of stock** on, so they show the preorder button instead of Notify Me. That is expected. To show Notify Me on such a variant, take it off preorder first. See [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md). ## Check 4: The selected variant is in stock The Notify Me button shows only while the selected variant is sold out. It hides for variants with stock and switches as the shopper changes variants. If the Small size is sold out and Large is in stock, the button shows only while Small is selected. Check the variant's available quantity in Shopify admin: it must be 0 or less. ## Check 5: Your store reached its restock signup limit When your store reaches its restock signup limit, the Notify Me button disappears from every product at once. You would have received an email titled "Restock Alert Quota Limit Reached". The limits are: - Free: 30 signups in total for the life of your store. This limit never resets. - Core: 250, Growth: 750, Professional: 1,500 signups per billing cycle. The count resets when your billing cycle ends. - Scale: unlimited signups. To bring the button back straight away, upgrade or change to another paid plan, which resets your count to 0. See [When are restock alerts sent?](when-restock-alerts-are-sent.md) and [Plans and pricing](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md). ## Check 6: The button shows for the wrong variant or does not update The Notify Me button reads the selected variant from your theme's product form. Some themes use a different variant picker, or have more than one product form on the page, for example quick-add buttons in another section. The button can then show on in-stock variants, stay hidden on sold-out ones, or not change when the shopper switches variants. To point the button at the right form: 1. In EZ Preorder, go to **Configuration** → **Theme Settings**. 2. In the **Restock Alerts** card, turn on the toggle. 3. In **Form selector**, enter the CSS selector of your main product form, for example `form.product-form`. Click **How to find it?** for help finding it. 4. Save your changes. If you are not sure which selector to use, contact support. See [Advanced theme settings](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/advanced-theme-settings.md). ## The Notify Me button shows, but the signup fails The Notify Me popup shows one of these messages when a signup cannot be saved: **"Something went wrong. Please try again."** Your store may have reached its signup limit after the shopper opened the page; check your email for "Restock Alert Quota Limit Reached". Otherwise it was a temporary problem: ask the shopper to try again, and contact support if it keeps happening. **"Unable to determine market. Please try again."** Your store did not pass its market information to the page. Contact support with the product's URL. **"Please enter a valid email address"** or **"Please fill in all fields".** The shopper must enter both a name and an email address in a normal format. ## Notify Me is missing on preorder variants hidden in some countries If a preorder variant is limited to certain countries and the shopper is browsing from another one, that shopper sees a disabled sold-out button and no Notify Me button. The variant still has **Continue selling when out of stock** on for the preorder, so the Notify Me button stays hidden. See [Preorders for specific countries and markets](../preorders/preorders-for-specific-countries-and-markets.md). ## Frequently asked questions ### Why does the Notify Me button show in the theme editor but not on my store? The theme editor always shows the block so you can style it, with a note under it. On your live store the button shows only for sold-out variants of products on your restock list. Run checks 1 to 5. ### Why does the Notify Me button disappear when I pick another size? The button follows the selected variant. It hides for variants in stock and shows for variants that are sold out. That is expected. ### Can the Notify Me button show on collection pages? No. The **EZ PreOrder - Notify Me** block is a product page block. It does not add buttons to collection page product cards. ### Do I need the EZ Preorder app embed turned on for the Notify Me button? No. The Notify Me block works without the app embed. The app embed is needed only for preorders. ### The banner says the Notify me block is not enabled, but the button works. Why? The banner checks only the default product template of your published theme. If your restock products use another template that has the block, the button works and you can ignore the banner. ## Related articles - [How to set up restock alerts](set-up-restock-alerts.md): the full setup, step by step. - [What are restock alerts and how do they work?](restock-alerts-overview.md): when the button shows and what shoppers receive. - [When are restock alerts sent?](when-restock-alerts-are-sent.md): signup limits and when they reset. - [Advanced theme settings](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/advanced-theme-settings.md): the restock form selector. - [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md): why preorder variants do not show Notify Me. - [Get help and contact support](../reports-ai-and-support/get-help-and-contact-support.md): reach the EZ Preorder team. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/restock-alerts/restock-alerts-overview Collection: Restock alerts Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # What are restock alerts and how do they work? Restock alerts in EZ Preorder & Back In Stock add a **Notify me when available** button to sold-out product variants. A shopper enters their name and email, and the app emails them once, automatically, when that variant is back in stock. Restock alerts (also called back in stock alerts or Notify Me alerts) work per variant and are included on every plan; your plan sets how many signups you can collect. **Available on:** Free, Core, Growth, Professional and Scale plans. Free includes 30 signups in total. Core, Growth and Professional include 250, 750 and 1,500 signups per billing cycle. Scale has unlimited signups. Bulk actions and email customization need Core or above. **Where to find it:** EZ Preorder → **Restock Alerts**. ## How restock alerts work Restock alerts in EZ Preorder follow the same five steps for every product: 1. You add the **EZ PreOrder - Notify Me** block to your product page template and add products to the restock list on the **Restock Alerts** page. 2. When a shopper selects a variant that is sold out, the Notify Me button appears on the product page. 3. The shopper clicks the button, enters their name and email in the popup, and clicks **Submit**. The signup appears on the **Signups** tab with the status **Active**. 4. When that variant's available inventory goes above 0 at any of your locations, EZ Preorder emails every active signup for the variant and changes each one to **Notified**. 5. The email's button opens the product page with that variant selected. If the shopper places an order after clicking it, the order counts toward your **Restock revenue**. ## When the Notify Me button shows The Notify Me button shows on the live store only when all of these are true: - The product is on your restock list (**Restock Alerts** → **Products**). - The **EZ PreOrder - Notify Me** block is on the product template that product uses. - The selected variant has **Track quantity** turned on and **Continue selling when out of stock** turned off in Shopify. - The selected variant has 0 or fewer units available, so Shopify shows it as sold out. - Your store has not reached its restock signup limit. The button hides for variants that are in stock and updates when the shopper switches variants. In the theme editor the block always shows, so you can style it. If the button is missing, follow [The Notify Me button is not showing](notify-me-button-not-showing.md). ## Restock alerts work per variant Restock alerts in EZ Preorder are tracked per variant, not per product. If the Small size is sold out and the Large size is in stock, the Notify Me button shows only while Small is selected. A shopper who signs up for Small is emailed only when Small is restocked. Adding a product to the restock list covers all of its variants. ## Restock alerts and preorders on the same product A variant cannot show a preorder button and a Notify Me button at the same time. When you put a variant on preorder with the **Always** or **Sold out** rule, EZ Preorder turns on **Continue selling when out of stock**, so Shopify treats the variant as available and the Notify Me button stays hidden. Shoppers see the preorder button instead. With the **Specific inventory level** rule, **Continue selling when out of stock** stays off. The Notify Me button can show once the preorder stock runs out. Entering a preorder quantity above 0 also counts as a restock, so any waiting shoppers are emailed at that moment. See [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md). ## What the shopper receives Each restock alert signup gets one email, sent when the variant comes back in stock. The email shows the product name, the product image and a button (**Shop Now** by default) that opens the product page with the variant selected. It is sent from the address alerts@ezpreorder.com with your store name as the sender name, and replies go to your store's email address. On Core and above you can change the sender name, reply-to address, subject, text, colors and logo. See [How to customize the restock alert email](customize-the-restock-alert-email.md). ## Restock alert limits by plan Restock alert limits in EZ Preorder count signups, not emails sent. | Plan | Restock signups | Alert emails | | --- | --- | --- | | Free | 30 in total, for the life of the store | Unlimited | | Core | 250 per billing cycle | Unlimited | | Growth | 750 per billing cycle | Unlimited | | Professional | 1,500 per billing cycle | Unlimited | | Scale | Unlimited | 3,000 per billing cycle included, then $0.01 per email | When you reach your signup limit, the Notify Me button disappears from your store until the limit resets or you upgrade. Shoppers who already signed up are still emailed. Details are in [When are restock alerts sent?](when-restock-alerts-are-sent.md) and [Plan limits](../plans-and-billing/plan-limits.md). ## What you can track The **Restock Alerts** page has three tabs. **Products** lists the products on your restock list with their inventory and signup counts. **Signups** lists every shopper who signed up, with search, filters, CSV export and cancel. **Overview** shows total signups, alerts sent, restock revenue and your top products by signups. See [How to track restock signups and revenue](track-restock-signups-and-revenue.md). ## Limitations - Restock alerts collect email only. There is no SMS or phone option. - There is no button to send or resend alerts by hand. Alerts go out only when inventory comes back. - Signing up does not create a Shopify customer or subscribe the shopper to your email marketing. - You get one email template, in one language, for all shoppers. - The Notify Me button is a product page block. It does not add buttons to collection page product cards. - Uninstalling EZ Preorder deletes all restock signups. Export them first if you want to keep them. ## Frequently asked questions ### Are restock alerts included on the Free plan? Yes. The Free plan includes restock alerts with up to 30 signups in total for your store. That limit does not reset; upgrade to Core or above for a monthly allowance. ### Do I need the EZ Preorder app embed turned on for restock alerts? No. The **EZ PreOrder - Notify Me** block works on its own. You need the app embed only for preorders. ### Will a shopper be emailed more than once? No. Each signup gets one alert and then changes to **Notified**. If the variant sells out again, the shopper has to sign up again to get the next alert. ### Can shoppers unsubscribe from restock alerts? The alert email has no unsubscribe link, because each signup gets only one email. If a shopper asks to be removed before the alert goes out, cancel their signup on the **Signups** tab. ### What is the difference between restock alerts and preorders? A preorder lets shoppers buy a sold-out product now and receive it later. A restock alert takes no payment and only emails the shopper when the product can be bought again. See [Preorder vs backorder vs back in stock](../guides/preorder-vs-backorder-vs-back-in-stock.md). ## Related articles - [How to set up restock alerts](set-up-restock-alerts.md): add the block and your products, step by step. - [When are restock alerts sent?](when-restock-alerts-are-sent.md): triggers, timing, limits and revenue attribution. - [How to customize the Notify Me button](customize-the-notify-me-button.md): every setting of the block. - [How to customize the restock alert email](customize-the-restock-alert-email.md): sender, subject, text and branding. - [How to track restock signups and revenue](track-restock-signups-and-revenue.md): the Products, Signups and Overview tabs. - [Plan limits](../plans-and-billing/plan-limits.md): what counts toward each plan's limits. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/restock-alerts/when-restock-alerts-are-sent Collection: Restock alerts Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # When are restock alerts sent? EZ Preorder & Back In Stock sends a restock alert when Shopify reports that a variant's available inventory at one of your locations has gone above 0. At that moment every shopper waiting on that variant gets one email, and their signup changes to **Notified**. Plan limits for back in stock alerts count Notify Me signups, not emails; only the Scale plan charges for emails, at $0.01 each after 3,000 per billing cycle. **Available on:** Free, Core, Growth, Professional and Scale plans. **Where to find it:** Alerts are sent automatically. Results show in EZ Preorder → **Restock Alerts** → **Signups**. ## What triggers a restock alert A restock alert is triggered by any inventory change in Shopify that leaves a variant with more than 0 available at a location. That includes: - Receiving stock or editing the quantity in Shopify admin. - An inventory transfer arriving. - A returned item being restocked. - Another app, warehouse or inventory system updating the quantity. - Entering a quantity above 0 for a variant on preorder with the **Specific inventory level** rule. Each change is judged at the location where it happens. A change that leaves that location at 0 or below sends nothing. EZ Preorder does not check which locations sell online, so stock added at a retail location that does not fulfill online orders also sends the alerts, even if the variant is still sold out on your online store. These do not send restock alerts: turning **Continue selling when out of stock** on or off, putting a variant on preorder with the **Always** or **Sold out** rule, adding a product to the restock list, and inventory changes that stay at 0 or below. ## How quickly restock alerts are sent EZ Preorder sends restock alerts when Shopify reports the inventory change, not on a daily schedule. There is no setting to delay, schedule or batch them. The emails go out one after another, and the inventory is not reserved for the shoppers who were emailed: if you restock 1 unit and 20 shoppers are waiting, all 20 are emailed and the first to check out gets it. ## Which shoppers get the restock alert A restock alert goes to every signup with the status **Active** for that exact variant: - Shoppers in every market, whichever market they signed up from. - Shoppers who signed up for a product you have since removed from the restock list, or whose product page no longer has the Notify Me block. To stop those emails, cancel the signups on the **Signups** tab. - Each signup separately. A shopper who signed up twice for the same variant receives two emails. Signups with the status **Notified** or **Canceled** are never emailed. ## One restock alert per signup Each restock signup receives exactly one email. Right after the alerts go out, every emailed signup changes to **Notified** and its **Alert Date** is filled in. If the variant sells out again, those shoppers are not emailed a second time; they have to click Notify Me and sign up again. Alerts are not retried. If an email cannot be sent to one shopper, that signup is still marked **Notified**. ## Restock alerts are per variant Restock alerts in EZ Preorder are tracked per variant. A shopper who signed up for the Small size is emailed when Small comes back, not when Large does. For a product without variants, the alert goes out when the product itself is restocked. ## Restock alerts on products that are also on preorder A variant on preorder with the **Always** or **Sold out** rule has **Continue selling when out of stock** on, so Shopify treats it as available and the Notify Me button does not show. No new signups come in for it. Shoppers who signed up before you started the preorder stay **Active** and are emailed the next time the variant's available inventory at a location goes above 0. With the **Specific inventory level** rule, entering a preorder quantity above 0 changes the inventory, so waiting shoppers are emailed when you save the preorder. The email's button takes them to the product page, where they can preorder. See [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md). ## What counts toward your restock alert limit Restock alert limits in EZ Preorder count signups. Every signup that is accepted counts once, when it is collected: signups that are later canceled or notified, duplicate signups from the same shopper, and your own test signups all count. Alert emails do not count toward any plan's limit. | Plan | Restock signups | Resets | Alert emails | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Free | 30 | Never: 30 in total for the life of the store | No charge | | Core | 250 | Every billing cycle | No charge | | Growth | 750 | Every billing cycle | No charge | | Professional | 1,500 | Every billing cycle | No charge | | Scale | Unlimited | Not applicable | 3,000 per billing cycle included, then $0.01 per email | On the Scale plan, every restock alert email sent after the first 3,000 in a billing cycle costs $0.01. The charge appears on your Shopify bill as a usage charge called "Restock Alert Overage". Test emails are free. See [Usage charges](../plans-and-billing/usage-charges.md). Stores still on the older Free plan, retired from the plan page, get 30 signups per billing cycle instead of 30 in total. You can check your count on the EZ Preorder **Dashboard**: with **Current billing cycle** selected, the **Restock Signups** card shows your count against your limit, for example 212 / 250. ## What happens when you reach the restock signup limit EZ Preorder warns you before and when you reach your restock signup limit: 1. At 85% of your limit, you get an email titled "Restock Alert Quota Warning - 85% Used". 2. The signup that reaches the limit is accepted. You then get an email titled "Restock Alert Quota Limit Reached". 3. The Notify Me button disappears from every product page on your store. 4. A shopper who already had the popup open and submits it sees "Something went wrong. Please try again." Their signup is not saved and does not count. 5. On Core, Growth and Professional, the **Restock Alerts** page shows a **Plan limit reached** banner with an **Upgrade Plan** button. Shoppers who signed up before the limit are still emailed when their variant is restocked. Both warning emails go to your store's account email, the address Shopify uses to contact you, from "EZ Preorder - Restock Alerts" at alerts@ezpreorder.com. ## When the restock signup limit resets The restock signup limit resets differently on each plan: - **Core, Growth and Professional.** Your signup count goes back to 0 when your 30-day billing cycle ends, and the Notify Me button comes back automatically. - **Any change to a paid plan.** Upgrading, or moving between paid plans, resets the count to 0 straight away and turns the Notify Me button back on. - **Free.** The 30 signups are a total for the life of your store and never reset. They include signups collected while you were on a paid plan, so if your store has collected 30 or more signups in total and you move to Free, the Notify Me button is hidden. - **Scale.** Signups are unlimited. The count of alert emails used for the 3,000 allowance starts again each billing cycle. See [Plan limits](../plans-and-billing/plan-limits.md) and [Change or cancel your plan](../plans-and-billing/change-or-cancel-your-plan.md). ## How restock revenue is attributed Restock revenue in EZ Preorder credits orders to restock alert emails using the link in the email's button. That link carries the UTM tags `utm_source=restock`, `utm_medium=email` and `utm_campaign=back_in_stock`, plus an ID for the signup. - About 15 minutes after any order is placed, EZ Preorder asks Shopify where the shopper's last visit before that order came from. If it came through a restock alert link, the order is credited to that signup. - The whole order total counts, including other products, shipping and taxes, in your store's currency. - An order is not credited if the shopper's last visit came another way, such as a Google search, typing your address, another email, or a different device from the one they clicked on. - The amount is recorded when the order is placed. Later refunds and cancellations do not reduce it. Credited orders add up in **Restock revenue** on the **Overview** tab (lifetime) and in **Restock Revenue** on the **Dashboard** (by period). Because the link uses standard UTM tags, you can also find these visits by the source "restock" in Shopify's own marketing reports. See [How to track restock signups and revenue](track-restock-signups-and-revenue.md). ## Limitations - You cannot send, resend, schedule or delay restock alerts by hand. They go out only when inventory comes back. - Restock alerts do not hold stock for the shoppers who were emailed. - Failed emails are not retried, and their signups still show **Notified**. - Duplicate signups from the same shopper are not merged. - Alerts do not take the location into account, so stock added at a location that does not sell online still sends them. ## Troubleshooting **A shopper says they never got the restock alert.** Find their signup on the **Signups** tab. If it is **Active**, the variant has not had stock above 0 at any location since they signed up. If it is **Notified**, check the **Alert Date** and ask them to look in their spam folder for an email from alerts@ezpreorder.com. If it is **Canceled**, the signup was canceled and they need to sign up again. **Alerts went out, but the product is still sold out on my store.** Stock was added at a location that does not fulfill online orders, or the quantity was raised and then lowered again. Restock alerts react to any location reaching more than 0 available. **Alerts went out when I set up a preorder.** You used the **Specific inventory level** rule and entered a quantity above 0. That counts as a restock. **Shoppers are still emailed for a product I removed from the restock list.** Removing a product hides the Notify Me button but keeps existing signups. Cancel them on the **Signups** tab. **The Notify Me button disappeared from all products at once.** You reached your plan's signup limit. Upgrade, or on Core, Growth and Professional wait for your billing cycle to end. See [The Notify Me button is not showing](notify-me-button-not-showing.md). ## Frequently asked questions ### Do restock alerts count toward my plan limit? No. Plan limits count signups, not alert emails. Only the Scale plan charges for emails, at $0.01 each after 3,000 in a billing cycle. ### Does a canceled signup still count toward my limit? Yes. Each signup counts once when it is collected. Canceling it later does not give the allowance back. ### Are restock alerts sent if I restock only one unit? Yes. Every shopper waiting on that variant is emailed, however small the restock. The first shopper to check out gets the stock. ### Can I choose when restock alerts are sent? No. Alerts go out automatically when the inventory change reaches EZ Preorder. To hold them back, keep the inventory at 0 until you are ready, or cancel the signups you do not want emailed. ### When does the Free plan's restock limit reset? Never. The Free plan includes 30 restock signups in total for your store. Upgrade to Core or above for a limit that resets every billing cycle. ## Related articles - [What are restock alerts and how do they work?](restock-alerts-overview.md): the whole restock alert flow. - [How to track restock signups and revenue](track-restock-signups-and-revenue.md): statuses, export and the Overview tab. - [Plan limits](../plans-and-billing/plan-limits.md): every limit by plan and when counters reset. - [Usage charges](../plans-and-billing/usage-charges.md): how Scale overage charges are billed. - [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md): how each rule affects inventory and Continue selling. - [How to customize the restock alert email](customize-the-restock-alert-email.md): what the alert email says. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/plans-and-billing/change-or-cancel-your-plan Collection: Plans & billing Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to change or cancel your EZ Preorder plan To change your plan in EZ Preorder & Back In Stock, the Shopify app, go to EZ Preorder → **Plan**, click **Select this plan** on the plan you want, and approve the charge on Shopify's page. The new plan starts right away with a fresh 30-day billing cycle. To cancel a paid plan, click **Select this plan** on the Free plan and confirm with **Yes, cancel now**: Shopify stops billing you, and the app stays installed with your settings kept. Uninstalling the app also cancels your plan, but it empties your preorder list and deletes your restock alert signups. **Available on:** All plans. **Where to find it:** EZ Preorder → **Plan**. ## Before you change or cancel your EZ Preorder plan Check these points before you move to a lower plan in EZ Preorder: - **The Free plan's allowance is lifetime.** If your store has ever taken 10 preorders or $400 in preorder revenue, including on paid plans, moving to Free switches off every product on your preorder list. If it has 30 or more restock alert signups, the Notify Me button is hidden. See [What counts toward your EZ Preorder plan limits](plan-limits.md). - **Features above your new plan switch off.** The section on moving to a lower plan lists what changes. - **Retired plans can't be chosen again.** If you're on a retired plan, any change is permanent. See [What each EZ Preorder plan costs and includes](plans-and-pricing.md). ## How to upgrade or switch to another paid plan 1. In EZ Preorder, go to **Plan**. The page is titled **Pick a plan**, and your current plan's button reads **Current plan**. 2. On the plan you want, click **Select this plan**. 3. Shopify's approval page opens with the plan name and price. Review it and approve the charge. On Scale, this page also shows the $250 usage cap and the terms "1% transaction fee on preorder revenue". 4. You return to the **Plan** page, which shows the message "Upgrade successfully". Your new plan now reads **Current plan**. 5. If your preorders were switched off by a plan limit, go to **Preorders**, open the **Disabled** tab, and click **Edit** → **Enable** on each product. ### What happens when you switch to another paid plan - **The new plan starts immediately.** Shopify ends your old subscription and starts the new one as soon as you approve it. - **Shopify settles the price difference.** An upgrade is prorated. A downgrade gives you an app credit. See Shopify's guide to [app charges on your bill](https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/manage-billing/your-invoice/apps). - **A new 30-day billing cycle starts the same day.** Your preorder count, preorder revenue and restock alert signups start again from 0, and a hidden Notify Me button comes back. - **A reached limit is cleared, but products stay off.** Switch them back on with **Edit** → **Enable**. ## What changes when you move to a lower plan When you move to a lower plan, EZ Preorder switches off features your new plan doesn't include: | Moving to | What changes | | --- | --- | | Growth, Core or Free | **Deferred/Partial Payments** is switched off and your deposit options are deleted, so shoppers can no longer choose to pay a deposit. EZ Preorder still collects the remaining balance on orders already placed with a deposit. | | Core or Free | Preorder badges on collection pages are switched off. | | Core | Scheduled start and end dates are removed from every preorder product. | | Any plan below Professional | Preorder discounts and free gifts stop applying in your store. | | Any plan below Growth | Country and market restrictions stop applying, so preorders show in every country. | Settings for features that aren't on your plan are locked in EZ Preorder and show an upgrade message. Your preorder list, preorder rules, button text, notes and email settings stay as they are. ## How to cancel your paid plan and move to Free Cancelling your paid plan in EZ Preorder moves you to the Free plan and keeps the app installed, so you can start preorders again later. 1. In EZ Preorder, go to **Plan**. 2. On the Free plan card, click **Select this plan**. 3. The **Cancel plan** dialog asks: "Are you sure you want to cancel your current plan? If you have exceeded the free plan lifetime limits, features will be disabled." 4. Click **Yes, cancel now**. To keep your plan, click **Cancel**. 5. The message "Cancel plan successfully" appears, and the Free plan shows **Current plan**. ### What happens when you cancel - Shopify cancels your EZ Preorder subscription right away, and no more plan or usage charges are added. - Cancelling doesn't remove a charge that is already pending on your Shopify bill. To ask about a credit, contact EZ Preorder support from **Support**. - You move to the Free plan, and EZ Preorder checks your store's lifetime totals. At 10 or more preorders, or $400 or more in preorder revenue, all your preorder products are switched off. At 30 or more restock alert signups, the Notify Me button is hidden. - Partial payments are switched off and your deposit options deleted, collection-page badges are switched off, preorder discounts and free gifts stop applying, and country and market restrictions stop applying. - Your preorder list and settings are kept, so you can pick a paid plan again at any time. ## How to uninstall EZ Preorder Uninstalling EZ Preorder cancels your plan and stops future billing. It also removes data you can't get back. 1. Before you uninstall, check the products on your preorder list in Shopify admin. Uninstalling doesn't change their **Continue selling when out of stock** setting, so out-of-stock variants with it on can still be bought. Turn it off on variants you don't want to oversell. 2. If you want a copy of your restock alert signups, export them first: **Restock Alerts** → **Signups** → **Export CSV**. 3. In Shopify admin, go to **Settings** → **Apps**, find EZ Preorder & Back In Stock, and uninstall it. ### What happens when you uninstall - Shopify stops future billing for the app. A charge already pending on your bill isn't removed. - EZ Preorder removes every product from your preorder list. - EZ Preorder deletes all your restock alert signups and its record of restock alert emails sent. - Your plan is reset to Free, and the onboarding and **Setup Guide** start again if you reinstall. - Your Free plan lifetime totals are kept. Reinstalling doesn't give you a new set of 10 free preorders or 30 free restock alert signups. For what EZ Preorder keeps after you uninstall, see [What data EZ Preorder stores](../reference/data-privacy-and-security.md). ## Troubleshooting **My preorders switched off right after I moved to Free.** Your store has taken 10 or more preorders or $400 or more in preorder revenue over its lifetime, so the Free plan's allowance is already used. Pick a paid plan, then switch your products back on with **Edit** → **Enable**. **I upgraded but my preorder buttons still aren't showing.** Products switched off by a plan limit stay off after an upgrade. Go to **Preorders** → **Disabled** and click **Edit** → **Enable** on each product. **The Notify Me button is hidden after I moved to Free.** Your store has 30 or more restock alert signups, which uses up the Free plan's lifetime allowance. Pick a paid plan to show the button again. **I'm still being charged after cancelling.** Check that the Free plan shows **Current plan** on the **Plan** page. A charge already pending on your Shopify bill stays there. Contact support from **Support** about it. **Shoppers can still buy out-of-stock products after I uninstalled.** Turn off **Continue selling when out of stock** on those variants in Shopify admin. EZ Preorder doesn't change that setting when it's uninstalled. ## Frequently asked questions ### Does cancelling my EZ Preorder plan uninstall the app? No. Cancelling from the **Plan** page moves you to the Free plan and keeps the app and your settings. To remove the app, uninstall it from Shopify admin. ### Does uninstalling EZ Preorder cancel my subscription? Yes. Uninstalling stops future billing for the app. A charge that's already pending on your Shopify bill isn't removed. ### Do I get a refund when I downgrade or cancel EZ Preorder? Shopify handles app billing. When you move to a cheaper paid plan, Shopify gives you an app credit for the difference. For a charge already on your bill after cancelling, contact EZ Preorder support from **Support**. ### Can I change my EZ Preorder plan in the middle of a billing cycle? Yes. The new plan starts when you approve it, and a new 30-day cycle starts that day with a fresh allowance. ### Will I lose my preorder settings if I move to the Free plan? No. Your preorder list and settings stay. Features that aren't on the Free plan are switched off, and your products are switched off if your store has already used the Free plan's lifetime allowance. ### Can I pause my EZ Preorder plan? There's no pause option. To stop paying while keeping your setup, move to the Free plan and pick a paid plan again when you need it. ### What happens if my subscription is cancelled outside EZ Preorder? EZ Preorder moves your store to the Free plan and checks your store's lifetime totals, the same way it does when you cancel from the **Plan** page. If you've used the Free plan's allowance, your preorder products are switched off. ## Related articles - [What each EZ Preorder plan costs and includes](plans-and-pricing.md): compare plans before you switch. - [What counts toward your EZ Preorder plan limits](plan-limits.md): the Free plan's lifetime allowance and paid plan cycles. - [EZ Preorder usage charges](usage-charges.md): usage charges when you move on or off Scale. - [What data EZ Preorder stores](../reference/data-privacy-and-security.md): what's deleted and what's kept when you uninstall. - [Partial payments and deposits](../payments-and-conversion/partial-payments-and-deposits.md): the deposit feature removed when you leave Professional. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/plans-and-billing/plan-limits Collection: Plans & billing Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # What counts toward your EZ Preorder plan limits and what happens at the limit In EZ Preorder & Back In Stock, the Shopify app, every order that contains at least one product from your preorder list counts as one preorder. The price of those items, after discounts and converted to USD, counts as preorder revenue. The Free plan allows your first 10 preorders or $400 in preorder revenue over the lifetime of your store. Core, Growth and Professional allow 50, 150 or 300 preorders, or $2,000, $5,000 or $10,000, in each 30-day billing cycle. When you reach either number, EZ Preorder switches off every product on your preorder list, and the products stay off until you switch them back on. The Scale plan never switches preorders off. **Available on:** All plans. Limits apply to Free, Core, Growth and Professional. Scale uses usage charges instead. **Where to find it:** EZ Preorder → **Dashboard** (usage card and **Metrics**). On the Scale plan, also EZ Preorder → **Usage**. ## Plan limits at a glance This table shows what each EZ Preorder plan includes before preorders or restock alert signups stop. For preorders, the limit is whichever of the two numbers you reach first. | Plan | Preorders | Preorder revenue (USD) | Restock alert signups | Period | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Free | 10 | $400 | 30 | Lifetime of your store | | Core | 50 | $2,000 | 250 | Each 30-day billing cycle | | Growth | 150 | $5,000 | 750 | Each 30-day billing cycle | | Professional | 300 | $10,000 | 1,500 | Each 30-day billing cycle | | Scale | 500 included, then a 1% fee | $20,000 included, then a 1% fee | Unlimited | Each 30-day billing cycle | On Scale, the first 3,000 restock alert emails sent in a cycle are included, and each email after that costs $0.01. See [EZ Preorder usage charges](usage-charges.md). ## What counts as a preorder EZ Preorder counts one preorder for each order that meets all of these conditions: - The order contains at least one variant that is on your preorder list. - That product is switched on (**Enable**) in your preorder list when the order arrives. - The variant was on preorder under its rule. With **Always**, every order counts. With **Sold out**, the order counts when the variant was out of stock. With **Specific inventory level**, it counts while preorder stock remained. - The preorder items in the order are worth more than $0 after discounts. These cases count: - **One order is one preorder.** An order with three preorder items, or five units of one preorder item, counts as one preorder. - **Test orders count.** EZ Preorder doesn't tell test orders apart from real ones, so a test order with a preorder item uses up your allowance like any other. - **Orders you create in Shopify admin count** when they contain a preorder item that meets its rule. - **Cancelled and refunded orders still count.** EZ Preorder doesn't subtract an order when you cancel or refund it. These cases don't count: - An order with no products from your preorder list. - An order whose preorder products were switched off when it was placed. - An order whose preorder items cost $0 after discounts. - The same order delivered to EZ Preorder twice. It is counted once. ## What counts as preorder revenue Preorder revenue in EZ Preorder is the amount paid for the order lines whose variants are on your preorder list: price multiplied by quantity, minus any discounts applied to those lines. Shipping isn't included, and neither are other products in the same order. EZ Preorder converts preorder revenue to USD using current exchange rates, so the revenue limits ($400, $2,000, $5,000, $10,000 and $20,000) are always in USD. If your prices include tax, the tax is part of the line price. ## How the EZ Preorder Free plan limit works The EZ Preorder Free plan limit is a lifetime allowance, not a monthly one. It covers your store's first 10 preorders or first $400 in preorder revenue, whichever comes first, and it never resets. - The count includes every preorder your store has taken with EZ Preorder, including preorders taken while you were on a paid plan. - Uninstalling and reinstalling the app doesn't reset it. - Restock alert signups on Free work the same way: your first 30 signups, for the lifetime of your store. If you move from a paid plan back to Free and your store has already taken 10 preorders or $400 in preorder revenue, EZ Preorder switches off your preorder products as soon as the change goes through. If your store already has 30 or more restock alert signups, the Notify Me button is hidden. ## How the paid plan billing cycle works The billing cycle on Core, Growth, Professional and Scale is your EZ Preorder subscription's 30-day period, not a calendar month. Your first cycle starts on the day you approve the plan, and each new cycle starts when Shopify renews the subscription. - **Preorder count and revenue** count only orders placed inside the current cycle. They start again from 0 when a new cycle begins. - **Restock alert signups** reset to 0 within a day after the cycle ends, and the Notify Me button comes back then. - **Changing plans** starts a new 30-day cycle on the day you approve the new plan, with a fresh allowance. - **Limit and warning emails** can be sent again in the new cycle. ## What happens when you reach the preorder limit When a new order takes you to the preorder limit or the revenue limit, EZ Preorder does the following. The order that reaches the limit is still a normal preorder. 1. Every product on your preorder list is switched off. Each product shows a **Disable** badge and moves to the **Disabled** tab of the **Preorder List**. 2. The preorder button no longer appears on those products in your store. 3. EZ Preorder emails your store, with the subject "[URGENT] You have reached your preorder limit". 4. The **Preorder List** page shows a message titled "You have reached your plans preorder limit", with a **GO TO PLAN** button. On paid plans it says preorders are disabled until your next cycle or until you upgrade. On Free it says to upgrade. 5. On the Free plan, the **Dashboard** also shows a **Plan limit reached** banner, and **Select products** on the **Preorder List** is turned off. Switching a product off doesn't change Shopify's **Continue selling when out of stock** setting. If that setting is still on for an out-of-stock variant, shoppers can buy it through your theme's normal **Add to cart** button. That order isn't labelled as a preorder and doesn't count toward your limit. To stop those sales, turn off **Continue selling when out of stock** for the variant in Shopify admin. ### Warning before the preorder limit EZ Preorder emails you once when you reach 85% of either limit, with the subject "Heads up — you're almost at your preorder limit". On the Free plan, that happens at your 9th preorder or $340 in revenue. On Core, it's the 43rd preorder or $1,700. On Growth, the 128th or $4,250. On Professional, the 255th or $8,500. Limit emails come from alerts@ezpreorder.com. ## What happens when you reach the restock alert signup limit When your store reaches its restock alert signup limit, EZ Preorder hides the Notify Me (back in stock alerts) button on your product pages. Shoppers can't sign up again until the limit resets or you upgrade. - Shoppers who already signed up still get their restock alert email when the product comes back in stock. - The **Restock Alerts** page shows a **Plan limit reached** banner. - You get an email at 85% of the limit and another when you reach it. - In the theme editor the block stays visible, so you can still edit it. Every signup counts, including a second signup from the same shopper. The Scale plan has no signup limit. ## How to start taking preorders again How you restart preorders in EZ Preorder depends on your plan. ### On the Free plan 1. Go to EZ Preorder → **Plan**. 2. Click **Select this plan** on Core, Growth, Professional or Scale, and approve the charge on Shopify's page. 3. Go to **Preorders**, open the **Disabled** tab, and click **Edit** on each product. 4. Click **Enable** next to **Setting**. The Free plan's lifetime limit doesn't reset, so upgrading is the only way to take more preorders. ### On Core, Growth or Professional Choose one: - **Wait for your next billing cycle.** When the new cycle starts, the limit message goes away. Then switch your products back on with **Edit** → **Enable**. - **Upgrade now.** Approve a higher plan on the **Plan** page. A new 30-day cycle starts right away. Then switch your products back on with **Edit** → **Enable**. Products stay switched off after a new cycle or an upgrade until you switch them back on. If you switch products on while you are still over the limit in the same cycle, the next preorder order switches them all off again. ### Restock alert signups On paid plans, the Notify Me button comes back on its own within a day of your new billing cycle starting, or as soon as you upgrade. On the Free plan, it comes back only when you upgrade. ## Troubleshooting **All my preorder buttons disappeared at once.** You probably reached your plan limit. Check the usage card on the **Dashboard** and your email for "[URGENT] You have reached your preorder limit". Upgrade or wait for your next cycle, then switch the products back on. **My new billing cycle started but preorders are still off.** EZ Preorder doesn't switch products back on by itself. Go to **Preorders** → **Disabled** and click **Edit** → **Enable** on each product. **I upgraded but the products are still disabled.** The upgrade resets your allowance but leaves the products off. Switch them back on with **Edit** → **Enable**. **The Notify Me button disappeared from my product pages.** Your restock alert signup limit is probably reached. Look for the **Plan limit reached** banner on the **Restock Alerts** page. Upgrade, or on a paid plan wait for your next cycle. **My test orders used up my Free plan.** Test orders count toward limits. Test with a product that isn't on your preorder list, or switch the product off before placing test orders. **Out-of-stock products are still selling after preorders were switched off.** Turn off **Continue selling when out of stock** on those variants in Shopify admin. ## Frequently asked questions ### Do test orders count toward my EZ Preorder plan limit? Yes. EZ Preorder counts test orders the same way as real orders, as long as they contain a preorder item that meets its rule. ### Is the EZ Preorder limit "preorders or revenue", or both? It's either one. Preorders switch off when you reach the preorder count or the revenue amount, whichever comes first. ### What currency are EZ Preorder revenue limits in? USD. Orders in other currencies are converted to USD at current exchange rates before they're counted. ### Does the EZ Preorder billing cycle follow the calendar month? No. Each cycle is 30 days from your plan's start date, matching your Shopify app subscription. The Free plan has no cycle because its allowance is lifetime. ### Do cancelled or refunded orders give back my EZ Preorder allowance? No. An order counts when it's placed, and cancelling or refunding it later doesn't change the count. ### Does reinstalling EZ Preorder reset the Free plan limit? No. The Free plan's 10 preorders, $400 and 30 restock alert signups are counted over the lifetime of your store, including before an uninstall. ### Will shoppers who already signed up for restock alerts still be notified after I hit my limit? Yes. The limit only stops new signups. Shoppers already on the list still get their restock alert email when the product is back in stock. ### Does the Scale plan ever switch off preorders? No. On Scale, preorders keep working past 500 preorders or $20,000, and EZ Preorder adds a 1% usage charge instead. ## Related articles - [What each EZ Preorder plan costs and includes](plans-and-pricing.md): prices, limits and features by plan. - [EZ Preorder usage charges](usage-charges.md): how the Scale plan's fees are worked out and billed. - [How to change or cancel your EZ Preorder plan](change-or-cancel-your-plan.md): upgrading to get past a limit. - [Manage your preorder list](../preorders/manage-your-preorder-list.md): switching products on and off, and the list's tabs. - [The EZ Preorder Dashboard and metrics](../reports-ai-and-support/dashboard-and-metrics.md): where to watch your usage. - [Restock alerts overview](../restock-alerts/restock-alerts-overview.md): how restock alert signups and emails work. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing Collection: Plans & billing Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # What each EZ Preorder plan costs and includes EZ Preorder & Back In Stock, the Shopify app, has five plans: Free ($0), Core ($10), Growth ($20), Professional ($30) and Scale ($50). Prices are in USD and Shopify bills them every 30 days on your Shopify invoice. Each plan sets how many preorders, how much preorder revenue and how many restock alert signups you can take, and which features you can use. The Free plan's allowance covers the lifetime of your store, while paid plans reset every 30-day billing cycle, and paid plans have no free trial. **Available on:** All plans. **Where to find it:** EZ Preorder → **Plan**. ## Plan limits The plan limits in EZ Preorder decide how much preorder and restock alert activity each plan includes. On Free, Core, Growth and Professional, preorders switch off when you reach either the preorder count or the revenue amount, whichever comes first. On Scale, preorders never switch off; usage past the included amount adds a usage charge. | | Free | Core | Growth | Professional | Scale | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Price (USD, every 30 days) | $0 | $10 | $20 | $30 | $50 | | Preorders included | First 10, lifetime | 50 per billing cycle | 150 per billing cycle | 300 per billing cycle | 500 per billing cycle | | Preorder revenue included | First $400, lifetime | $2,000 per billing cycle | $5,000 per billing cycle | $10,000 per billing cycle | $20,000 per billing cycle | | At the limit | Preorders switch off until you upgrade | Preorders switch off until the next cycle or an upgrade | Same as Core | Same as Core | Preorders keep running, with a 1% usage fee | | Restock alert signups | First 30, lifetime | 250 per billing cycle | 750 per billing cycle | 1,500 per billing cycle | Unlimited | | Restock alert emails sent | No limit | No limit | No limit | No limit | 3,000 per billing cycle, then $0.01 each | | Usage charge cap | None | None | None | None | $250 per billing cycle | Revenue limits are in USD. Orders in other currencies are converted to USD when they are counted. For exactly what counts as a preorder, when counters reset and how to start taking preorders again, see [What counts toward your EZ Preorder plan limits](plan-limits.md). ## Features by plan Features in EZ Preorder unlock by plan. Each paid plan includes everything in the plans below it. | Feature | Free | Core | Growth | Professional | Scale | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Preorder products on your list (about 600 products in practice) | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | | The three preorder rules: **Always**, **Sold out**, **Specific inventory level** | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Custom note above the preorder button | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Preorder button text and translations | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Preorder confirmation and shipment update emails | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Hold preorder fulfillment (**Fulfillment Order Status**) | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Restock alerts (back in stock alerts, Notify Me button) | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | | **Bulk actions** on the preorder list (**Bulk Add**, **Bulk Add Collections**, **Bulk Settings**, **Bulk Remove**) | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | | **Bulk actions** and email customization on the **Restock Alerts** page | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Preorder badges on collection pages | No | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Preorder button on collection pages and featured products | No | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | | **Featured Pre-Order Section** | No | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | | **Custom Pre-Order Page** | No | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Scheduled preorder start and end dates | No | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Preorders for specific countries and markets | No | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | | **Deferred/Partial Payments** (deposits) | No | No | No | Yes | Yes | | Preorder discounts | No | No | No | Yes | Yes | | Free gifts with preorders | No | No | No | Yes | Yes | | **Direct to Checkout** button | No | No | No | Yes | Yes | | **Usage** page with usage records | No | No | No | No | Yes | When a feature isn't on your plan, its settings in EZ Preorder show an upgrade message (for example **Upgrade to Growth** or **Upgrade to Professional**) instead of the controls. Storefront features that need a higher plan, such as preorder discounts, free gifts and market restrictions, stop applying in your store when you move to a plan that doesn't include them. ## How billing for EZ Preorder plans works EZ Preorder plans are Shopify app subscriptions, so Shopify does the billing: - You approve the plan on Shopify's approval page. Nothing is charged until you approve. - Paid plans renew every 30 days. Your first 30-day billing cycle starts on the day you approve the plan. - Charges appear on your Shopify invoice, not on a separate bill from EZ Preorder. - Prices are in USD. - No paid plan has a free trial. - When you change plans, the new plan starts as soon as you approve it. Shopify settles the price difference: an upgrade is prorated, and a downgrade earns an app credit. See [How to change or cancel your EZ Preorder plan](change-or-cancel-your-plan.md). ## How the Scale plan is billed The Scale plan in EZ Preorder costs $50 every 30 days and includes 500 preorders or $20,000 in preorder revenue per billing cycle. After that, preorders keep working, and EZ Preorder adds a usage charge of 1% of the preorder revenue above whichever threshold your cycle reached first. Restock alert signups are unlimited. The first 3,000 restock alert emails sent in a cycle are included, and each email after that costs $0.01. Usage charges on Scale are capped at $250 per billing cycle, a cap you approve when you subscribe. The full rules are in [EZ Preorder usage charges](usage-charges.md). ## Retired plans and grandfathering Retired EZ Preorder plans are plans that new stores can no longer choose. If your store is on one, you keep it, its price and its features for as long as you stay on it. The **Plan** page shows your retired plan as **Current plan** next to the current plans. If you switch from a retired plan to any other plan, you can't switch back. Retired plans are hidden from everyone who isn't on them. | Retired plan | Price (USD, every 30 days) | What it included | | --- | --- | --- | | Free (monthly allowance) | $0 | 10 preorders or $400 a month on one preorder product, 30 restock alert signups a month | | Unlimited (usage based) | $10 | Unlimited preorder products. 25 preorders per billing cycle, then a 0.5% fee on preorder revenue | | Unlimited Plus (usage based) | $15 | Unlimited preorder products, bulk editing. 50 preorders per billing cycle, then a 0.5% fee | | Payments Plus (usage based) | $20 | Unlimited preorder products, bulk editing, partial payments. 100 preorders per billing cycle, then a 0.5% fee | | Unlimited | $6 | Unlimited preorder products and orders | | Unlimited Plus | $12 | Unlimited preorder products, bulk editing | | Payments Plus | $20 | Unlimited preorder products, bulk editing, partial payments | | Unlimited (all features) | $50 | All features, with no preorder, revenue or restock alert signup limits and no usage charges | Stores on the earliest free plans (the original Free plan and the usage-based Free plan) are moved to the current Free plan the next time someone opens the EZ Preorder **Dashboard**. The current Free plan's lifetime allowance then applies. For the usage fees on the usage-based plans, see [EZ Preorder usage charges](usage-charges.md). ## Limitations - The preorder list holds about 600 products at once on every plan. Products with many variants lower that number. The **Plan** page notes this under the plan cards. - Plan limits count orders and revenue, not products. You can add as many products as the list holds on any plan. - Revenue limits are in USD, whatever currency your store uses. - You can't pay for a year in advance. Every plan bills every 30 days. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is there a free trial on EZ Preorder's paid plans? No. Core, Growth, Professional and Scale have no free trial and start billing when you approve them. The Free plan lets you try the app with your first 10 preorders or $400 in preorder revenue, whichever comes first. ### Is the EZ Preorder Free plan free forever? Yes, the Free plan costs $0 for as long as you use it. Its allowance is for the lifetime of your store, though: after your first 10 preorders or $400 in preorder revenue, preorders switch off until you upgrade. ### Which EZ Preorder plan do I need for deposits or partial payments? Partial payments and deposits need the Professional or Scale plan. Preorder discounts, free gifts and the **Direct to Checkout** button also start at Professional. ### Which EZ Preorder plan do I need for scheduled preorders or collection page buttons? Scheduled start and end dates, the preorder button on collection pages and featured products, preorder badges on collection pages, the **Featured Pre-Order Section**, the **Custom Pre-Order Page** and preorders for specific markets all need the Growth plan or above. ### What is the difference between the Professional and Scale plans in EZ Preorder? Both include every feature. Professional includes 300 preorders or $10,000 a cycle and switches preorders off at that limit. Scale includes 500 preorders or $20,000 a cycle, never switches preorders off, charges a 1% usage fee above that, and has unlimited restock alert signups. ### Do EZ Preorder's restock alert limits count signups or emails sent? On Free, Core, Growth and Professional, the limit counts restock alert signups, meaning shoppers who submit the Notify Me form. Emails sent to existing signups are not limited. On Scale, signups are unlimited, and the 3,000 included alerts count emails sent. ### Can I go back to a retired EZ Preorder plan after switching? No. Retired plans are only shown to stores already on them, so once you move to another plan, the retired plan is gone from your **Plan** page. ## Related articles - [What counts toward your EZ Preorder plan limits](plan-limits.md): what counts, when counters reset, and what happens at the limit. - [EZ Preorder usage charges](usage-charges.md): the Scale plan's usage fees, the **Usage** page and legacy usage-based plans. - [How to change or cancel your EZ Preorder plan](change-or-cancel-your-plan.md): upgrade, downgrade, cancel or uninstall. - [What is EZ Preorder](../getting-started/what-is-ez-preorder.md): an overview of the app. - [Partial payments and deposits](../payments-and-conversion/partial-payments-and-deposits.md): the Professional plan's deposit feature. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/plans-and-billing/usage-charges Collection: Plans & billing Lowest plan: Scale Last verified: 2026-11-11 # What EZ Preorder usage charges are and when they are billed EZ Preorder & Back In Stock, the Shopify app, adds usage charges only on the Scale plan and on retired usage-based plans. On Scale, after the first 500 preorders or $20,000 in preorder revenue in a 30-day billing cycle, whichever comes first, EZ Preorder charges 1% of the preorder revenue above that point. Each restock alert email past the first 3,000 in the cycle costs $0.01. Charges are recorded once a day, can't exceed $250 per cycle, and appear on your Shopify bill. The Free, Core, Growth and Professional plans never have usage charges. **Available on:** Scale plan, and the retired usage-based plans. **Where to find it:** EZ Preorder → **Usage**. The **Usage** menu item only appears for stores on these plans. ## Which EZ Preorder plans have usage charges Usage charges in EZ Preorder depend on your plan. On plans without usage charges, preorders switch off at the plan limit instead. See [What counts toward your EZ Preorder plan limits](plan-limits.md). | Plan | Usage charges | | --- | --- | | Free, Core, Growth, Professional | None | | Scale | 1% of preorder revenue past 500 preorders or $20,000 a cycle, plus $0.01 per restock alert email past 3,000 a cycle. Capped at $250 a cycle. | | Unlimited (usage based, retired) | 0.5% of preorder revenue after the first 25 preorders in each cycle | | Unlimited Plus (usage based, retired) | 0.5% of preorder revenue after the first 50 preorders in each cycle | | Payments Plus (usage based, retired) | 0.5% of preorder revenue after the first 100 preorders in each cycle | | Unlimited (all features, $50, retired) | None | ## How the Scale plan's preorder fee works The Scale plan's preorder fee in EZ Preorder starts once your billing cycle passes 500 preorders or $20,000 in preorder revenue. Whichever of the two your cycle reaches first decides how the fee is worked out for the rest of that cycle: - **500 preorders reached first.** Each preorder after the 500th is charged 1% of its preorder revenue. - **$20,000 reached first.** EZ Preorder charges 1% of the preorder revenue above $20,000. Only one method applies per cycle. If both are reached on the same day, the preorder-count method applies. Both reset when a new 30-day cycle begins. Preorder revenue means the price of the preorder items in each order, after discounts, converted to USD. Shipping and non-preorder items in the same order aren't included. [What counts toward your EZ Preorder plan limits](plan-limits.md) explains what counts as a preorder. ### Examples of the Scale plan preorder fee - **Many small orders.** Your cycle has 600 preorders of $20 each, $12,000 in all. You reach 500 preorders before $20,000, so the 100 preorders after the 500th are charged 1% of $2,000, which is $20. - **Fewer large orders.** Your cycle has 600 preorders of $50 each, $30,000 in all. Revenue reaches $20,000 at the 400th preorder, before 500 preorders, so you pay 1% of the $10,000 above $20,000, which is $100. ## How the Scale plan's restock alert fee works The Scale plan's restock alert fee in EZ Preorder applies to restock alert emails (back in stock alerts) sent, not to signups. Shoppers can sign up through the Notify Me button without limit. When a product comes back in stock, each email sent to a signed-up shopper counts. The first 3,000 emails sent in each billing cycle are included, and each email after that costs $0.01. ## When EZ Preorder usage charges are billed EZ Preorder usage charges are recorded on your Shopify app subscription once a day, and Shopify collects them on your Shopify bill. - Each day, EZ Preorder checks the previous day's activity (in UTC) and adds any new charges as usage records. - Shopify adds usage charges to your next Shopify bill. Because your app's 30-day cycle may not line up with your Shopify billing cycle, one cycle's usage can be split across two Shopify bills. See Shopify's guide to [app charges on your bill](https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/manage-billing/your-invoice/apps). - Usage charges are separate from the $50 plan price. If you don't go past the included amounts, you pay no usage charges. - Usage charges are in USD. ### The $250 usage cap Scale plan usage charges can't exceed $250 in one billing cycle. You approve this cap on Shopify's approval page when you subscribe, where the plan's terms read "1% transaction fee on preorder revenue". Once a cycle's usage charges reach $250, no more are added until the next cycle starts. Your preorders keep working either way. ## How to read the Usage page The **Usage** page in EZ Preorder shows your current cycle on the Scale plan. Go to EZ Preorder → **Usage**. The cards at the top: | Card | What it shows | | --- | --- | | **Current Plan** | Your plan, Scale | | **Pre-orders Used** | Preorders this cycle, out of the 500 included | | **Restock Signups** | Restock alert signups this cycle, shown against 3,000 | | **Subscription Status** | **Active** | | **Preorder Revenue** | Preorder revenue this cycle in USD, out of the $20,000 included | | **Overage Fees** | The rates: "Preorder: 1% \| Restock: $0.01" | The **Restock Signups** card counts signups. The 3,000 included alerts are counted as emails sent. Restock alert fees show up in the **Usage Records** table as **Restock Alert Overage**. Below the cards, **Usage Records** lists the charges for your current subscription: - **Billing Period** shows the start and end of your current 30-day cycle, with your subscription status. - **Balance Used** shows the usage charged so far out of your $250 cap, for example "Balance Used: $12.40 / $250.00 USD". - The table lists each charge with its **Date**, **Description** and **Amount**, 10 to a page. Descriptions are **Preorder Overage** (the per-preorder method), **Revenue Overage (above $20k)** (the revenue method) and **Restock Alert Overage**. **Usage Billing Information** at the bottom repeats the rules in short form. ## Usage charges on retired usage-based plans Retired usage-based plans in EZ Preorder charge a 0.5% fee on preorder revenue after a number of free preorders in each 30-day cycle: 25 on Unlimited, 50 on Unlimited Plus and 100 on Payments Plus. As on Scale, charges are recorded daily as **Preorder Overage** and billed by Shopify. Stores on these plans see a **Usage** page with these cards: **Billing Period**, **Current Plan**, **Free Preorders Used** (for example "30 / 25"), **Subscription Status**, **Preorder Revenue**, **Accrued Charges** and **Transaction Fee** (0.5%). These plans can't be chosen again once you leave them. See [What each EZ Preorder plan costs and includes](plans-and-pricing.md). ## Limitations - EZ Preorder sets the $250 cap. There's no setting to raise or lower it. - The daily check records the previous day's usage, so a charge appears the day after the activity. - Exchange rates for non-USD orders are taken when the usage is checked, so the USD amount can differ slightly from what you'd work out yourself. ## Frequently asked questions ### Do the Core, Growth or Professional plans have usage charges? No. Those plans have fixed allowances, and EZ Preorder switches preorders off at the limit instead of charging more. Only Scale and the retired usage-based plans have usage charges. ### Why is there an EZ Preorder usage charge on my Shopify bill? On Scale, you passed 500 preorders or $20,000 in preorder revenue, or 3,000 restock alert emails, in a billing cycle. Open EZ Preorder → **Usage** to see each charge with its date and description. ### Is the Scale plan fee 1% of all preorder revenue? No. The 1% applies only past the included amount: to preorders after the 500th, or to revenue above $20,000, whichever your cycle reaches first. ### Do restock alert signups cost anything on the Scale plan? No. Signups are unlimited and free. Only restock alert emails sent past the first 3,000 in a cycle cost $0.01 each. ### What is the most EZ Preorder can charge in usage in one cycle? $250. Shopify won't accept usage charges past the cap you approved, and your preorders keep working after it's reached. ### What happens to usage charges if I downgrade or uninstall mid-cycle? Charges already recorded stay on your Shopify bill. No new usage charges are added once you're off Scale. Shopify notes that uninstalling stops future billing but doesn't remove a pending charge. ### Can I see usage charges from earlier cycles in EZ Preorder? The **Usage** page shows the current subscription's usage records. For earlier charges, check your bills in Shopify admin under **Settings** → **Billing**. ## Related articles - [What each EZ Preorder plan costs and includes](plans-and-pricing.md): prices, limits and features by plan. - [What counts toward your EZ Preorder plan limits](plan-limits.md): what counts as a preorder and as preorder revenue. - [How to change or cancel your EZ Preorder plan](change-or-cancel-your-plan.md): moving on or off Scale. - [The EZ Preorder Dashboard and metrics](../reports-ai-and-support/dashboard-and-metrics.md): usage and results on every plan. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/reports-ai-and-support/get-help-and-contact-support Collection: Reports, AI & support Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to get help and contact EZ Preorder support To get help with EZ Preorder & Back In Stock, the Shopify app, open EZ Preorder → **Support**. From there you can **Ask Ada**, the app's AI assistant, for an answer straight away, or **Send a message** to the support team, who usually reply in a few hours. You can also open the help center or **Request a feature**. Ada is also available from the chat button on every page of the app. Support is included on every plan, including Free. **Available on:** All plans. **Where to find it:** EZ Preorder → **Support**. ## Ways to get help in EZ Preorder The EZ Preorder **Support** page has four cards: | Card | Button | Use it for | | --- | --- | --- | | **Send a message** | **Send message** | Questions or problems you want a person on the support team to look at. "We usually reply in a few hours." | | **Ask Ada** | **Ask Ada** | Quick answers from Ada, the AI assistant, in a chat inside the app. | | **Help center** | **Go to help center** | Step-by-step guides you can read yourself. | | **Request a feature** | **Request a feature** | Telling the team what would make the app work better for you. | ## How to ask Ada, the AI assistant Ada is EZ Preorder's AI support assistant. She answers questions about the app in a chat window inside EZ Preorder, and the chat opens already signed in to your store, so you don't need to give your store address. You can open Ada in three ways: - EZ Preorder → **Support** → **Ask Ada**. - The Ada chat button at the bottom left of any page in the app. - On the **Dashboard**, the "Meet Ada, your AI support assistant" card under **What's new** → **Ask Ada**. To get a useful answer from Ada, say which product or page you mean, what you expected to see and what you see instead, for example: "The preorder button isn't showing on my Linen Shirt product page." If Ada can't solve it, or you'd rather talk to a person, use **Send a message**. ## How to send a message to the support team 1. In EZ Preorder, go to **Support**. 2. On the **Send a message** card, click **Send message**. A message window opens. 3. Write your question and send it. The subject is filled in for you, and your store address is attached, so the team knows which store you mean. The support team usually replies in a few hours. Problems get solved fastest when your message includes: - The product, with a link to its page in your store. - What you expected and what happened instead. - The name of your theme, if the problem is on your storefront. - Any changes you made just before it started, such as a new theme or theme update. ## How to use the help center The EZ Preorder help center has step-by-step guides for every feature. On the **Support** page, click **Go to help center** to open it in a new tab, or go to [ez-preorder.helpscoutdocs.com](https://ez-preorder.helpscoutdocs.com/). ## How to request a feature 1. In EZ Preorder, go to **Support**. 2. On the **Request a feature** card, click **Request a feature**. 3. Enter a **Subject**. 4. Under **What would you like to see?**, describe the feature in up to 1,000 characters. 5. Click **Send request**. The message "Feature request sent. Thanks for the suggestion!" appears. Both fields are required. **Send request** stays greyed out until you fill them in. ## How to contact support if you can't open the app If EZ Preorder won't open, use the support contact on the [EZ Preorder & Back In Stock listing](https://apps.shopify.com/ez-preorder) in the Shopify App Store. Replies to EZ Preorder's plan limit and restock alert quota emails also go to the support team, at support@casualecommerce.com. ## Troubleshooting **The Ada chat button isn't showing.** Ada loads with the app. Reload the page. The button sits at the bottom left, because the **Setup Guide** uses the bottom right. If it still doesn't appear, use **Send a message** on the **Support** page. **Nothing happens when I click Send message.** The message window loads in the background when the app opens. Wait a few seconds and click again, or reload the page. Browser extensions that block chat widgets can stop it from opening. **Send request is greyed out.** Fill in both **Subject** and **What would you like to see?**. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is EZ Preorder support free on every plan? Yes. The **Support** page, Ada, messages to the support team, the help center and feature requests are available on every plan, including Free. ### How fast does EZ Preorder support reply? Ada answers straight away. The support team usually replies to messages in a few hours. ### Does Ada know which store I'm asking about? Yes. Ada opens from inside EZ Preorder already signed in to your store, so you don't need to give your store address. ### Where do I suggest a new feature for EZ Preorder? Go to **Support** → **Request a feature**, add a subject and a description, and click **Send request**. ### How do I get the discount on the developer's other apps? The **Dashboard** shows "Get 20% off our other apps". Install the app you want, then contact support with **Send a message** to get the discount. ## Related articles - [What the EZ Preorder Dashboard and metrics show](dashboard-and-metrics.md): the **App status** card is a quick first check for storefront problems. - [The preorder button is not showing](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/preorder-button-not-showing.md): fixes to try before contacting support. - [The Notify Me button is not showing](../restock-alerts/notify-me-button-not-showing.md): fixes for restock alert problems. - [How to use EZ Preorder with Shopify Sidekick](use-ez-preorder-with-shopify-sidekick.md): asking Shopify's assistant about your preorder setup. - [Frequently asked questions](../reference/faq.md): quick answers to common questions. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/reports-ai-and-support/use-ez-preorder-with-shopify-sidekick Collection: Reports, AI & support Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to use EZ Preorder with Shopify Sidekick EZ Preorder & Back In Stock connects to Shopify Sidekick, the AI assistant in your Shopify admin. Sidekick can look up your preorder products, rules, schedules and country limits, your restock alert signups, your store-wide app settings and your preorder and restock results. It can also prepare a change to eight store-wide settings and draft new wording for the app's two emails. Sidekick never saves anything itself: every change opens in EZ PreOrder and waits for you to click **Save**. **Available on:** All plans (Free, Core, Growth, Professional and Scale). Some setting changes need the plan that includes that setting. **Where to find it:** Shopify admin → **Sidekick**. Ask about EZ PreOrder, preorders or restock alerts in your own words. ## Before you start - EZ PreOrder must be installed on the store. - Sidekick must be available in your Shopify admin. Sidekick's availability, languages and limits are set by Shopify. ## What you can ask Sidekick about EZ Preorder Sidekick reads this information from EZ Preorder: | Topic | What Sidekick can tell you | | --- | --- | | Preorder products | Every product on your preorder list, 25 at a time, with its status, preorder rules, schedule and a link to edit it. You can ask by product name or by status. | | One preorder product | Each variant's preorder rule, the countries it is limited to, whether it shows as sold out elsewhere, the product's schedule, and edit links. | | Store-wide settings | Button text, **Direct to Checkout**, collection and featured product buttons, badges, preorder discount, free gifts, partial payments, fulfillment hold, the custom preorder page, the order confirmation email and restock alerts. | | Results | Preorder count and preorder revenue in USD, restock signups and revenue from restock orders, for the current billing cycle, the last 7, 30 or 90 days, or all time. On the Free plan, "current billing cycle" counts all time, matching your Free plan limit. | | Restock alert products | Products with restock alerts (back in stock alerts, the **Notify Me** button) turned on, with stock, sold-out variants, and how many shoppers are waiting, notified or canceled. | | Restock signup totals | Shoppers waiting, notified and canceled across the store, and the five most requested products. | | App emails | The back-in-stock alert email and the preorder confirmation email, whether each is on, and its subject. | Sidekick describes each preorder product with one of four statuses: - **Active:** the preorder is on. - **Scheduled:** a schedule is set and its start date has not arrived. - **Ended:** the schedule's end date has passed. - **Disabled:** the preorder is turned off. Example questions: - "Which of my preorder products are scheduled?" - "What preorder rule does each variant of the Winter Jacket use?" - "Which countries is the Trail Shoe preorder limited to?" - "How much preorder revenue did EZ PreOrder bring in over the last 30 days?" - "Which products have the most shoppers waiting for restock alerts?" - "Is the preorder fulfillment hold on?" ## Which settings Sidekick can change Sidekick can prepare a change to these store-wide settings. Each change opens in EZ PreOrder for you to save. | Setting | Plans | | --- | --- | | **Direct to Checkout** on or off | Professional and Scale | | Preorder button on collection pages on or off | Growth, Professional and Scale | | Preorder button in featured product sections on or off | Growth, Professional and Scale | | Hold preorder fulfillment (**Fulfillment Order Status**) on or off | All plans | | Preorder order confirmation email on or off | All plans | | Custom preorder page on or off | Growth, Professional and Scale | | Custom preorder page title | Growth, Professional and Scale | | Preorder button text, in your store's default language only | All plans | Text values must be 1 to 200 characters long. ## How a Sidekick setting change is saved 1. Ask Sidekick for the change, for example "Turn on the preorder fulfillment hold". 2. Sidekick reads your current settings and gives you a link to EZ PreOrder. 3. Open the link. The **Configuration** page opens with the new value filled in and the save bar showing. 4. Review the change, then click **Save** to apply it or **Discard** to cancel it. The change is not applied until you click **Save**. When Sidekick says a change is ready, it is staged on the page, not saved. If the **Configuration** page already has unsaved changes when you open the link, the page shows "Save or discard your current changes before opening a Sidekick change." and does not fill in the new value. Save or discard, then open the link again. ## How to edit EZ Preorder emails with Sidekick Sidekick can rewrite the subject, body and button text of the two emails EZ Preorder sends shoppers: - **Back-in-stock alert email**, sent when a product a shopper signed up for is back in stock. Its button links to the product. - **Pre-order confirmation email**, sent when a shopper places an order with a preorder item. Its button lets the shopper cancel the order. Ask, for example, "Make the back-in-stock email subject friendlier". Sidekick opens the email editor in EZ PreOrder and fills in the new wording. Review it and click **Save** to keep it. Email bodies contain placeholders in triple braces, such as `{{{productSection}}}`, `{{{productsSection}}}` and `{{{ButtonSection}}}`, which are replaced with the products and the button when the email is sent. Sidekick keeps them, and a new body that drops one is refused. For editing the emails yourself, see [How to customize the preorder confirmation email](../notifications/preorder-confirmation-email.md) and [How to customize the restock alert email](../restock-alerts/customize-the-restock-alert-email.md). ## What Sidekick cannot do in EZ Preorder Sidekick cannot: - Add products to preorder, remove them, or turn a product's preorder on or off. - Change preorder rules, schedules, country limits or custom notes. - Change partial payments, preorder discounts, free gifts, badges, theme settings or restock alert settings. - Change button text in languages other than your store's default language. - Send emails or save any change without you clicking **Save**. Make those changes on their pages in EZ PreOrder. The products and settings Sidekick describes come with links to the matching pages in the app. ## What data Sidekick receives from EZ Preorder Sidekick receives product, setting and total figures from EZ Preorder. For restock alerts it gets counts only. EZ Preorder does not give Sidekick shopper names or email addresses. See [Data privacy and security](../reference/data-privacy-and-security.md). ## Troubleshooting **"Your current plan does not support this setting."** The setting Sidekick tried to change is not on your plan. Check the plans in "Which settings Sidekick can change", or see [Plans and pricing](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md). **"This setting must be edited in the app."** Sidekick cannot stage that setting. Open the page in EZ PreOrder and change it there. **"Text must contain between 1 and 200 characters."** The new text was empty or too long. Ask for shorter text. **"Save or discard your current changes before opening a Sidekick change."** The **Configuration** page had unsaved edits. Save or discard them, then open Sidekick's link again. **Sidekick does not know about EZ PreOrder.** Check that EZ PreOrder is installed on the store. Then ask again and name the app, for example "In EZ PreOrder, which products are on preorder?". **Sidekick's answer differs from the app.** Open the link Sidekick gives you; the app page is the source of truth. If they still differ, contact support. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is Sidekick support available on the Free plan? Yes. Sidekick can read your EZ Preorder data on every plan, including Free. Setting changes follow your plan, so a Growth or Professional setting cannot be changed from a lower plan. ### Can Sidekick change my preorder settings without asking me? No. Sidekick only prepares a change. Nothing changes until you open the link and click **Save** in EZ PreOrder. ### Can Sidekick add a product to preorder? No. Products are added, removed and edited in EZ PreOrder on the **Preorders** page. Sidekick can tell you what is set up and link you to the edit page. ### Can Sidekick translate the preorder button? No. Sidekick can change the button text in your store's default language only. Translate it in **Configuration** → **Pre-order Button Text**. See [How to change and translate the preorder button text](../preorders/change-and-translate-the-preorder-button-text.md). ### Does Sidekick see my customers' email addresses? No. EZ Preorder gives Sidekick signup counts for restock alerts, not shopper names or email addresses. ## Related articles - [Dashboard and metrics](dashboard-and-metrics.md): the same results in the app's dashboard. - [How to track restock signups and revenue](../restock-alerts/track-restock-signups-and-revenue.md): restock figures in detail. - [How to customize the preorder confirmation email](../notifications/preorder-confirmation-email.md): edit the confirmation email yourself. - [How to customize the restock alert email](../restock-alerts/customize-the-restock-alert-email.md): edit the back-in-stock email yourself. - [How to get help and contact support](get-help-and-contact-support.md): Ada, messages and the help center. - [Data privacy and security](../reference/data-privacy-and-security.md): what EZ Preorder stores and shares. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/reports-ai-and-support/inventory-insights Collection: Reports, AI & support Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # What happened to Inventory Insights in EZ Preorder Inventory Insights, a page in EZ Preorder & Back In Stock, the Shopify app, that flagged at-risk, low-stock and high-demand products, is not currently available. It no longer appears in the app's menu, and its weekly "Inventory Insights Summary" email is switched off, so you won't see the page or get the email. Nothing else changed: your preorder list, restock alerts and **Dashboard** work as before, and Inventory Insights never changed products by itself. **Available on:** Not currently available on any plan. **Where to find it:** It isn't shown in EZ Preorder at the moment. ## What Inventory Insights showed Inventory Insights in EZ Preorder had three tabs, all built from your Shopify products and your orders from the last 30 days. Products already on your preorder list or restock list were left out of the first two tabs. | Tab | What it listed | | --- | --- | | **At risk** | Products with a variant at fewer than 5 in stock that weren't on your preorder or restock list. | | **Low stock** | Variants predicted to sell out within 7 days, with their **Inventory**, **Daily sales velocity** and **Predicted stockout**. | | **High demand** | Under **Preorders**, your 10 preorder products with the most units sold in the last 30 days, with revenue in USD. Under **Restocks**, your 10 products with the most restock alert signups, with potential revenue. | On the **At risk** tab, you could select products and use **Add to preorder list**, which added them with the **Sold out** rule, or **Add to restock list**. ### How the Low stock predictions worked Each Low stock prediction in Inventory Insights was a straight-line estimate from the last 30 days of sales: - **Daily sales velocity** was the units sold in the last 30 days divided by 30. - **Predicted stockout** was the current inventory divided by the daily sales velocity, in days. - A variant was listed only if it had sold at least 5 units in the last 30 days and was predicted to sell out within 7 days. It didn't account for seasonality, incoming stock or planned promotions. ## Where to find similar information now Without Inventory Insights, you can get the same kind of information from these places: - **Out-of-stock and low-stock products:** in Shopify admin, go to **Products** → **Inventory** and sort or filter by available quantity. - **Sales speed and stock remaining:** Shopify's inventory reports, such as "Inventory sold daily by product" and "Inventory remaining per product". See Shopify's guide to [inventory reports](https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/default-reports/inventory-reports). - **Restock demand by product:** EZ Preorder → **Restock Alerts** shows signups for each product (back in stock alerts collected by the Notify Me button). See [How to track restock signups and revenue](../restock-alerts/track-restock-signups-and-revenue.md). - **Preorder results:** the EZ Preorder **Dashboard** shows preorders and preorder revenue for any period. See [What the EZ Preorder Dashboard and metrics show](dashboard-and-metrics.md). - **Adding products in bulk:** use **Bulk Add** or **Bulk Add Collections** on the **Preorder List** or the **Restock Alerts** page (Core plan and above). See [Manage your preorder list](../preorders/manage-your-preorder-list.md). ## Frequently asked questions ### Why can't I find Inventory Insights in EZ Preorder anymore? Inventory Insights has been taken out of the app's menu and isn't available at the moment. Nothing is wrong with your store or your plan. ### Why did I stop getting the weekly Inventory Insights email? The weekly "Inventory Insights Summary" email has been switched off for all stores, along with the page. You don't need to unsubscribe. ### Did removing Inventory Insights change my products or preorder list? No. Inventory Insights only changed your lists when you used **Add to preorder list** or **Add to restock list** yourself. Products you added that way stay on your lists. ### Will Inventory Insights come back? There's no date to announce. To tell the team you'd like it back, use **Request a feature** on the EZ Preorder **Support** page. ## Related articles - [What the EZ Preorder Dashboard and metrics show](dashboard-and-metrics.md): preorder and restock results by period. - [Manage your preorder list](../preorders/manage-your-preorder-list.md): adding products to preorder, one at a time or in bulk. - [How to track restock signups and revenue](../restock-alerts/track-restock-signups-and-revenue.md): restock demand by product. - [How to get help and contact EZ Preorder support](get-help-and-contact-support.md): requesting a feature. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/reports-ai-and-support/dashboard-and-metrics Collection: Reports, AI & support Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # What the EZ Preorder Dashboard and metrics show The **Dashboard** in EZ Preorder & Back In Stock, the Shopify app, is the first page you see when you open the app. It shows whether the app embed and the Notify Me block are on in your live theme, how much of your plan you've used, and four metrics: **Preorders**, **Pre-order Revenue**, **Restock Signups** and **Restock Revenue**. You can view the metrics for your **Current billing cycle**, the last **7D**, **30D** or **90D**, or **Lifetime**. Preorder revenue is shown in USD. **Available on:** All plans. **Where to find it:** Open EZ Preorder from **Apps** in Shopify admin. The **Dashboard** is the app's home page. ## What's on the EZ Preorder Dashboard The EZ Preorder **Dashboard** has these parts, from top to bottom: | Part | What it shows | | --- | --- | | **Setup Guide** | Steps to set up preorders and restock alerts, in two tabs. You can collapse or hide it. | | **Plan limit reached** banner | Only on the Free plan, after you use its lifetime allowance. **Upgrade now** opens the **Plan** page. | | **App status** | Whether the **Preorder app embed** and the **Restock alert app block** are **Enabled** or **Disabled** in your live theme. | | Usage card | Your plan and how much of it you've used, with an **Upgrade** button. | | **Metrics** | Preorders, preorder revenue, restock signups and restock revenue for the period you pick. | | **What's new** | Recently added features, with **See preview** buttons. | | **Get 20% off our other apps** | Other apps from the same developer. | The first time you open EZ Preorder after installing it, the app shows onboarding instead of the **Dashboard** until you finish or skip it. ## The App status card The **App status** card on the EZ Preorder **Dashboard** checks your live (published) theme: - **Preorder app embed** shows **Enabled** when the EZ Preorder app embed is turned on under **Online Store → Themes → Customize** → **App embeds**. Preorder buttons don't appear in your store without it. See [How to install EZ Preorder and enable the app embed](../getting-started/install-and-enable-the-app-embed.md). - **Restock alert app block** shows **Enabled** when the Notify Me block is on your theme's default product template. Restock alerts (back in stock alerts) need it. See [How to set up restock alerts](../restock-alerts/set-up-restock-alerts.md). ## The usage card The usage card on the EZ Preorder **Dashboard** starts with "You're on" and your plan name, for example "You're on **Core**." It has two meters: - **Preorders**, for example "12/50 preorders": preorders used against your plan's allowance. On the Free plan this counts your store's lifetime preorders against 10. On paid plans it counts the current 30-day billing cycle. - **Notifications**, for example "40/250 notifications": restock alert signups counted toward your plan limit. On the Free plan this is your lifetime total against 30. A meter turns red when you reach the limit. On Scale, the meters show a plain count with no limit, and the **Upgrade** button is hidden. For what counts and what happens at the limit, see [What counts toward your EZ Preorder plan limits](../plans-and-billing/plan-limits.md). ## The Metrics section The **Metrics** section of the EZ Preorder **Dashboard** has four cards. Pick a period with the buttons above them. | Card | What it counts | | --- | --- | | **Preorders** | Orders that contain at least one item from your preorder list. One order counts once, however many preorder items it has. | | **Pre-order Revenue** | The value of the preorder items in those orders after discounts, converted to USD. Shipping and other items in the same order aren't included. | | **Restock Signups** | Shoppers who signed up through the Notify Me button. | | **Restock Revenue** | The total value of orders placed after a shopper followed the link in a restock alert email. | ### Metrics periods | Period | What it covers | | --- | --- | | **Current billing cycle** | Your current 30-day billing cycle. On the Free plan, this shows lifetime totals, because the Free plan's allowance is lifetime. Without a billing cycle, the last 30 days. | | **7D**, **30D**, **90D** | The last 7, 30 or 90 days, up to now. | | **Lifetime** | Everything since your store started using EZ Preorder. | On **Current billing cycle**, the cards also show your plan's allowance, for example "12 / 50" on **Preorders** and "$640.00 / $2000" on **Pre-order Revenue**. **Restock Signups** shows the count toward your plan limit, for example "40 / 250", or "40 / ∞" on unlimited plans. On the other periods, the cards show plain totals. ### How the metrics are counted - **Preorders** and **Pre-order Revenue** follow the same rules as your plan limits, so the **Current billing cycle** numbers match the usage card and the **Usage** page. Test orders count. Cancelled and refunded orders aren't subtracted. Orders whose preorder items cost $0 aren't counted. - **Pre-order Revenue** converts orders in other currencies to USD at current exchange rates. - **Restock Revenue** counts an order when the shopper's last visit before ordering came from a restock alert email link. It uses the whole order total, as recorded in your store's currency, without converting it to USD. A new order can take about 15 minutes to appear. - **Restock Signups** on **Current billing cycle** is the count toward your plan limit, which resets each cycle on paid plans. On the other periods, it counts signups created in that period. For per-order details, see [How to find and manage preorder orders](../preorders/find-and-manage-preorder-orders.md). For per-product restock signups and alerts sent, see [How to track restock signups and revenue](../restock-alerts/track-restock-signups-and-revenue.md). ## Limitations - The **Dashboard** shows totals only. It has no charts, per-product breakdown or export. - Numbers load when you open the **Dashboard**. Reload the page to see new orders. - **Pre-order Revenue** is always in USD, and **Restock Revenue** is in your store's currency, so the two can't be added together on a non-USD store. - The **App status** card only checks your live theme and its default product template. ## Troubleshooting **Preorder app embed shows Disabled but I turned it on.** You may have turned it on in a theme that isn't published. Turn on the EZ Preorder app embed under **App embeds** in your live theme and click **Save**, then reload the **Dashboard**. **Restock alert app block shows Disabled but the Notify Me button works.** The check only looks at your theme's default product template. If you added the block to a different product template, the card can show **Disabled** while the button works. **The Preorders card is lower than my number of preorder orders in Shopify.** Orders aren't counted when the product was switched off in your preorder list when the order was placed, or when the preorder items cost $0 after discounts. **Restock Revenue is 0 although customers bought after an alert.** An order counts only when the shopper's last visit came from the link in the restock alert email. Shoppers who came back another way, such as a search, aren't counted. **The Current billing cycle numbers didn't reset on the Free plan.** The Free plan's allowance is lifetime, so **Current billing cycle** shows lifetime totals on Free. ## Frequently asked questions ### Why is EZ Preorder's Pre-order Revenue in US dollars? EZ Preorder's plan limits are in USD, so preorder revenue is converted to USD to match them. Orders in other currencies are converted at current exchange rates. ### Does the EZ Preorder Preorders metric count units or orders? Orders. An order with several preorder items, or several units of one item, counts as one preorder. ### Do test orders appear in the EZ Preorder metrics? Yes. Test orders with preorder items count in **Preorders** and **Pre-order Revenue**, and toward your plan limit. ### How is Restock Revenue calculated in EZ Preorder? **Restock Revenue** adds up the full order total of every order placed by a shopper whose last visit came from a restock alert email link. It isn't limited to the restocked product. ### Why does the Free plan's Current billing cycle show my lifetime totals? The Free plan's allowance of 10 preorders, $400 and 30 restock alert signups is for the lifetime of your store, so the **Current billing cycle** view shows lifetime totals to match. ### Can I export EZ Preorder Dashboard metrics? No. The **Dashboard** has no export. You can export restock alert signups from **Restock Alerts** → **Signups** → **Export CSV**. ## Related articles - [What counts toward your EZ Preorder plan limits](../plans-and-billing/plan-limits.md): the rules behind the usage card and **Current billing cycle** numbers. - [How to find and manage preorder orders](../preorders/find-and-manage-preorder-orders.md): the orders behind the **Preorders** metric. - [How to track restock signups and revenue](../restock-alerts/track-restock-signups-and-revenue.md): restock results by product. - [How to install EZ Preorder and enable the app embed](../getting-started/install-and-enable-the-app-embed.md): fixing a **Disabled** app embed status. - [How to set up restock alerts](../restock-alerts/set-up-restock-alerts.md): adding the Notify Me block. - [EZ Preorder usage charges](../plans-and-billing/usage-charges.md): the **Usage** page on the Scale plan. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/advanced-theme-settings Collection: Theme setup & troubleshooting Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to use the advanced theme settings in EZ Preorder The **Theme Settings** page in EZ Preorder & Back In Stock tells the app where your theme's add to cart button, variant picker and product cards are, so it can put the preorder button in the right place. Most stores never need to edit these fields: choose your theme in the **Theme Selector** first, and change individual fields only if support asks you to or you are comfortable with CSS selectors. Changes take effect on your storefront as soon as you click **Save**. **Available on:** All plans. The **Featured product** and **Collection page** fields can be edited on the Growth, Professional and Scale plans; on Free and Core they are greyed out with an **Upgrade to Growth** link. **Where to find it:** EZ Preorder → **Configuration** → **Theme Settings**. ## Before you change theme settings - **Try a theme preset first.** A preset fills in ready-made values for 358 themes. See [What Shopify themes work with EZ Preorder](theme-compatibility.md). - **Rule out the common causes.** A missing preorder button is usually caused by the app embed being off or the variant not meeting its preorder rule, not by these settings. See [The preorder button is not showing on my product page](preorder-button-not-showing.md). - **Note the current values.** Copy the fields you plan to change somewhere safe, so you can put them back. - **Changes are saved together.** Editing any field shows the save bar at the top of the page. Click **Save** to apply your changes or **Discard** to undo them. ## What a CSS selector is A CSS selector is a short piece of text that points to an element on a web page, such as `.product-form` (an element with the class `product-form`) or `[name="id"]` (an element with the attribute `name="id"`). EZ Preorder's theme settings are CSS selectors. To find one, open your product page in Chrome, right-click the element (for example your **Add to cart** button) and choose **Inspect**. The browser's developer tools show the element's tag, classes and attributes. If you are unsure, contact support and tell us which element you are trying to target. ## Product page settings The **Product page** card in EZ Preorder's **Theme Settings** controls how the preorder button replaces your theme's add to cart button on product pages. | Setting | What it does | Default | | --- | --- | --- | | **Submit button selector of add to cart form** | Points to your theme's add to cart button. EZ Preorder hides this button and inserts the preorder button in its place, copying its classes so it looks the same. If nothing on the page matches, no preorder button appears. Required. | `form[action$="/cart/add"] button[type="submit"]` | | **Variant selector** | Points to the input that holds the selected variant's ID. EZ Preorder reads it to know which variant the shopper chose, and listens for changes to it. If nothing on the page matches, no preorder button appears. Required. | `[name="id"]` | | **Variant switch override** | Turns on a script that follows the selected variant through the page address instead of the **Variant selector**. Turn it on only if the preorder button does not update when shoppers switch variants. | Off | | **Custom JS** | A theme-specific script that tells EZ Preorder when the variant changes. Only EZ Preorder support can view or edit it. | Empty | | **Hidden elements** | Elements to hide while the preorder button is showing, such as the **Buy it now** button. They reappear when the shopper switches to a variant that is not on preorder. | `.shopify-payment-button` | The preorder button must sit inside your theme's product form to work. If the **Submit button selector of add to cart form** points to a button outside the form, the preorder button appears but adding to cart does nothing. ## How to add or remove hidden elements The **Hidden elements** field in EZ Preorder takes one CSS selector at a time: 1. Type a selector in **Hidden elements**, for example `.product__price`. 2. Press **Enter**. The selector appears as a tag below the field. 3. To remove a selector, click the **×** on its tag. 4. Click **Save**. The default `.shopify-payment-button` hides Shopify's dynamic checkout button (**Buy it now**), so shoppers use the preorder button. Each selector hides only the first matching element on the page. ## Variant switch override and Custom JS **Variant switch override** in EZ Preorder is a switch for the generic variant script, which works with most themes that change the page address (the `?variant=` part of the URL) when a shopper picks a variant. - **Turning it on** saves the generic script. From then on, EZ Preorder follows the variant in the page address and no longer listens to the **Variant selector**. - **The switch shows On whenever any custom script is saved**, including a script from a theme preset or one written by support. - **Turning it off removes the saved script**, whichever script it was. Turning it on again adds the generic script, not the one you had before. To get a preset's script back, choose that preset again in the **Theme Selector**. To get a support-written script back, contact support. **Custom JS** cannot be typed or pasted by merchants. The field is visible only to EZ Preorder support, and the app refuses any other script with the message "Custom JS can only be changed by EZ PreOrder support." You can still: - turn the generic script on or off with **Variant switch override**, - get a theme's own script by choosing its preset in the **Theme Selector**, - save all your other theme settings: a script support added earlier is kept when you save. If your theme needs its own script, contact support. See [The preorder button does not update when switching variants](preorder-button-not-updating-on-variant-switch.md). ## Featured product settings The **Featured product** card in EZ Preorder's **Theme Settings** has one field, **Section selector**, which points to your theme's Featured product section. It is required, defaults to `.featured-product`, and can be edited on Growth, Professional and Scale. The **Section selector** matters on product pages too, on every plan: when a product page contains an element that matches it, EZ Preorder looks for the add to cart button inside that section. A theme preset sets this value for you. To show the preorder button in a Featured product section on your home page, turn it on in **Configuration** → **Collections & Featured Product**. See [Preorder button on collection pages and featured products](../storefront-display/preorder-button-on-collection-pages-and-featured-products.md). ## Collection page settings The **Collection page** card in EZ Preorder's **Theme Settings** tells the app how to find each product card on a collection page. Preorder badges and the collection page preorder button use these fields. They can be edited on Growth, Professional and Scale. | Setting | What it does | Default | | --- | --- | --- | | **Product wrapper selector** | Points to each product card in the collection grid. | `.product-card-wrapper` | | **Product id selector** | Points to the element inside each card that carries the product's ID. | `h3` | | **Product id attribute selector** | The name of the attribute on that element whose value ends with the product's ID. | `id` | | **Product image selector** | Points to the element inside each card where the preorder badge is placed. | `.card__media` | | **Button selector** (under **Quick add**) | Points to the button that opens your theme's quick add window. | `modal-opener` | | **Modal selector** (under **Quick add**) | Points to the content of the quick add window, where the preorder button goes. | `.quick-add-modal__content-info` | ## Advanced settings The **Advanced** card in EZ Preorder's **Theme Settings** holds settings for heavily customized themes. The card itself says: "We don't recommend changing these on your own." | Setting | What it does | Default | | --- | --- | --- | | **Delay time to render pre order button (ms)** | Waits this many milliseconds (1000 ms is 1 second) before adding the preorder button and the deposit options to the page. Your theme's own button is hidden straight away. Use it only when your theme redraws the product form after the page loads and removes the preorder button. Whole numbers only. | `0` | | **Custom loading indicator** | **Use native loading spinner** copies your theme's own spinner into the preorder button. **Use custom loading spinner** adds EZ Preorder's spinner instead, for themes whose spinner does not carry over. | **Use native loading spinner** | | **Submit button loading spinner selector** | Points to the spinner element inside your theme's add to cart button, which EZ Preorder copies into the preorder button. | `.loading-overlay__spinner` | | **Add 'type' attribute to button** | Helps EZ Preorder find your theme's original button again when it has to bring it back, for example when a shopper switches to a variant that is not on preorder. Turn it on when your **Submit button selector of add to cart form** does not include `type="submit"`, or when a preset sets it. | Off | ## Restock Alerts form selector The **Restock Alerts** card in EZ Preorder's **Theme Settings** fixes themes where the **EZ PreOrder - Notify Me** block (the back in stock alerts signup button) records the wrong variant. Restock alerts are also called back in stock alerts or Notify Me alerts. When the switch on the card is on, the Notify Me block reads the selected variant from the variant input inside the form you name in **Form selector**, instead of the first variant input on the page. The page address (`?variant=`) still takes priority when it is present. **Form selector** is required while the switch is on. To find your form selector, click **How to find it?** under the field. In short: right-click your **Add to Cart** button, choose **Inspect**, and look for the form element that wraps the button and the variant picker. Common values are `form.product-form`, `#product-form` and `form[action*="/cart/add"]`. For other Notify Me problems, see [The Notify Me button is not showing](../restock-alerts/notify-me-button-not-showing.md). ## How to reset to default selectors The **Reset to default selectors** button in EZ Preorder puts your theme settings back to the defaults, which match Dawn. 1. Go to **Configuration** → **Theme Settings**. 2. In the left column, below the settings menu, click **Reset to default selectors**. 3. Click **Save** in the save bar. Nothing changes on your storefront until you save. Reset clears the theme preset and sets these fields to their defaults: **Submit button selector of add to cart form**, **Variant selector**, **Custom JS** (cleared, so **Variant switch override** turns off), **Add 'type' attribute to button**, **Delay time to render pre order button (ms)**, **Custom loading indicator**, **Submit button loading spinner selector**, the **Featured product** **Section selector**, and every **Collection page** field. Reset keeps your **Hidden elements** (if the list is empty, it adds `.shopify-payment-button` back) and your **Restock Alerts** form selector settings. ## Limitations - **One set of theme settings per store.** The settings apply to whichever theme is live. If you switch themes, choose the new theme's preset. - **Only support can edit Custom JS.** Merchants can switch the generic script on or off and apply preset scripts, but cannot enter their own code. - **Selectors depend on your theme's code.** A theme update or a code edit that renames classes can stop a selector from matching. Re-select your preset after a major theme update. - **Hidden elements hide one element per selector.** Each selector hides only the first matching element on the page. To hide a second copy, such as a sticky Buy it now bar, add a selector that matches that copy specifically, or contact support. ## Troubleshooting **The preorder button disappeared after I changed a selector.** The selector probably no longer matches anything on the page. Click **Discard** if you have not saved, or put back the value you noted. You can also use **Reset to default selectors** or choose your theme preset again. **The preorder button stopped updating on variant switch after I chose a preset or reset.** Both replace any saved custom script. Turn on **Variant switch override**, or contact support if your theme needs its own script. **Both the preorder button and my theme's add to cart button show.** Your **Submit button selector of add to cart form** matches a different button from the one shoppers see. Choose your theme preset or contact support. **The Buy it now button still shows next to the preorder button.** Check that `.shopify-payment-button` is in **Hidden elements**, or add the selector your theme uses for that button. **The Featured product and Collection page fields are greyed out.** These fields are editable on Growth, Professional and Scale. Click **Upgrade to Growth** to see plans. ## Frequently asked questions ### Do I need to change the advanced theme settings? Usually not. Choose your theme in the **Theme Selector**, check your storefront, and contact support before editing selectors yourself. ### Can I add my own JavaScript to EZ Preorder? No. Custom JS can only be added or changed by EZ Preorder support. You can turn the generic variant script on or off with **Variant switch override**. ### Why did Variant switch override turn itself on? It shows On whenever a custom script is saved. Choosing a theme preset that includes a script, or support adding one, turns it on. ### Does Reset to default selectors delete my preorder products or settings? No. It only resets the selectors listed on the **Theme Settings** page. Your preorder list, button text and other configuration stay the same. ### What does Delay time to render pre order button do? It makes EZ Preorder wait the number of milliseconds you enter before adding the preorder button. Leave it at `0` unless your theme removes the button right after the page loads. ## Related articles - [What Shopify themes work with EZ Preorder](theme-compatibility.md): the Theme Selector, presets and the full theme list. - [The preorder button is not showing on my product page](preorder-button-not-showing.md): check the common causes before editing selectors. - [The preorder button does not update when switching variants](preorder-button-not-updating-on-variant-switch.md): when to use Variant switch override. - [Preorder button on collection pages and featured products](../storefront-display/preorder-button-on-collection-pages-and-featured-products.md): turn on the features the Collection page and Featured product fields support. - [The Notify Me button is not showing](../restock-alerts/notify-me-button-not-showing.md): fix restock alert signups on your theme. - [How to get help and contact support](../reports-ai-and-support/get-help-and-contact-support.md): ask support to set up selectors or a custom script. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/cannot-add-preorder-product-to-cart Collection: Theme setup & troubleshooting Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # I cannot add a preorder product to the cart When the EZ Preorder & Back In Stock preorder button shows but the product will not go into the cart, the cause is almost always a Shopify product setting, not the button. Either the product can only be bought with a purchase option (Shopify's error says the variant "can only be purchased with a selling plan"), or Shopify treats the variant as sold out because **Continue selling when out of stock** is off. Both are fixed in your Shopify admin in a minute. **Available on:** All plans. **Where to find it:** Shopify admin → **Products** → your product, and EZ Preorder → **Preorders** → **Edit**. ## Before you start Test the way a shopper would, so you see the real error: 1. Open your live store in a private or incognito browser window. 2. Go to the preorder product and select the variant that shows the preorder button. 3. Click the preorder button and note any error message your theme shows, and whether the cart changes. ## Error: the variant "can only be purchased with a selling plan" This error means the product is set in Shopify to sell only through a purchase option, such as a subscription. EZ Preorder never turns this setting on. It is usually left over from a subscription app or set by hand. 1. In your Shopify admin, go to **Products** and open the product. 2. Find the **Purchase options** section. 3. Untick **Only show this product with these purchase options**. 4. Click **Save**. 5. Test adding the preorder product to the cart again. If you use EZ Preorder's Partial Payments (Professional plan and above), the deposit option also appears under **Purchase options**. Unticking the box does not remove it: shoppers can still choose a deposit. See [Partial payments and deposits](../payments-and-conversion/partial-payments-and-deposits.md). ## Error: the selling plan does not exist or is not available An error about a selling plan that is missing or not available for the variant usually involves a purchase option the variant is not attached to. If you use EZ Preorder's Partial Payments, contact support with the product link and the exact error. If you use another app that adds purchase options to the same product, check that app's settings too, because two apps managing purchase options on one product can conflict. ## Error: the product is sold out, or only some can be added Shopify refuses to add an out-of-stock variant to the cart unless **Continue selling when out of stock** is on for it. What EZ Preorder expects depends on the variant's preorder rule. **Always and Sold out rules.** These rules let shoppers preorder at 0 stock or below, so they need **Continue selling when out of stock** on. EZ Preorder turns it on when you save the variant with one of these rules on its **Edit** page. If it was turned off later, for example by a staff member, an inventory or ERP sync app, or a product import, the preorder button still shows but Shopify rejects the add to cart. To fix it: 1. In your Shopify admin, go to **Products** and open the product. 2. Open the variant. In the **Inventory** section, tick **Continue selling when out of stock**. 3. Click **Save**. To fix many variants at once, use Shopify's inventory bulk editor: **Products** → **Inventory**, tick the variants, click **Edit variants**, click **Columns**, add **Continue selling when out of stock**, tick it for each row, then click **Save** and **Save changes**. **Specific inventory level rule.** With this rule, EZ Preorder turns **Continue selling when out of stock** off and sets the variant's stock to the preorder quantity you enter. Shoppers can preorder up to that quantity, and Shopify shows its own quantity error if a shopper tries to add more than is left. To allow more preorders, raise the quantity on the variant's **Edit** page in EZ Preorder. See [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md). ## The preorder button reads Sold out and cannot be clicked A greyed-out **Sold out** button on an EZ Preorder product means the variant is limited to other countries and you chose to show it as sold out elsewhere. This is a feature of the Growth, Professional and Scale plans working as set, not an error. Shoppers in the countries you selected see the preorder button. See [Preorders for specific countries and markets](../preorders/preorders-for-specific-countries-and-markets.md). ## Nothing happens when a shopper clicks the preorder button When the EZ Preorder button shows but clicking it does nothing, and no error appears: - **The button may be outside the product form.** The preorder button replaces the button matched by **Submit button selector of add to cart form**. If that selector matches a button outside your theme's product form, the preorder button cannot submit anything. Choose your theme in **Configuration** → **Theme Settings** → **Theme Selector**, click **Save**, and test again. See [What Shopify themes work with EZ Preorder](theme-compatibility.md). - **Direct to Checkout may be hiding an error.** If **Direct to Checkout** is on and Shopify rejects the item, the button becomes clickable again and the shopper stays on the page without a message. Check the product's **Purchase options** and the variant's **Continue selling when out of stock** setting in Shopify. See [Direct to checkout preorder button](../storefront-display/direct-to-checkout-preorder-button.md). - **Another app may be intercepting the click.** Apps that change the add to cart button or cart drawer can block it. Turn off other product page apps one at a time and test again. If none of these apply, contact support with the product link and your theme name. ## The wrong variant is added to the cart When the cart receives a different variant from the one the shopper picked, or the preorder button belongs to the previous variant, EZ Preorder has not followed the variant change. See [The preorder button does not update when switching variants](preorder-button-not-updating-on-variant-switch.md). ## Frequently asked questions ### Does EZ Preorder change my product's purchase options? EZ Preorder adds its deposit purchase option to your preorder variants only when you turn on Partial Payments. It never ticks **Only show this product with these purchase options**. ### Why does the preorder button show if Shopify says the product is sold out? EZ Preorder decides whether to show the button from your preorder rule and the stock level. Shopify decides whether the cart accepts the item from **Continue selling when out of stock**. If that setting was turned off after you saved the rule, the two disagree. Turn the setting back on for the variant in Shopify. ### Can shoppers preorder more than the quantity I set? No. With the **Specific inventory level** rule, shoppers can add up to the preorder quantity you set. When it runs out, the variant shows as sold out. ### Do I need to change anything in EZ Preorder to fix a selling plan error? No. The "can only be purchased with a selling plan" error is fixed on the product in your Shopify admin, under **Purchase options**. ## Related articles - [The preorder button is not showing on my product page](preorder-button-not-showing.md): when there is no preorder button at all. - [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md): how Always, Sold out and Specific inventory level change Continue selling when out of stock. - [Why a product still sells after its preorder is turned off or ends](product-still-sells-after-preorder-ends.md): the opposite problem, when a product keeps selling. - [Partial payments and deposits](../payments-and-conversion/partial-payments-and-deposits.md): the deposit purchase option. - [Direct to checkout preorder button](../storefront-display/direct-to-checkout-preorder-button.md): send shoppers straight to checkout. - [The preorder button does not update when switching variants](preorder-button-not-updating-on-variant-switch.md): when the wrong variant is added. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/cannot-add-more-products-to-the-preorder-list Collection: Theme setup & troubleshooting Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # I cannot add more products to the preorder list EZ Preorder & Back In Stock stops you adding products to the preorder list for one of four reasons: your store reached the Free plan's lifetime limit of 10 preorders or $400, your store is on the older free plan that allows one product, you are trying to use **Bulk actions** on the Free plan (they need Core or higher), or your preorder list is very large. The app's own guidance is that the preorder list cannot support more than 600 products at once, and fewer when products have many variants. **Available on:** All plans. **Bulk actions** need the Core plan or higher. **Where to find it:** EZ Preorder → **Preorders**. ## The Select products button is greyed out on the Free plan On the Free plan, EZ Preorder greys out **Select products** once your store reaches the Free plan's lifetime limit: 10 preorders or $400 in preorder revenue, whichever comes first. At the same moment every product on your preorder list is turned off, and the **Preorders** page shows a window titled **You have reached your plans preorder limit** with the message "All preorders are currently disabled. Upgrade your plan to continue accepting pre-orders." To add products and take preorders again: 1. Click **GO TO PLAN** in the window, or open **Plan** in the app menu. 2. Choose Core, Growth, Professional or Scale. 3. Back on **Preorders**, turn your products back on. They are not turned on automatically after you upgrade. See [Plan limits](../plans-and-billing/plan-limits.md) and [How to change or cancel your plan](../plans-and-billing/change-or-cancel-your-plan.md). ## The product picker says you can only add one product Some stores are still on an older free plan that allows one product on the preorder list. On that plan the **Select products** window shows the banner "You are on the free plan. You can only add one product to the preorder list. Please upgrade your plan to add more than one product." Once one product is on the list, the other checkboxes are greyed out and **Select products** is greyed out on the **Preorders** page. Click **Upgrade now** in the banner, or open **Plan**, to move to a current plan. ## Bulk actions is greyed out **Bulk actions** on the EZ Preorder **Preorders** page holds **Bulk Add**, **Bulk Add Collections**, **Bulk Settings** and **Bulk Remove**. It is available on Core, Growth, Professional and Scale. On the Free plan the button is greyed out, and hovering over it shows "Available on Core plan or higher". On the Free plan, add products one at a time with **Select products**. See [Plans and pricing](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md). ## Your preorder list is very large EZ Preorder stores your whole preorder list together and loads all of it each time you open the **Preorders** page. The **Bulk Add** window states that the app "cannot support over 600 products on the preorder list at once". There is no fixed cutoff in the app: every variant on the list is stored too, so a list of products with many variants reaches the practical limit with fewer than 600 products. If adding products fails or the list stops loading properly: 1. **Remove products you no longer sell on preorder.** See [How to remove a product from preorder](../preorders/remove-a-product-from-preorder.md). 2. **Add only the variants you need.** In **Select products**, click a product to expand it and tick individual variants instead of the whole product. 3. **Clear out deleted variants.** Click **Sync all** on the **Preorders** page to remove variants you deleted in Shopify. See [The product on my preorder list does not match Shopify](preorder-product-does-not-match-shopify.md). 4. **Contact support** if you need more products on preorder than the list can hold. ## Adding many products at once does not finish When you add a large number of products in one go, EZ Preorder sends them all in a single save. A very large save can fail or never finish. Add products in smaller batches instead: - In **Select products**, tick a few dozen products at a time and click **Save** after each batch. - Use **Bulk Add Collections** to add one collection at a time rather than **Bulk Add**. - Avoid **Bulk Add** on large catalogs. It adds every product with the status **Active** in your store, all in one save. An error message from a failed save ends with "- Click to upgrade" whatever the cause, so it does not always mean your plan is the problem. ## Frequently asked questions ### How many products can I add to the EZ Preorder list? There is no fixed number. The app's guidance is up to 600 products, and fewer if your products have many variants. On the Free plan you can add products until your store reaches 10 preorders or $400 in preorder revenue. ### Why is Select products greyed out? On the Free plan, your store has reached the lifetime limit of 10 preorders or $400 in preorder revenue. On the older one-product free plan, one product is already on the list. Upgrade on the **Plan** page to add more. ### Does Bulk Add include draft or archived products? No. **Bulk Add** adds every **Active** product in your store. To add a draft product, use **Select products**. ### Do I need to remove a product before adding it again? No. If a product is already on the list, ticking more of its variants in **Select products** adds just those variants. ### Does upgrading turn my preorders back on? No. When a plan limit turns your preorders off, they stay off after you upgrade until you turn them on again on the **Preorders** page. ## Related articles - [Manage your preorder list](../preorders/manage-your-preorder-list.md): Select products, Bulk Add and the other list tools. - [Plan limits](../plans-and-billing/plan-limits.md): what counts toward each plan's limit and when it resets. - [Plans and pricing](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md): what each plan includes. - [How to change or cancel your plan](../plans-and-billing/change-or-cancel-your-plan.md): upgrade from the Free plan. - [How to remove a product from preorder](../preorders/remove-a-product-from-preorder.md): make room on a large list. - [The product on my preorder list does not match Shopify](preorder-product-does-not-match-shopify.md): Sync and Sync all. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/preorder-button-not-updating-on-variant-switch Collection: Theme setup & troubleshooting Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # The preorder button does not update when switching variants EZ Preorder & Back In Stock decides for each variant whether to show the preorder button, so it has to notice when a shopper picks a different variant. By default it watches your theme's variant input, which some themes change without announcing it. When that happens the button stays as it was until the page is reloaded. Fix it by choosing your theme preset, then by turning on **Variant switch override**, and contact support if neither works. **Available on:** All plans. **Where to find it:** EZ Preorder → **Configuration** → **Theme Settings**. ## How EZ Preorder follows variant changes When a product page loads, EZ Preorder reads the selected variant from the element matched by **Variant selector** (default `[name="id"]`). After that, it follows changes in one of two ways: - **No custom script saved (Variant switch override off).** EZ Preorder listens for the variant input's change event. Themes that update the input silently, or replace it with a new one, are missed. - **A custom script saved (Variant switch override on).** EZ Preorder runs the script instead, and the script reports each new variant. The generic script follows the variant number in the page address (`?variant=` in the URL). Each time EZ Preorder sees a new variant, it shows the preorder button if that variant is on your preorder list, enabled and meets its rule, and otherwise brings back your theme's own add to cart button. If your theme redraws the product form after a variant change and removes the preorder button, EZ Preorder adds it back. ## Check that it is a variant switching problem 1. Go to **Preorders** in EZ Preorder, expand the product, and note each variant's rule badge and stock. With the **Sold out** rule, for example, an in-stock variant correctly shows your normal add to cart button. 2. On your live store, pick the variant that looks wrong, then reload the page. 3. If the button is right after reloading but wrong after switching, the problem is variant switching: choose your theme preset, then try **Variant switch override**, then contact support. If it is wrong even after reloading, see [The preorder button is not showing on my product page](preorder-button-not-showing.md). ## How to fix the preorder button on variant switch 1. **Choose your theme preset.** Go to **Configuration** → **Theme Settings**. In the **Theme Selector** card, click **Select Theme** (or **Change preset**), search for your theme, tick it, click **Select**, then click **Save**. Many presets include a variant script made for that theme. Test again. 2. **Turn on Variant switch override.** If your theme has no preset or the problem remains, turn on **Variant switch override** in the **Product page** card and click **Save**. Test again. 3. **Check that your theme updates the page address.** Switch variants on your product page and watch the address bar. If `?variant=` followed by a number changes each time, the generic script can follow it. If the address never changes, the generic script cannot help, so turn **Variant switch override** off again and go to the next step. 4. **Contact support.** Open **Support** in EZ Preorder and send the product link and your theme name. Support can write and save a custom script for your theme. See [How to get help and contact support](../reports-ai-and-support/get-help-and-contact-support.md). ## What Variant switch override changes **Variant switch override** in EZ Preorder saves the generic variant script, so EZ Preorder follows the `?variant=` value in the page address instead of the **Variant selector** input. - The switch shows On whenever any custom script is saved, including a preset's script or one written by support. - Turning it off removes the saved script, whichever one it was. Turning it on again adds the generic script, not the previous one. - To get a preset's script back, choose the preset again in the **Theme Selector**. To get a support-written script back, contact support. You cannot type or paste your own script. **Custom JS** is visible only to EZ Preorder support. More detail: [How to use the advanced theme settings](advanced-theme-settings.md). ## Common symptoms and fixes **The preorder button stays after switching to a variant that is not on preorder.** EZ Preorder did not see the switch. Choose your theme preset, then try **Variant switch override**, then contact support. **Your normal add to cart button stays after switching to a preorder variant.** EZ Preorder did not see the switch. Choose your theme preset, then try **Variant switch override**, then contact support. **After switching back, your theme's add to cart button does not come back, or the wrong button comes back.** EZ Preorder cannot find your theme's original button again. Choose your theme preset. If your **Submit button selector of add to cart form** does not include `type="submit"`, contact support about turning on **Add 'type' attribute to button**. **Two preorder buttons, or a preorder button and an add to cart button, show at once.** Your theme may have a second product form on the page, such as a sticky add to cart bar or a Featured product section. Contact support so the selectors can target the right form. **It worked until I chose a preset or clicked Reset to default selectors.** Both replace any saved custom script, including one support wrote for you. Contact support to have it added again. **Turning on Variant switch override made it worse.** Your theme probably does not put `?variant=` in the page address. Turn **Variant switch override** off, click **Save**, and contact support. ## Frequently asked questions ### Why does the preorder button only update when I refresh the page? Your theme changes the selected variant without telling EZ Preorder. Choose your theme preset or turn on **Variant switch override** in **Configuration** → **Theme Settings**. ### Where is the Add snippet button? It has been replaced. To add EZ Preorder's generic variant script, turn on **Variant switch override** in the **Product page** card of **Theme Settings** and click **Save**. ### Can I paste my own JavaScript to fix variant switching? No. Only EZ Preorder support can add or edit **Custom JS**. Contact support and they can write a script for your theme. ### Can I turn Variant switch override off again? Yes, at any time, by turning it off and clicking **Save**. Be careful when the switch is already on because of a preset or support: turning it off deletes that script, and turning it back on adds the generic script instead. ### Does this affect stores on the Free plan? Theme Settings, presets and **Variant switch override** are available on every plan, including Free. ## Related articles - [What Shopify themes work with EZ Preorder](theme-compatibility.md): choose a theme preset that includes a variant script for your theme. - [How to use the advanced theme settings](advanced-theme-settings.md): Variant selector, Custom JS and the other fields. - [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md): why different variants can show different buttons. - [The preorder button is not showing on my product page](preorder-button-not-showing.md): when the button is wrong even after reloading. - [How to get help and contact support](../reports-ai-and-support/get-help-and-contact-support.md): ask for a custom variant script. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/preorder-button-not-showing Collection: Theme setup & troubleshooting Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # The preorder button is not showing on my product page The EZ Preorder & Back In Stock preorder button appears only when all of these are true: the **Pre order theme extension** app embed is on in your live theme, the product and the selected variant are on your preorder list, the product is enabled, the variant meets its preorder rule right now, and the app's theme settings can find your theme's add to cart button. Work through checks 1 to 8 in order. Most missing buttons are caused by the app embed or the preorder rule, not by your theme. **Available on:** All plans. **Where to find it:** EZ Preorder → **Preorders**, and EZ Preorder → **Configuration** → **Theme Settings**. ## Check 1: The app embed is turned on in your live theme The EZ Preorder preorder button is added by the **Pre order theme extension** app embed. If the embed is off, no preorder button appears anywhere. 1. Open EZ Preorder. On the **Dashboard**, the **App status** card shows **Preorder app embed** as **Enabled** or **Disabled**. This status checks your published theme. 2. If it shows **Disabled**, go to **Online Store** → **Themes** → **Customize**, open **App embeds**, turn on **Pre order theme extension**, and click **Save**. App embeds are set per theme. If you are previewing or about to publish a different theme, turn the app embed on in that theme too. Full steps: [How to install EZ Preorder and enable the app embed](../getting-started/install-and-enable-the-app-embed.md). ## Check 2: The product and the selected variant are on your preorder list EZ Preorder only shows the preorder button for variants that are on your preorder list. 1. Go to **Preorders**. Search for the product. 2. Click the product row to expand it and see which variants are on the list. 3. If the variant you are viewing is not listed, add it with **Select products**: find the product, expand it, tick the variant, and click **Save**. A variant you create in Shopify after adding the product is not added to the preorder list automatically. See [The product on my preorder list does not match Shopify](preorder-product-does-not-match-shopify.md). ## Check 3: The variant meets its preorder rule right now Each variant on the EZ Preorder list has a preorder rule, and the button only shows while the rule is met. The rule appears as a badge on each variant row in the list, next to its current stock (for example **0 available**). | Rule (badge in the list) | The preorder button shows when | | --- | --- | | **Always** | Always, whatever the stock level. | | **Sold out** | The variant's inventory is 0 or less. While it is in stock, shoppers see your normal add to cart button. | | **Specific inventory level** (**Greater than 0**) | The variant's inventory is above 0. When it reaches 0, the preorder button is replaced by your theme's sold out state. | Test the right variant. A product page usually opens on its first available variant, so with the **Sold out** rule you may need to pick a sold-out variant to see the preorder button. Learn more in [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md). ## Check 4: The preorder is enabled and not outside its dates An EZ Preorder product can be on the list but turned off. 1. Go to **Preorders** and open the **Disabled** tab. Disabled products show a **Disable** badge instead of **Enable**. 2. To turn one on, click **Edit** on the product, then click **Enable** in the **Setting** card. If the product uses **Enable/Disable by custom dates**, it is off before its start date and after its end date. Check the dates on the product's **Edit** page. See [How to schedule preorder start and end dates](../preorders/schedule-preorder-start-and-end-dates.md). ## Check 5: Your plan's preorder limit has not been reached When your store reaches its plan's preorder limit, EZ Preorder turns off every product on your preorder list, so no preorder buttons show. The **Preorders** page then shows a window titled **You have reached your plans preorder limit**. | Plan | Preorders turn off when you reach | | --- | --- | | Free | 10 preorders or $400 in preorder revenue, over the life of the store | | Core | 50 preorders or $2,000 in a billing cycle | | Growth | 150 preorders or $5,000 in a billing cycle | | Professional | 300 preorders or $10,000 in a billing cycle | | Scale | Not turned off. Usage above the included amount is charged instead. | Products are not turned back on automatically when you upgrade or when a new billing cycle starts. After upgrading, enable them again from each product's **Edit** page, or with **Bulk actions** → **Bulk Settings**. Before using Bulk Settings, read [Why a product still sells after its preorder is turned off or ends](product-still-sells-after-preorder-ends.md), because Bulk Settings also changes **Continue selling when out of stock**. Plan details: [Plan limits](../plans-and-billing/plan-limits.md). ## Check 6: The variant is available in the shopper's country On the Growth, Professional and Scale plans you can limit a preorder variant to certain countries. In other countries, EZ Preorder either hides the preorder or, if you chose to show it as sold out, shows a greyed-out **Sold out** button. If you are testing from a country the variant is not set up for, you will not see the preorder button. See [Preorders for specific countries and markets](../preorders/preorders-for-specific-countries-and-markets.md). ## Check 7: Your theme settings match your theme If checks 1 to 6 pass and the button still does not appear, EZ Preorder probably cannot find your theme's add to cart button or variant picker. 1. Go to **Configuration** → **Theme Settings**. 2. In the **Theme Selector** card, click **Select Theme** (or **Change preset**), search for your theme, tick it and click **Select**. 3. Click **Save**, then reload your product page. If your theme is not in the list, contact support with your theme name. You can also review the **Submit button selector of add to cart form** and **Variant selector** fields: if either matches nothing on your product page, no preorder button appears. See [What Shopify themes work with EZ Preorder](theme-compatibility.md) and [How to use the advanced theme settings](advanced-theme-settings.md). ## Check 8: Another app or custom theme code is not interfering Other apps and custom code that change the product page can stop the EZ Preorder button from appearing. The most common are other preorder or backorder apps, apps that replace the variant picker or add to cart button, and custom theme edits. Turn off other preorder apps' app embeds in **Online Store** → **Themes** → **Customize** → **App embeds** and test again. If you cannot tell what is interfering, contact support and tell us which apps you use on product pages. ## Where the EZ Preorder button can appear The EZ Preorder preorder button appears on product pages on every plan. It appears in other places only when you turn them on: - **Collection pages and Featured product sections** need the Growth plan or higher and are turned on in **Configuration** → **Collections & Featured Product**. See [Preorder button on collection pages and featured products](../storefront-display/preorder-button-on-collection-pages-and-featured-products.md). - **The custom preorder page** lists all your preorder products on one page. See [Custom preorder page](../storefront-display/custom-preorder-page.md). ## Troubleshooting **The button shows in the theme editor but not on my live store, or the other way round.** The theme editor finds buttons slightly differently from your live store. Always test on your live store or with the theme's **Preview** link, not inside the editor. **The button shows for some variants but not others.** This is usually the preorder rule working as set. Compare each variant's rule badge and stock in the **Preorders** list. **The button shows in the wrong place on the product page.** If your product page template also contains a Featured product section, EZ Preorder looks for the add to cart button inside that section. Remove that section from the product template or contact support. **The button disappeared after I disabled and re-enabled the app embed.** Make sure you clicked **Save** in the theme editor and that you changed the published theme, not a draft. **The button appears, then disappears a moment later.** Your theme redraws the product form after the page loads. Contact support, who may set **Delay time to render pre order button (ms)** for your theme. ## Frequently asked questions ### Why is my product showing Add to cart instead of Pre-order? The selected variant does not meet its preorder rule. For example, with the **Sold out** rule, a variant with stock above 0 shows your normal add to cart button. Check the variant's rule and stock in the **Preorders** list. ### Do I need to turn on the app embed for every theme? Yes. App embeds are saved per theme in Shopify. Turn on **Pre order theme extension** in each theme you publish or preview. ### Why did all my preorder buttons disappear at once? Either the app embed was turned off, or your plan's preorder limit was reached, which turns off every product on the preorder list. Check the **App status** card on the **Dashboard** and look for the **You have reached your plans preorder limit** window on the **Preorders** page. ### Does the preorder button show on collection pages? Only if you are on Growth, Professional or Scale and have turned on **Collection page** in **Configuration** → **Collections & Featured Product**. ### Who can help if none of these checks fix it? EZ Preorder support. Open **Support** in the app and send a message with the product link and your theme name. See [How to get help and contact support](../reports-ai-and-support/get-help-and-contact-support.md). ## Related articles - [How to install EZ Preorder and enable the app embed](../getting-started/install-and-enable-the-app-embed.md): turn on the Pre order theme extension app embed. - [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md): when Always, Sold out and Specific inventory level show the button. - [Manage your preorder list](../preorders/manage-your-preorder-list.md): add, enable and disable products. - [Plan limits](../plans-and-billing/plan-limits.md): what happens when you reach your plan's preorder limit. - [What Shopify themes work with EZ Preorder](theme-compatibility.md): choose a theme preset. - [How to use the advanced theme settings](advanced-theme-settings.md): every selector explained. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/preorder-product-does-not-match-shopify Collection: Theme setup & troubleshooting Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # The product on my preorder list does not match Shopify EZ Preorder & Back In Stock saves each product's name, image and chosen variants when you add it to the preorder list, and it does not copy later changes from Shopify into that saved entry. Variant names, SKUs and stock in the list, and everything on the product's **Edit** page, are read live from Shopify. To catch up with changes, click **Sync** on the product (or **Sync all**) to remove variants you deleted in Shopify, and use **Select products** to add variants you created after adding the product. **Available on:** All plans. **Where to find it:** EZ Preorder → **Preorders**. ## What EZ Preorder reads live from Shopify and what it saves EZ Preorder mixes saved and live product details on the **Preorders** page: | Detail | Where it comes from | | --- | --- | | Product name and image in the list row | Saved when you added the product. Not updated afterwards. | | Which variants are on preorder | Saved when you added them. New Shopify variants are not added automatically. | | Preorder rule, custom note, dates and status | Saved in EZ Preorder. | | Variant names, SKUs and stock shown when you expand a product | Read live from Shopify. | | Product name and variant names on the **Edit** page | Read live from Shopify. | | What shoppers see on the product page | Your live Shopify product, with the saved preorder settings applied. | So a renamed product can show its old name in the list while its **Edit** page and your storefront show the new one. The search box on the **Preorders** page searches the saved names. ## How to use Sync and Sync all **Sync** in EZ Preorder checks one product against Shopify and removes from the preorder list a variant you have deleted in Shopify. **Sync all** does the same for every product on the list. 1. Go to **Preorders**. 2. On the product's row, click **Sync**. Or click **Sync all** next to the search box. 3. Wait for the list to reload, then expand the product and check its variant count. Each click removes one deleted variant per product. If you deleted several variants of the same product, click **Sync** again until the variant count stops changing. If a product loses its last variant this way, it is removed from the list. Sync never changes your preorder rules, notes or dates for the variants that remain. ## How to add a new variant you created in Shopify EZ Preorder does not add new Shopify variants to an existing preorder product. Add them yourself: 1. Go to **Preorders** and click **Select products**. 2. Search for the product and click its row to show its variants. 3. Tick the new variant. The variants already on the list stay ticked. 4. Click **Save**. 5. Click **Edit** on the product, select the new variant, and set its preorder rule. New variants start with the **Specific inventory level** rule, and EZ Preorder turns **Continue selling when out of stock** off for them until you save a different rule. Do not untick the product's own checkbox in **Select products**: that removes the whole product and its settings from the list. See [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md). ## The product name or image in the list is out of date The name and image on a product's row in the EZ Preorder list are labels saved when you added the product. They do not affect your storefront or your preorder settings, and **Sync** does not update them. The only way to refresh them is to remove the product from the list and add it again, which resets its preorder rule, note and dates, so only do this if the old label is a real problem. See [How to remove a product from preorder](../preorders/remove-a-product-from-preorder.md). ## A product you deleted in Shopify is still on the list When a product deleted in Shopify still appears on the EZ Preorder list, remove it by hand: 1. Go to **Preorders** and click the product's row to expand it. 2. Click **Delete** on each variant and confirm with **Remove**. 3. When the last variant is removed, the product leaves the list. If a **Delete** fails, contact support with the product's name. ## Troubleshooting **The product's Edit page does not load its settings or will not save.** A variant on the list may have been deleted in Shopify, often the first one. Click **Sync** on the product, repeat until its variant count stops changing, and open **Edit** again. **A variant I added in Shopify has no preorder button.** New variants are not on the preorder list until you add them with **Select products**. **I clicked Sync and nothing changed.** Sync only removes variants that no longer exist in Shopify. It does not update names or images, and it does not add new variants. **Sync all did not clean up every product.** Run **Sync all** again. If a product on the list was deleted in Shopify, remove it by deleting its variants, then run **Sync all** once more. ## Frequently asked questions ### What does the Sync button do in EZ Preorder? **Sync** removes from the preorder list a variant you deleted in Shopify, one per click. It keeps your preorder settings for the remaining variants and does not add new variants or update the product name. ### Do I need to sync after changing a product's price or description? No. Prices, descriptions, images and stock on your storefront always come from Shopify. Sync is only needed after you delete variants. ### Why is my new variant not on preorder? EZ Preorder only treats variants on your preorder list as preorders. Add the new variant with **Select products** and set its rule on the **Edit** page. ### Will Sync all change my preorder settings? No. **Sync all** only removes deleted variants. Rules, notes, dates and enabled status stay as they are. ## Related articles - [Manage your preorder list](../preorders/manage-your-preorder-list.md): Select products, tabs, search and the other list tools. - [How to remove a product from preorder](../preorders/remove-a-product-from-preorder.md): remove products and variants cleanly. - [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md): set the rule for a newly added variant. - [The preorder button is not showing on my product page](preorder-button-not-showing.md): when a variant has no preorder button. - [I cannot add more products to the preorder list](cannot-add-more-products-to-the-preorder-list.md): limits on the list's size. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/theme-compatibility Collection: Theme setup & troubleshooting Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # What Shopify themes work with EZ Preorder EZ Preorder & Back In Stock works with most Shopify themes. It replaces your theme's own **Add to cart** button with a preorder button, and it finds that button with a small set of theme settings. The default settings match Dawn and themes built like it. For 358 themes that need different settings, the app has a ready-made theme preset that you pick in **Configuration** → **Theme Settings** → **Theme Selector**, and when you install the app it tries to pick the right preset for your live theme automatically. **Available on:** All plans (Free, Core, Growth, Professional and Scale). The collection page part of a preset is used by preorder badges and buttons on collection pages, which need the Growth plan or higher. **Where to find it:** EZ Preorder → **Configuration** → **Theme Settings** → **Theme Selector**. ## How EZ Preorder works with your theme EZ Preorder runs a small script on your storefront through the **Pre order theme extension** app embed. On a product page that has a preorder variant selected, the script hides your theme's add to cart button, puts a preorder button in the same place with the same styling, and adds a hidden preorder property to the cart line. To do this it needs to know which element on the page is the add to cart button and which element holds the selected variant. Those are CSS selectors stored in your theme settings. Every theme names its buttons and forms a little differently. When the defaults do not fit your theme, the preorder button can be missing, can sit in the wrong place, or can fail to update when a shopper picks another variant. A theme preset fixes this by filling in the selectors set up for that theme. ## How automatic theme matching works EZ Preorder matches your theme once, when you install the app (or reinstall it). It reads the name of your published theme and compares it with the preset list: 1. If the theme name matches a preset name exactly (ignoring capital letters and punctuation), that preset is used. 2. Otherwise, if a preset name appears as a whole word inside your theme name, that preset is used. For example, a theme named "Copy of Dawn" or "Dawn 15.3.0" matches the Dawn preset. When several presets match, the longest name wins. 3. If nothing matches, the app keeps the default settings, which match Dawn. Automatic matching never replaces a preset you chose yourself, and it does not run again later. If you switch to a different theme after installing, or your theme's name no longer contains its original name (for example "Summer store 2026"), pick the preset yourself. To see what was matched, open **Configuration** → **Theme Settings**. When a preset is applied, the **Theme Selector** card shows **Theme preset:** followed by the theme name. ## How to choose a theme preset 1. In EZ Preorder, go to **Configuration** → **Theme Settings**. 2. In the **Theme Selector** card, click **Select Theme** (or **Change preset** if a preset is already applied). 3. In the **Select your theme** window, type your theme's name in **Search theme**. 4. Tick the checkbox next to your theme, then click **Select**. 5. Click **Save** in the save bar at the top of the page. 6. Open a preorder product on your live store and check the button, including switching between variants. Use the theme your store is built on, even if you renamed it. If your theme is a customized copy of a listed theme, start with that theme's preset. ## What a theme preset changes A theme preset fills in these settings on the **Theme Settings** page: - **Submit button selector of add to cart form** - **Variant selector** - **Variant switch override** and the custom script behind it. A preset that has no script turns the override off. - **Add 'type' attribute to button** - The **Featured product** **Section selector** - The **Collection page** selectors, including the two **Quick add** selectors A preset does not change **Hidden elements**, **Delay time to render pre order button (ms)**, the loading spinner settings, or the **Restock Alerts** form selector. Nothing changes on your storefront until you click **Save**. For what each field does, see [How to use the advanced theme settings](advanced-theme-settings.md). ## What the Compatible and Badge incompatible tags mean Every theme in the **Select your theme** window has a **Compatible** tag, which means EZ Preorder has product page settings for that theme. Some themes also have a **Badge incompatible** tag. Their preset has no collection page settings, so preorder badges on collection pages are not supported with that theme. The preorder button on collection pages relies on the same collection page settings, so expect it not to work either. The product page preorder button still works with these themes. ## Themes with a theme preset These 358 themes have a preset in the EZ Preorder **Theme Selector** (list checked 11 November 2026). Theme names are shown as they appear in the **Select your theme** window. - **A:** Abode, Adam, Adorn, Aesthetic, Agile, Agnes, Aisle, Alchemy, Allure, Amber, Analog, Andaman, Area, Ascension, Ascent, Atelier, Athens, Athora, Atlantic, Atlantis, Atlas, Atom, Attitude, Aurora, Avante, Avenue, Awaken, Azimuth, Azzel - **B:** Balance, Banjo, Barcelona, Baseline, Bazaar, Be Yours, Beautify, Beauvoir, Berlin, Bespoke, Beyond, Blockshop, Blum, Boho, Boost, Borders, Brava, Brew, Broadcast, Bullet - **C:** California, Cama, Canopy, Capital, Carat, Carbon, Cascade, Cello, Champion, Charge, Chord, Cocoon, Colorblock, Colors, Combine, Concept, Copenhagen, Cornerstone, Couture, Craft, Crave, Creative, Creator, Crunch - **D:** Dawn, Debut, December, Desert, Diffuse, Digital, Discovery, Distinctive, District, Divide, Divine, Drop, Dwell - **E:** Eclat, Eclipse, Edge, Editions, Effortless, Egoiste, Electro, Elegance, Elemento, Elixira, Elysian, Emerge, Empire, Emporium, Energy, Enterprise, Envy, Epitome, Erickson, Essentials, Etheryx, Exhibit, Expanse, Expression - **F:** Fabric, Fame, Fashionopolism, Fauve, Fetch, Filo, Fit Check, Flaunt, Flawless, Flex, Flow, Flute, Focal, Foodie, Force, Forge, Formelle, Frame, Fresh, Fuse - **G:** Gain, Galleria, Genie, Grain, Granivio, Gravity, Grid, Grove, Gumdrop - **H:** Habitat, Halftone, Handmade, Haven, Helix, Heritage, Highstreet, Homage, Honey, Horizon, Hyper - **I:** Icon, Igloo, Ignite, Impact, Impulse, Influence, Ira, Iris, Ivory - **J:** July - **K:** Kalles, Kidu, Kinderly, King, Kingdom, Koto, Krank - **L:** Label, Line, Loaf, Local, Locket, Loft, Loka, Lollipop, Lorenza, Lumin, Lute, Luxe, Lyra - **M:** Machina, Madrid, Maker, Mandolin, Maranello, Marble, Masonry, Master, Maverick, Mavon, Maximize, Maya, Megastore, Meka, Mesh, Metro, Metropolitan, Minimal, Minimalista, Minion, Miro, Mivo, Mix, Mode, Modular, Mojave, Monaco, Monk, Mono, Monochrome, Motion, Mr Parker, Multi, Murmel - **N:** Neat, Nectar, Nexa, Next, Nexus, Nimbus, Noble, Noblesse, Noire, Nordic, Normcore, North, Nostalgia - **O:** Origin, Ormonte, Outsiders - **P:** Palo Alto, Paper, Parallax, Paris, Pastel Rainbow, Pebble, Pesto, Piano, Pinnacle, Pipeline, Pitch, Plain Jane, Poco, Polyform, Portland, Praise, Prestige, Primavera, Prompt, Publisher, Purely, Purevea, Purity, Pursuit - **Q:** Quartz - **R:** Rad, Refine, Reformation, Refresh, Relax, Release, Renovate, Responsive, Retina, Retro, Ride, Ritual, Roam - **S:** Sahara, San Francisco, Sanctuary, Sapphire, Savor, Seed, Select, Sense, Seventh, Shapes, Shift, Shine, Showcase, ShowTime, Sitar, Sky, Sleek, Snazzy, Snow, Snuggle, Soft, Soul, Space, Spark, Split, Spotlight, Stack, Standard, Startup, Stiletto, Stockholm, Stockmart, Story, Streamline, Stretch, Strong, Studio, StyleScape, Stylist, Styra, Sunrise, Supreme, Swipe, Swiss, Sydney, Symmetry - **T:** Taiga, Tailor, Takeout, Taste, Testament, Tide, Timeless, Tinker, Tokyo, Toyo, Triumph - **U:** Unicorn, Unity, Upscale, Urban - **V:** Vantage, Veena, Veloza, Venice, Venue, Vessel, Vetro, Vincent, Viola, Vision, Vogue, Voltix, Volume - **W:** Warehouse, Wave, Whisk, Wonder, Wood, Woodstock - **X:** Xclusive, Xtra - **Y:** Yuva - **Z:** Zap, Zenith, Zero, Zest, Zing, Zora, Zyra ## Themes whose preset is badge incompatible These 104 theme presets are tagged **Badge incompatible** in the EZ Preorder **Theme Selector** (list checked 11 November 2026). The preorder button works on their product pages, but preorder badges on collection pages are not supported: Alchemy, Allure, Analog, Andaman, Ascension, Athens, Athora, Atlantic, Atlas, Avante, Baseline, Bazaar, Be Yours, Beautify, Bespoke, Beyond, Blockshop, Blum, California, Cama, Capital, Carbon, Cascade, Colors, Creator, Desert, Distinctive, District, Divide, Divine, Edge, Effortless, Electro, Elixira, Emerge, Empire, Emporium, Exhibit, Expression, Fame, Flaunt, Flex, Flute, Foodie, Fuse, Gain, Galleria, Gravity, Habitat, Halftone, Handmade, Ira, July, Krank, Label, Lorenza, Luxe, Madrid, Maker, Mandolin, Maranello, Masonry, Mavon, Multi, Murmel, Nexus, Noble, Noblesse, North, Nostalgia, Ormonte, Paris, Pebble, Pesto, Polyform, Reformation, Release, Renovate, Retina, Retro, Sahara, Seventh, Shapes, Shine, Showcase, ShowTime, Sleek, Stiletto, Stockholm, Story, Stylist, Sunrise, Takeout, Tokyo, Toyo, Unicorn, Venice, Vetro, Vincent, Vision, Voltix, Wave, Wonder, Zora. ## If your theme is not on the preset list A theme that is not on the EZ Preorder preset list can still work with the default settings, because the defaults match the standard Shopify product form used by Dawn and many other themes. Test it: 1. Make sure the **Pre order theme extension** app embed is on in your live theme. See [How to install EZ Preorder and enable the app embed](../getting-started/install-and-enable-the-app-embed.md). 2. Add a product to your preorder list and open it on your live store. 3. Check that the preorder button appears, that it adds the product to the cart, and that it changes correctly when you switch variants. If the button is missing or misbehaves, contact support from the **Support** page in EZ Preorder and tell us your theme's name. The support team can set up selectors and, where a theme needs it, a custom script for you. See [How to get help and contact support](../reports-ai-and-support/get-help-and-contact-support.md). ## Limitations - **Customized themes.** A preset is set up for the theme as published in the Shopify Theme Store. Code changes made by you, a developer, or another app can move or rename the elements the preset points to. - **Matching happens only at install.** Publishing a new theme does not change your EZ Preorder theme settings. Choose the new theme's preset yourself. - **One set of settings per store.** EZ Preorder stores one set of theme settings. If you preview an unpublished theme that is built differently from your live theme, the preorder button may not behave the same way there. - **Collection page features need Growth or higher.** The collection page selectors in a preset are used by preorder badges and the preorder button on collection pages, which you can turn on only on the Growth, Professional and Scale plans. On Free and Core, the preset still sets up the product page. ## Troubleshooting **The preorder button still does not show after choosing a preset.** Check that you clicked **Save** after **Select**, then work through [The preorder button is not showing on my product page](preorder-button-not-showing.md). The most common causes are the app embed being off and the variant not meeting its preorder rule, not the preset. **The button stopped updating on variant switch after choosing a preset.** Choosing a preset replaces any custom script you had, including one written by support. See [The preorder button does not update when switching variants](preorder-button-not-updating-on-variant-switch.md). **The wrong preset was matched at install.** Choose the correct one with **Change preset**, then click **Save**. **I chose a preset and want to undo it.** Click **Reset to default selectors** in the left column of the **Configuration** page (it appears while **Theme Settings** is open), then click **Save**. This returns the selectors to the Dawn defaults and clears the preset. ## Frequently asked questions ### Does EZ Preorder work with Dawn and other free Shopify themes? Yes. EZ Preorder's default settings match Dawn, and Dawn, Refresh, Sense, Craft, Studio, Taste, Crave, Colorblock, Ride, Origin, Publisher, Spotlight and Horizon all have presets in the Theme Selector. ### Does EZ Preorder detect my theme automatically? Yes, once. When you install EZ Preorder, it reads your published theme's name and applies the matching preset if there is one. It does not re-check when you change themes later, so pick the new preset yourself in **Configuration** → **Theme Settings**. ### My theme is not in the Theme Selector. Does that mean it is incompatible? No. Many themes work with the default settings and are not listed. Test a preorder product on your live store, and contact support if the button does not work. ### What does Badge incompatible mean? **Badge incompatible** means the theme's preset has no collection page settings, so preorder badges on collection pages are not supported with that theme. Preorders on product pages still work. ### Is there a cost to using a theme preset? No. The **Theme Selector** and all presets are available on every plan, including Free. ### Will choosing a preset change how my store looks? No. A preset only tells EZ Preorder where your theme's buttons and forms are. The preorder button copies the look of your theme's own add to cart button. ## Related articles - [How to use the advanced theme settings](advanced-theme-settings.md): every field on the Theme Settings page and when to change it. - [The preorder button is not showing on my product page](preorder-button-not-showing.md): a checklist from the most common cause to the least. - [The preorder button does not update when switching variants](preorder-button-not-updating-on-variant-switch.md): fix variant switching with a preset or Variant switch override. - [How to install EZ Preorder and enable the app embed](../getting-started/install-and-enable-the-app-embed.md): turn on the app embed the preorder button depends on. - [Preorder badges on collection pages](../storefront-display/preorder-badges-on-collection-pages.md): show a preorder badge on product cards. - [How to get help and contact support](../reports-ai-and-support/get-help-and-contact-support.md): ask for help with a theme that is not listed. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/product-still-sells-after-preorder-ends Collection: Theme setup & troubleshooting Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # Why a product still sells after its preorder is turned off or ends An out-of-stock product keeps selling when Shopify's **Continue selling when out of stock** setting is still on for its variants. EZ Preorder & Back In Stock turns that setting on for variants with the **Always** and **Sold out** rules, but turning a preorder off, removing it, or hitting a plan limit does not turn the setting off again. Your theme's normal **Add to cart** button then comes back on the sold-out variant, and shoppers can buy it as an ordinary order. To stop it, turn off **Continue selling when out of stock** for those variants in your Shopify admin. **Available on:** All plans. **Where to find it:** Shopify admin → **Products** → the product's variant → **Inventory**, or **Products** → **Inventory** for many variants at once. ## Why products keep selling after a preorder Shopify lets shoppers buy a variant with 0 or less in stock only when **Continue selling when out of stock** is on. EZ Preorder relies on this for preorders: the **Always** and **Sold out** rules need it on, so the preorder button can add sold-out variants to the cart. When a preorder stops, EZ Preorder stops showing its preorder button. If **Continue selling when out of stock** is still on, your theme sees the variant as available and shows its own **Add to cart** button. Orders placed this way are ordinary orders: they have no preorder line item property and EZ Preorder does not count them as preorders. Your stock for the variant goes further below 0 with each sale. ## When EZ Preorder changes Continue selling when out of stock This table shows what each EZ Preorder action does to Shopify's **Continue selling when out of stock** setting. | What happens in EZ Preorder | Continue selling when out of stock | | --- | --- | | You add a product or variant to the preorder list | Turned **off** for the added variants. New variants start with the **Specific inventory level** rule. | | You save a variant on its **Edit** page with **Always** or **Sold out** | Turned **on** for that variant, or for all the product's listed variants when **Apply settings for all variants** is ticked. | | You save a variant with **Specific inventory level** | Turned **off**, and the stock is set to the quantity you enter. | | You apply **Bulk Settings** | Changed for **every variant on your preorder list**, whatever settings you picked: turned off if you chose **Specific inventory level** under **Pre-order rules**, turned on if you chose **Always** or **Sold out**, and normally turned on when you did not include **Pre-order rules** at all (for example when you only changed **Preorder status**). | | A scheduled end date passes and **Mark as sold out when the pre-order ends** is ticked | Turned **off** for every listed variant of the product. Remaining stock is set to 0 for **Specific inventory level** variants that track inventory. | | A scheduled end date passes and **Mark as sold out when the pre-order ends** is unticked | **Not changed.** | | You click **Disable** on a product | **Not changed.** | | Your plan's preorder limit turns all preorders off | **Not changed.** | | You remove a product or variant from the preorder list (**Delete**, unticking it in **Select products**, **Bulk Remove**, or removing it from preorder in Shopify admin) | **Not changed.** | | You uninstall EZ Preorder | **Not changed.** Your preorder list is deleted, and the setting stays as it was on each variant. | ## How to stop a product from overselling Turn off **Continue selling when out of stock** in your Shopify admin for every variant that should stop selling at 0. **For one product:** 1. In your Shopify admin, go to **Products** and open the product. 2. Open the variant (if the product has variants). 3. In the **Inventory** section, untick **Continue selling when out of stock**. 4. Click **Save**. Repeat for each variant. **For many variants at once:** 1. In your Shopify admin, go to **Products** → **Inventory**. 2. Tick the variants you want to change. 3. Click **Edit variants** to open the bulk editor. 4. Click **Columns** and add **Continue selling when out of stock**. 5. Untick the box in each row. Shift-click or drag to change several rows at once. 6. Click **Save**, then **Save changes** in the confirmation window. **Continue selling when out of stock** only takes effect when inventory tracking is on for the variant (**Inventory tracked**, called **Track quantity** in older versions of Shopify admin). Variants that do not track inventory are always available to buy, and they do not appear on the **Inventory** page. Turn on inventory tracking for them, or make the product unavailable, to stop sales. ## How to end a preorder without overselling EZ Preorder gives you two ways to end a preorder so that the variant reads as sold out afterwards: - **Schedule the end (Growth plan and above).** On the product's **Edit** page, set an end date under **Enable/Disable by custom dates** and leave **Mark as sold out when the pre-order ends** ticked. When the end date passes, EZ Preorder turns the preorder off and turns **Continue selling when out of stock** off for you. See [How to schedule preorder start and end dates](../preorders/schedule-preorder-start-and-end-dates.md). - **End it by hand (all plans).** Click **Disable** on the product's **Edit** page, or remove the product from the preorder list, then turn off **Continue selling when out of stock** for its variants in Shopify as described in this article. If you will restock the product and want to keep selling it normally, add the new stock in Shopify and turn off **Continue selling when out of stock**. Your theme then shows **Add to cart** while the variant is in stock and sold out when it reaches 0. ## What to do about orders placed after the preorder ended Orders for a variant that had already run out are ordinary Shopify orders, so they do not carry EZ Preorder's preorder line item property. To find the affected variants, look in **Products** → **Inventory** for variants with stock below 0. Then decide for each order whether to fulfill it when stock arrives, contact the customer, or cancel and refund it in Shopify. ## Troubleshooting **Add to cart appeared on sold-out products after my plan limit was reached.** Reaching the limit turns your preorders off but leaves **Continue selling when out of stock** on. Turn it off in Shopify for those variants, or upgrade and turn the preorders back on. See [Plan limits](../plans-and-billing/plan-limits.md). **Bulk Settings turned Continue selling when out of stock on for my Specific inventory level products.** Applying **Bulk Settings** without choosing **Specific inventory level** under **Pre-order rules**, for example to enable or disable all preorders, normally turns the setting on for every variant on your list. **Specific inventory level** variants then keep selling with your theme's **Add to cart** button after their preorder stock reaches 0. Turn the setting off in Shopify for those variants, or open each product's **Edit** page and save it with **Specific inventory level**. See [Bulk edit preorder settings](../preorders/bulk-edit-preorder-settings.md). **A preorder I disabled came back on.** Clicking **Save** on a product's **Edit** page turns its preorder on, unless you set a start date in the future. After saving, click **Disable** again if you want it off. **The product still sells even though Continue selling when out of stock is off.** The variant probably does not track inventory. Turn on inventory tracking in the variant's **Inventory** section. **The scheduled end passed but the product still sells.** **Mark as sold out when the pre-order ends** may have been unticked, or the variant may not track inventory. Check both, then turn off **Continue selling when out of stock** by hand. ## Frequently asked questions ### Does disabling a preorder in EZ Preorder stop the product from selling? Not on its own. Disabling hides the preorder button, but if **Continue selling when out of stock** is on, your theme's **Add to cart** button lets shoppers keep buying the sold-out variant. Turn that setting off in Shopify. ### Does removing a product from the preorder list turn off Continue selling when out of stock? No. Removing a product or variant from the list leaves the Shopify setting as it was. Turn it off in Shopify for each variant. ### Does uninstalling EZ Preorder reset my products' inventory settings? No. EZ Preorder deletes your preorder list when you uninstall, but **Continue selling when out of stock** stays as it was on every variant. Check your former preorder products in Shopify after uninstalling. ### Which EZ Preorder option turns Continue selling when out of stock off automatically? Four do: adding a product to the preorder list, saving a variant with the **Specific inventory level** rule, applying **Bulk Settings** with **Specific inventory level** chosen under **Pre-order rules**, and a scheduled end date passing with **Mark as sold out when the pre-order ends** ticked. ### Are orders placed after the preorder ended marked as preorders? No. They are ordinary orders without EZ Preorder's preorder line item property. Find the variants with stock below 0 in **Products** → **Inventory** to see which orders are affected. ## Related articles - [Preorder rules](../preorders/preorder-rules.md): how each rule changes Continue selling when out of stock. - [How to schedule preorder start and end dates](../preorders/schedule-preorder-start-and-end-dates.md): end a preorder automatically and mark it sold out. - [How to remove a product from preorder](../preorders/remove-a-product-from-preorder.md): what to check after removing a product. - [Bulk edit preorder settings](../preorders/bulk-edit-preorder-settings.md): how Bulk Settings applies rules and status. - [Plan limits](../plans-and-billing/plan-limits.md): what happens when your plan's preorder limit is reached. - [I cannot add a preorder product to the cart](cannot-add-preorder-product-to-cart.md): the opposite problem, when Continue selling is off during a preorder. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/guides/how-to-take-preorders-on-shopify Collection: Guides Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to take preorders on Shopify To take preorders on Shopify, install a preorder app such as EZ Preorder & Back In Stock, turn on its app embed in your theme, add the products you want to sell as preorders, and choose when each one should show a preorder button. Shopify itself has no preorder button: its **Continue selling when out of stock** setting lets checkout accept orders with no stock, but shoppers still see "Add to cart" and nothing marks the order as a preorder. EZ Preorder adds the preorder button, labels and tags the order, and can take deposits, all on its free plan except deposits. **Available on:** All plans, including Free. Deposits, scheduling and collection page buttons need a paid plan. **Where to find it:** [EZ Preorder & Back In Stock on the Shopify App Store](https://apps.shopify.com/ez-preorder). ## What Shopify does and does not do for preorders Shopify's own settings cover part of a preorder: - **Continue selling when out of stock** lets checkout accept an order for a variant whose inventory is 0 or less. - **Purchase options** let apps offer deposit-style payment terms at checkout. Shopify does not change the button text, tell the shopper the item is a preorder, mark the order, limit how many preorders you take, or switch preorders off when stock returns. A preorder app does those parts. In EZ Preorder & Back In Stock, the app also sets **Continue selling when out of stock** for you based on the rule you choose. ## How to take preorders on Shopify with EZ Preorder 1. **Install the app.** Install [EZ Preorder & Back In Stock](https://apps.shopify.com/ez-preorder) from the Shopify App Store. New stores start on the Free plan; no card is needed. 2. **Enable the app embed.** In your Shopify admin, go to **Online Store** → **Themes** → **Customize** → **App embeds**, turn on **Pre order theme extension**, and click **Save**. The app's setup flow has a button that opens this screen for you. See [How to install EZ Preorder and enable the app embed](../getting-started/install-and-enable-the-app-embed.md). 3. **Add products.** In EZ Preorder, open **Preorders** and click **Select products**. Pick the products and variants to sell as preorders. 4. **Choose a preorder rule** for each variant (click **Edit** on a product): - **Always**: the preorder button shows whatever the stock. For unreleased and made-to-order products. - **Sold out**: the preorder button shows only when inventory is 0 or less. For backorders on products you restock. - **Specific inventory level**: you set how many preorder units are available, and the preorder button shows until they run out. For limited drops. 5. **Add a note** (optional). Write an estimated ship date in **Custom Note**; it shows above the preorder button. 6. **Check your store.** Open the product in your store. The add to cart button should now read "Pre-order". If it doesn't, see [The preorder button is not showing on my product page](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/preorder-button-not-showing.md). The detailed walkthrough is [How to set up your first preorder](../getting-started/set-up-your-first-preorder.md). ## What happens after a shopper preorders When a shopper clicks the preorder button, EZ Preorder adds the item to the cart with the line item property `type: preorder`. The shopper pays at your normal Shopify checkout. EZ Preorder then tags the order `preorder`, and can put it **On hold** and send a preorder confirmation email. When stock arrives, filter your Shopify **Orders** by the `preorder` tag and fulfill them. See [How preorders work in EZ Preorder](../getting-started/how-preorders-work.md). ## Choosing the right preorder setup | Situation | Rule | Useful extras | | --- | --- | --- | | A product that is not released yet | **Always** | Scheduled end date (Growth), deposit (Professional) | | A product that sold out and is being restocked | **Sold out** | Shipment update email if the date slips | | A limited run or drop of a set size | **Specific inventory level** | Collection page badges (Growth) | | Made-to-order or custom items | **Always** | Deposit with balance due N days after checkout (Professional) | | You only want a waitlist, not orders | No preorder; use restock alerts | **Notify Me** button and back in stock emails | For the difference between these, see [Preorder vs backorder vs back in stock](preorder-vs-backorder-vs-back-in-stock.md). ## Ways to sell more preorders - **Show preorders on collection pages** with a badge and a preorder button on product cards (Growth plan and above). See [How to show preorder badges on collection pages](../storefront-display/preorder-badges-on-collection-pages.md). - **List every preorder on one page** with the **Custom Pre-Order Page** (Growth). See [How to set up a custom page that lists all your preorder products](../storefront-display/custom-preorder-page.md). - **Take a deposit** so shoppers commit with less money up front (Professional). See [How to take deposits and partial payments on preorders](../payments-and-conversion/partial-payments-and-deposits.md). - **Reward early buyers** with a preorder discount or a free gift (Professional). See [How to give a discount on preorder products](../payments-and-conversion/preorder-discounts.md). ## Limitations - EZ Preorder shows its preorder button on your Online Store theme. It does not add a preorder button to Shopify POS or other sales channels. - Turning a preorder off in EZ Preorder does not turn off **Continue selling when out of stock**. Check that setting when a preorder ends, or the product keeps selling as normal orders. See [Why a product still sells after its preorder is turned off or ends](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/product-still-sells-after-preorder-ends.md). - The Free plan covers your first 10 preorders or $400 in preorder revenue. After that, preorders switch off until you choose a paid plan. ## Frequently asked questions ### Does Shopify have a built-in preorder feature? No. Shopify has no preorder button. Its **Continue selling when out of stock** setting lets checkout accept orders with no stock, but the button still says "Add to cart" and the order is not marked as a preorder. An app such as EZ Preorder & Back In Stock adds those parts. ### Can I take preorders on Shopify for free? Yes. EZ Preorder & Back In Stock's Free plan includes the preorder button, all three preorder rules, custom notes, translations and confirmation emails for your first 10 preorders or $400 in preorder revenue. ### Can I take a deposit on Shopify preorders? Yes. EZ Preorder's partial payments, on the Professional and Scale plans, take a percentage or fixed deposit at checkout and charge the balance automatically later. They work with Shopify Payments and PayPal Express. ### How do I stop taking preorders on Shopify? In EZ Preorder, disable the product or remove it from the Preorder List, then check that **Continue selling when out of stock** is off for its variants in Shopify. On the Growth plan and above you can schedule an end date instead. ### Will preorders work with my Shopify theme? EZ Preorder works with most themes and has presets for 358 of them. See [What Shopify themes work with EZ Preorder](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/theme-compatibility.md). ## Related articles - [How to set up your first preorder](../getting-started/set-up-your-first-preorder.md): the detailed first-time setup. - [How preorders work in EZ Preorder](../getting-started/how-preorders-work.md): from button to fulfilled order. - [What the preorder rules do](../preorders/preorder-rules.md): choose between Always, Sold out and Specific inventory level. - [What is EZ Preorder & Back In Stock?](../getting-started/what-is-ez-preorder.md): every feature and plan. - [Preorder vs backorder vs back in stock](preorder-vs-backorder-vs-back-in-stock.md): which approach fits. - [Launch a new product with preorders](launch-a-new-product-with-preorders.md): a launch checklist. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/guides/launch-a-new-product-with-preorders Collection: Guides Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to launch a new product with preorders on Shopify To launch a new product with preorders on Shopify, add it to EZ Preorder & Back In Stock with the **Always** rule (or **Specific inventory level** for a limited run), write the expected ship date in the custom note, and, on the Growth plan and above, schedule the preorder's start and end dates so it opens and closes by itself. Then make the launch visible with collection page badges and a preorder page, and keep buyers informed with confirmation and shipment update emails. This checklist covers each step and the plan it needs. **Available on:** All plans. Scheduling, badges and the preorder page need Growth; deposits and discounts need Professional. **Where to find it:** EZ PreOrder → **Preorders** and **Configuration**. ## Launch checklist | Step | What to do in EZ Preorder | Plan | | --- | --- | --- | | 1 | Create the product in Shopify with **Track quantity** on | Any | | 2 | Add it to the Preorder List and choose a rule | Free | | 3 | Write the ship date in the custom note | Free | | 4 | Schedule the start and end dates | Growth | | 5 | Show it on collection pages and a preorder page | Growth | | 6 | Offer a deposit, discount or free gift | Professional | | 7 | Turn on preorder confirmation emails | Free | | 8 | Check the button in your store | Free | | 9 | After launch: update customers and fulfill | Free | ## Step 1: Create the product in Shopify Create the product and its variants in Shopify as usual, publish it to your Online Store, and turn on **Track quantity** for each variant. EZ Preorder reads Shopify inventory to decide when the preorder button shows. ## Step 2: Choose the preorder rule In EZ PreOrder, open **Preorders**, click **Select products**, add the product, then click **Edit**: - **Always** for an open-ended launch: the preorder button shows whatever the stock. - **Specific inventory level** for a limited run: set the variant's inventory in Shopify to the number of preorders you will accept. The button shows until they sell out, then the variant shows as sold out. See [What the preorder rules do](../preorders/preorder-rules.md). ## Step 3: Tell shoppers when it ships On the same **Edit** page, add a **Custom Note** such as "Preorder. Ships the week of 15 March." It shows above the preorder button in every language you write it for. Change the button text in **Configuration** → **Pre-order Button Text** if you want something like "Reserve now". See [How to add a custom note to preorder products](../preorders/add-a-custom-note-to-preorder-products.md). ## Step 4: Schedule the launch window (Growth plan) On the **Edit** page, turn on **Enable/Disable by custom dates** and pick a start and end date. EZ Preorder switches the preorder on at the start date and off at the end date. Leave **Mark as sold out when the pre-order ends** ticked to stop sales when the window closes. Dates are read in UTC, so check the timing for your time zone. See [How to schedule preorders with start and end dates](../preorders/schedule-preorder-start-and-end-dates.md). ## Step 5: Make the launch visible (Growth plan) - Turn on preorder badges so the product is labelled on collection pages. See [How to show preorder badges on collection pages](../storefront-display/preorder-badges-on-collection-pages.md). - Add the **Featured Pre-Order Section** to your home page to feature the launch. See [How to add a featured preorder section to your store](../storefront-display/featured-preorder-section.md). - Turn on the **Custom Pre-Order Page** and add it to your navigation. See [How to set up a custom page that lists all your preorder products](../storefront-display/custom-preorder-page.md). ## Step 6: Give shoppers a reason to commit (Professional plan) - **Deposits** lower the price of committing now. See [How to take deposits and partial payments on preorders](../payments-and-conversion/partial-payments-and-deposits.md). - **A preorder discount** rewards early buyers. See [How to give a discount on preorder products](../payments-and-conversion/preorder-discounts.md). - **A free gift** adds value to the preorder. See [How to give a free gift with preorder products](../payments-and-conversion/free-gifts-with-preorders.md). ## Step 7: Confirm every preorder by email Turn on the preorder confirmation email so buyers know their order contains a preorder. See [How to send preorder confirmation emails to customers](../notifications/preorder-confirmation-email.md). ## Step 8: Check the button before you announce Open the product in your store and confirm the button shows your preorder text. Add a test product to the cart to see the `type: preorder` line item property. Remember that test orders count toward your plan's preorder limit. If the button is missing, see [The preorder button is not showing on my product page](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/preorder-button-not-showing.md). ## Step 9: After launch - If the ship date moves, send a shipment update email to everyone who bought the product. See [How to send shipment update emails to preorder customers](../notifications/shipment-update-email.md). - When stock arrives, filter Shopify **Orders** by the `preorder` tag and fulfill them. See [How to find and manage preorder orders](../preorders/find-and-manage-preorder-orders.md). - When the launch is over, make sure **Continue selling when out of stock** is off for the product, so it does not keep selling with no stock. See [Why a product still sells after its preorder is turned off or ends](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/product-still-sells-after-preorder-ends.md). - Keep an eye on your plan's preorder limit during a big launch. See [What counts toward your EZ Preorder plan limits](../plans-and-billing/plan-limits.md). ## Frequently asked questions ### How do I make a coming soon product available for preorder on Shopify? Add the product to EZ Preorder & Back In Stock with the **Always** rule. The add to cart button becomes a preorder button and checkout accepts the order even with no stock. Add the release date in the custom note. ### Can I limit how many preorders I take for a launch? Yes. Use the **Specific inventory level** rule and set the variant's Shopify inventory to the number of preorders you want. When it reaches 0, the variant shows as sold out. ### Can preorders open and close automatically at launch? Yes, on the Growth plan and above. Set a start and end date on the product's **Edit** page in EZ Preorder, and the preorder switches on and off on those dates. ### Will a big launch hit my plan limit? It can. Core allows 50 preorders or $2,000 per billing cycle, Growth 150 or $5,000, and Professional 300 or $10,000. At the limit, preorders switch off. Scale never switches off and charges a 1% usage fee past 500 preorders or $20,000. ## Related articles - [How to take preorders on Shopify](how-to-take-preorders-on-shopify.md): the basic setup. - [How to schedule preorders with start and end dates](../preorders/schedule-preorder-start-and-end-dates.md): automatic launch windows. - [What the preorder rules do](../preorders/preorder-rules.md): choose the right rule. - [How to set up a custom page that lists all your preorder products](../storefront-display/custom-preorder-page.md): a launch landing page. - [How to show preorder badges on collection pages](../storefront-display/preorder-badges-on-collection-pages.md): label the product in collections. - [How to send shipment update emails to preorder customers](../notifications/shipment-update-email.md): keep buyers informed. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/guides/sell-made-to-order-products-with-deposits Collection: Guides Lowest plan: Professional Last verified: 2026-11-11 # How to sell made-to-order products with a deposit on Shopify To sell made-to-order products with a deposit on Shopify, put the products on preorder with EZ Preorder & Back In Stock using the **Always** rule, then turn on partial payments with a deposit and a payment completion date of **Number of days after checkout** set to your production time. Shoppers pay the deposit at checkout, and EZ Preorder charges the remaining balance to their saved payment method automatically when the days are up. Partial payments need the Professional or Scale plan and Shopify Payments or PayPal Express. **Available on:** Professional and Scale plans. The preorder steps work on every plan; the deposit needs Professional or Scale. **Where to find it:** EZ PreOrder → **Preorders**, and **Configuration** → **Partial Payments** → **Configure**. ## Before you start - Your store is on the Professional or Scale plan. See [What each EZ Preorder plan costs and includes](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md). - Your checkout uses Shopify Payments or PayPal Express. Other payment providers cannot charge the remaining balance later. - The **Pre order theme extension** app embed is on. See [How to install EZ Preorder and enable the app embed](../getting-started/install-and-enable-the-app-embed.md). ## Step 1: Put the made-to-order products on preorder 1. In EZ PreOrder, open **Preorders** and click **Select products**. Choose your made-to-order products. 2. Click **Edit** on each product. Under **Pre-order rules**, choose **Always** so the preorder button shows whatever the stock. Tick **Apply settings for all variants** to set every variant at once. 3. In **Custom Note**, tell shoppers how long production takes, for example "Made to order. Ships in 3–4 weeks." The note shows above the preorder button. 4. Click **Save**. **Always** turns on **Continue selling when out of stock** for the variants, so checkout accepts orders with no stock. See [What the preorder rules do](../preorders/preorder-rules.md). ## Step 2: Turn on a deposit with a balance due after production 1. Go to **Configuration** → **Partial Payments** (under **Conversion**) → **Configure**. 2. Turn on **Enable/Disable Partial Payments**. 3. Under **Deposit options**, choose **Percentage of the total product price** (for example `50`) or **Exact amount**, and enter it in **Deposit amount**. 4. Optional: tick **Give customers the option to pay in full** so shoppers can also pay everything now. 5. Under **Payment completion date**, choose **Number of days after checkout** and enter your production time in days. This is the option the app recommends for made-to-order products. 6. Click **Save**. Full details of every setting are in [How to take deposits and partial payments on preorders](../payments-and-conversion/partial-payments-and-deposits.md). ## What the shopper sees On the product page, the shopper sees the payment options above the preorder button: pay a deposit now or, if you allowed it, pay in full. At checkout, Shopify shows the deposit due today and the date the balance will be charged. The order appears in your Shopify admin as **Partially paid** until the balance is collected. ## How the balance is charged EZ Preorder charges the remaining balance automatically to the payment method the shopper used at checkout, on the payment completion date. Charges for orders due that day are run once, within a day. If a charge fails, collect the balance from the order in your Shopify admin. See [How remaining balances are charged on preorder deposits](../payments-and-conversion/how-remaining-balances-are-charged.md). ## Optional: hold orders until they are made Turn on **Configuration** → **Fulfillment Order Status** to put new preorder orders **On hold** in Shopify, so nothing ships before the item is ready. Release the hold when production is done. See [How to put preorder orders on hold until you can fulfill them](../preorders/hold-preorder-fulfillment.md). ## Limitations - The deposit setting applies to every preorder product in your store; you cannot set a different deposit per product. - **Number of days after checkout** is the same for every product. If production times vary a lot, use the longest one, or collect early balances manually. - Deposits work only with Shopify Payments and PayPal Express. - Turning partial payments off stops new deposit orders; balances already owed are still collected. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I take a deposit for custom orders on Shopify? Yes. With EZ Preorder & Back In Stock on the Professional or Scale plan, put custom products on the **Always** preorder rule and turn on partial payments. The shopper pays a percentage or fixed deposit at checkout and the balance is charged later automatically. ### When is the balance charged for made-to-order products? When you choose **Number of days after checkout**, EZ Preorder charges the balance that many days after each order, to the shopper's saved payment method. Each order gets its own due date. ### Can shoppers pay the full price instead of a deposit? Yes, if you tick **Give customers the option to pay in full** in the partial payment settings. Shoppers then choose between the deposit and paying everything at checkout. ### Do made-to-order products need inventory in Shopify? No. With the **Always** rule, EZ Preorder turns on **Continue selling when out of stock**, so checkout accepts orders at 0 or below. Keep **Track quantity** on so Shopify records how many you have sold. ## Related articles - [How to take deposits and partial payments on preorders](../payments-and-conversion/partial-payments-and-deposits.md): every deposit setting. - [How remaining balances are charged on preorder deposits](../payments-and-conversion/how-remaining-balances-are-charged.md): when and how the balance is collected. - [What the preorder rules do](../preorders/preorder-rules.md): why made-to-order uses **Always**. - [How to add a custom note to preorder products](../preorders/add-a-custom-note-to-preorder-products.md): show production times. - [How to put preorder orders on hold until you can fulfill them](../preorders/hold-preorder-fulfillment.md): stop early shipping. - [How to take preorders on Shopify](how-to-take-preorders-on-shopify.md): the basics. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/guides/preorder-vs-backorder-vs-back-in-stock Collection: Guides Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # Preorder vs backorder vs back in stock alerts A preorder sells a product before it is released, a backorder sells a product while it is temporarily out of stock, and a back in stock alert takes no order at all: the shopper leaves an email address and is told when the product returns. EZ Preorder & Back In Stock, the Shopify app, does all three. Preorders and backorders take payment now and use the preorder button; back in stock alerts (restock alerts) collect a waitlist with a **Notify Me** button and email it when inventory goes back above 0. **Available on:** All plans, including Free. ## Preorders, backorders and back in stock alerts compared | | Preorder | Backorder | Back in stock alert | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Product state | Not released yet, or made to order | Normally stocked, sold out for now | Sold out | | Shopper pays now | Yes (in full or a deposit) | Yes (in full or a deposit) | No | | Button shoppers see | Preorder button | Preorder button | **Notify Me** | | EZ Preorder rule | **Always** (or **Specific inventory level** for a set number) | **Sold out** | Product on the **Restock Alerts** list | | What you get | Orders and cash before stock exists | Sales you would otherwise lose | A list of interested shoppers and demand data | | Your commitment | Ship every order | Ship every order | None; shoppers decide when they get the email | ## When to use preorders Use preorders in EZ Preorder when you are confident you can deliver and want the revenue now: - A new product launch with a known ship window. - Made-to-order or custom products. - A limited drop where you set the number available with **Specific inventory level**. Preorders use the **Always** rule so the button shows whatever the stock. See [How to take preorders on Shopify](how-to-take-preorders-on-shopify.md). ## When to use backorders Use backorders when a product you normally stock sells out and more is on the way. In EZ Preorder, give the variant the **Sold out** rule: the preorder button appears only when inventory is 0 or less and the theme's normal add to cart button comes back once you receive stock. Add a custom note with the expected ship date so shoppers know what they are buying. ## When to use back in stock alerts Use back in stock alerts (restock alerts) when you are not sure when, or whether, a product will return, or when you do not want to take money before you have stock. Shoppers sign up with the **Notify Me** button; EZ Preorder emails them when the variant's inventory goes back above 0, and the **Restock Alerts** page shows how many people are waiting for each product. See [What are restock alerts and how do they work?](../restock-alerts/restock-alerts-overview.md). ## Using preorders and back in stock alerts together A variant shows either the preorder button or the **Notify Me** button, not both at once. With the **Always** or **Sold out** rule, a variant never shows **Notify Me**, because it is never sold out to shoppers. A common pattern is: 1. Collect restock signups while you decide whether to reorder. 2. Once a reorder is confirmed, switch the product to preorders with the **Sold out** rule to take orders for the incoming stock. 3. When stock arrives, preorder customers get their orders. Restock signups get their alert emails once the variant's available inventory goes above 0, which happens only if you receive more units than you sold as preorders. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is a backorder the same as a preorder? Not quite. A preorder is for a product that is not released or not made yet; a backorder is for a product that normally sells but is temporarily out of stock. In EZ Preorder & Back In Stock both use the preorder button: **Always** for preorders and **Sold out** for backorders. ### Should I take preorders or use a waitlist? Take preorders when you know you can deliver and want the revenue now. Use a waitlist (back in stock alerts) when the restock date is uncertain or you want to measure demand before reordering. ### Do back in stock alerts charge the shopper? No. A back in stock alert in EZ Preorder only collects the shopper's name and email address. The shopper buys at the normal price after the alert email brings them back. ### Can one product have both a preorder button and a Notify Me button? Not at the same time on the same variant. A variant on the **Always** or **Sold out** preorder rule never shows **Notify Me**. Different variants of one product can use different approaches. ## Related articles - [How to take preorders on Shopify](how-to-take-preorders-on-shopify.md): set up preorders step by step. - [What the preorder rules do](../preorders/preorder-rules.md): Always, Sold out and Specific inventory level. - [What are restock alerts and how do they work?](../restock-alerts/restock-alerts-overview.md): the Notify Me waitlist. - [EZ Preorder glossary](../reference/glossary.md): definitions of preorder, backorder and restock terms. - [How preorders work in EZ Preorder](../getting-started/how-preorders-work.md): what happens after the order. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/reference/faq Collection: Reference Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # EZ Preorder & Back In Stock frequently asked questions This page answers the questions merchants ask most about EZ Preorder & Back In Stock, the Shopify app for preorders, deposits and restock alerts. Every answer stands on its own and links to the full article. For definitions of terms, see the [EZ Preorder glossary](glossary.md). **Available on:** All plans. ## About the app ### What is EZ Preorder & Back In Stock? EZ Preorder & Back In Stock is a Shopify app by Casual Ecommerce Apps that turns your add to cart button into a preorder button for out-of-stock or unreleased products, takes deposits, and emails shoppers when sold-out products are back in stock. See [What is EZ Preorder & Back In Stock?](../getting-started/what-is-ez-preorder.md). ### What is the app called in my Shopify admin? EZ Preorder & Back In Stock appears in your Shopify admin under **Apps** as **EZ PreOrder**. Its app embed in the theme editor is called **Pre order theme extension**. ### What languages does EZ Preorder support? The EZ Preorder admin is available in English, French, Spanish, German and Italian. On your storefront, the preorder button text and custom note can be translated into every language published in your store. See [How to change and translate the preorder button text](../preorders/change-and-translate-the-preorder-button-text.md). ## Pricing and plans ### How much does EZ Preorder cost? EZ Preorder has a Free plan and four paid plans: Core $10, Growth $20, Professional $30 and Scale $50, billed in USD by Shopify every 30 days. See [What each EZ Preorder plan costs and includes](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md). ### What does the EZ Preorder Free plan include? The Free plan includes the preorder button, all three preorder rules, custom notes, translations, confirmation emails and restock alerts, for your first 10 preorders or $400 in preorder revenue and your first 30 restock alert signups, over the lifetime of your store. ### Is there a free trial of the paid plans? No. EZ Preorder's paid plans have no free trial and start billing when you approve them in Shopify. The Free plan is the way to try the app. ### What happens when I reach my plan limit? On Free, Core, Growth and Professional, EZ Preorder switches off every product on your Preorder List when you reach the plan's preorder count or revenue amount, whichever comes first. Products stay off until you re-enable them after the next billing cycle or an upgrade. See [What counts toward your EZ Preorder plan limits](../plans-and-billing/plan-limits.md). ### Do test orders count toward my plan limit? Yes. A test order that contains a preorder variant is counted toward your plan's preorder limit like any other order. ### Do canceled or refunded orders free up my plan limit? No. EZ Preorder counts each preorder order when it is created and does not subtract it if the order is later canceled or refunded. ### Which plan do I need for deposits? Partial payments (deposits) need the Professional or Scale plan. So do preorder discounts, free gifts and the **Direct to Checkout** button. ### Which plan do I need for scheduled preorders or collection page badges? Scheduled start and end dates, preorder badges and buttons on collection pages, the **Featured Pre-Order Section**, the **Custom Pre-Order Page** and preorders for specific markets need the Growth plan or above. ### How do I cancel my EZ Preorder plan? Open **Plan** in EZ Preorder and select the Free plan, or uninstall the app. See [How to change or cancel your EZ Preorder plan](../plans-and-billing/change-or-cancel-your-plan.md). ## Setup and themes ### How do I set up EZ Preorder? Enable the **Pre order theme extension** app embed in your theme editor, add products on the **Preorders** page, and choose a preorder rule for each. See [How to set up your first preorder](../getting-started/set-up-your-first-preorder.md). ### Does EZ Preorder work with my theme? EZ Preorder works with most Shopify themes and has presets for 358 themes, including Dawn and Shopify's other free themes. See [What Shopify themes work with EZ Preorder](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/theme-compatibility.md). ### Why is the preorder button not showing? The most common causes are the app embed being off, the variant's stock not matching its preorder rule, the product being disabled, or a plan limit having switched products off. See [The preorder button is not showing on my product page](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/preorder-button-not-showing.md). ### Can I edit EZ Preorder's code or add custom JavaScript? No. Custom JavaScript for your theme can only be added by EZ Preorder support. Contact support if your theme needs it. See [How to use the advanced theme settings in EZ Preorder](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/advanced-theme-settings.md). ### How many products can I put on preorder? Every plan lets you add products to the Preorder List; the app works best with up to about 600 products on the list at once. Plan limits count orders and revenue, not products. ## Preorder behaviour ### What is the difference between the Always, Sold out and Specific inventory level rules? **Always** shows the preorder button whatever the stock. **Sold out** shows it only when inventory is 0 or less. **Specific inventory level** sells a set number of preorder units and shows the button while inventory is above 0. See [What the preorder rules do](../preorders/preorder-rules.md). ### Can different variants have different preorder settings? Yes. EZ Preorder sets the rule, status and custom note per variant, so one size can be on preorder while another sells normally. ### How do I find preorder orders in Shopify? EZ Preorder tags every order that contains a preorder with `preorder`. In Shopify admin, filter **Orders** by that tag. Preorder items also carry the line item property `type: preorder`. See [How to find and manage preorder orders](../preorders/find-and-manage-preorder-orders.md). ### Does the preorder tag replace my other order tags? Yes, today it can. When EZ Preorder tags an order, the order's tags are set to `preorder`, which replaces tags that another app or a Shopify Flow workflow added earlier. Add your own tags after the order is created, or contact support if this affects your workflow. ### Can I schedule preorders to start and end automatically? Yes, on the Growth plan and above. Set a start and end date on the product's **Edit** page. See [How to schedule preorders with start and end dates](../preorders/schedule-preorder-start-and-end-dates.md). ### Can I offer preorders only in some countries? Yes, on the Growth plan and above. Choose **Specific countries** under **Visibility by market** on the product's **Edit** page; shoppers elsewhere can see the variant as sold out. See [How to offer preorders only in specific countries or markets](../preorders/preorders-for-specific-countries-and-markets.md). ### Can I show preorder buttons on collection pages? Yes, on the Growth plan and above, along with preorder badges on product images. See [How to show the preorder button on collection pages and featured product sections](../storefront-display/preorder-button-on-collection-pages-and-featured-products.md). ### Will my product keep selling after I turn off its preorder? It can. Disabling or removing a preorder in EZ Preorder does not turn off Shopify's **Continue selling when out of stock** for its variants, so turn it off yourself. See [Why a product still sells after its preorder is turned off or ends](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/product-still-sells-after-preorder-ends.md). ### Does EZ Preorder work with Shopify POS? No. EZ Preorder adds the preorder button to your Online Store only. An order placed elsewhere is still tagged `preorder` if the variant matched its rule. ## Payments, discounts and gifts ### How do deposits work in EZ Preorder? On the Professional and Scale plans, shoppers pay a percentage or fixed deposit at checkout, and EZ Preorder charges the remaining balance to the same payment method on a date you choose. See [How to take deposits and partial payments on preorders](../payments-and-conversion/partial-payments-and-deposits.md). ### Which payment providers work with deposits? Deposits work with Shopify Payments and PayPal Express. Other payment providers cannot store the payment method needed to charge the balance later. ### What happens if the remaining balance charge fails? EZ Preorder tries the charge once. If it fails, the order stays **Partially paid** in Shopify and you collect the balance from the order yourself. See [How remaining balances are charged on preorder deposits](../payments-and-conversion/how-remaining-balances-are-charged.md). ### Can I give a discount on preorders? Yes, on the Professional and Scale plans. EZ Preorder applies a percentage or fixed discount to every preorder item as a Shopify automatic discount named **EZ PreOrder Discount**. See [How to give a discount on preorder products](../payments-and-conversion/preorder-discounts.md). ### Can I give a free gift with a preorder? Yes, on the Professional and Scale plans, using the **EZ PreOrder - Free Gifts** theme block on your product page. See [How to give a free gift with preorder products](../payments-and-conversion/free-gifts-with-preorders.md). ## Emails ### Does EZ Preorder email customers about their preorder? Yes. The preorder confirmation email, off by default, tells customers their order contains a preorder; the shipment update email tells buyers of a product that its ship date has changed. Both are on every plan. See [How to send preorder confirmation emails to customers](../notifications/preorder-confirmation-email.md). ### What address do EZ Preorder emails come from? EZ Preorder's customer emails are sent from alerts@ezpreorder.com. You set the sender name and the **Reply-to** address in each email's editor, so customer replies come to you. ## Restock alerts ### What are restock alerts? Restock alerts, also called back in stock alerts, let shoppers click **Notify Me** on a sold-out product and get an email when it is back in stock. They are on every plan. See [What are restock alerts and how do they work?](../restock-alerts/restock-alerts-overview.md). ### When are restock alerts sent? EZ Preorder emails every waiting signup for a variant when Shopify reports that variant's available inventory going above 0 at a location. Each signup gets one email. See [When are restock alerts sent?](../restock-alerts/when-restock-alerts-are-sent.md). ### Why is the Notify Me button not showing? The **Notify Me** button shows only when the product is on your restock list, the **EZ PreOrder - Notify Me** block is on its product template, **Track quantity** is on, **Continue selling when out of stock** is off, the variant is at 0 or less, and you are under your plan's signup limit. See [The Notify Me button is not showing](../restock-alerts/notify-me-button-not-showing.md). ### Do restock alert limits count signups or emails? On Free, Core, Growth and Professional, the limit counts signups. On Scale, signups are unlimited and the first 3,000 alert emails each billing cycle are included, then $0.01 each. ### Can I export restock signups? Yes. The **Signups** tab on the **Restock Alerts** page has **Export CSV**. See [How to track restock signups and revenue](../restock-alerts/track-restock-signups-and-revenue.md). ## AI, support and data ### Can Shopify Sidekick work with EZ Preorder? Yes. Shopify Sidekick can read your EZ Preorder products, settings, restock totals and results, and prepare some setting changes for you to save. See [How to use EZ Preorder with Shopify Sidekick](../reports-ai-and-support/use-ez-preorder-with-shopify-sidekick.md). ### How do I contact EZ Preorder support? Open **Support** in the app to chat with Ada, the AI assistant, or click **Send a message** to reach the team, who usually reply within a few hours. See [How to get help and contact EZ Preorder support](../reports-ai-and-support/get-help-and-contact-support.md). ### What happens to my data if I uninstall EZ Preorder? Uninstalling empties your Preorder List and deletes your restock signups. It does not change **Continue selling when out of stock** on your products. See [What data EZ Preorder stores and how it handles privacy requests](data-privacy-and-security.md). ## Frequently asked questions ### Where can I find a question that is not on this page? Search the [EZ Preorder help center](https://ez-preorder.helpscoutdocs.com/) or ask Ada from the **Support** page in the app. ## Related articles - [What is EZ Preorder & Back In Stock?](../getting-started/what-is-ez-preorder.md): the app and its features. - [EZ Preorder glossary](glossary.md): what each term means. - [What each EZ Preorder plan costs and includes](../plans-and-billing/plans-and-pricing.md): prices and limits. - [How to set up your first preorder](../getting-started/set-up-your-first-preorder.md): get started. - [What are restock alerts and how do they work?](../restock-alerts/restock-alerts-overview.md): back in stock emails. - [The preorder button is not showing on my product page](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/preorder-button-not-showing.md): the most common fix. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/reference/glossary Collection: Reference Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # EZ Preorder glossary of preorder and restock terms This glossary defines the terms used in EZ Preorder & Back In Stock, the Shopify app for preorders and restock alerts, and the Shopify settings it works with. Each definition stands on its own. Labels in bold are the exact names you see in the app or in Shopify. **Available on:** All plans. ## Preorder terms ### Preorder A preorder is an order for a product that is not in stock yet, either because it has not been released or because it sold out and more is on the way. In EZ Preorder, a variant is sold as a preorder when it is on your Preorder List, its product is enabled, and its preorder rule matches its current inventory. ### Preorder button The preorder button is the button EZ Preorder shows in place of your theme's add to cart button when a variant is on preorder. Its default text is "Pre-order", and you can change and translate it in **Configuration** → **Pre-order Button Text**. ### Preorder List The Preorder List is the page in EZ Preorder (**Preorders** in the app menu) that holds every product and variant you sell as a preorder, with each variant's rule, status and note. See [How to manage your Preorder List](../preorders/manage-your-preorder-list.md). ### Preorder rule A preorder rule decides when a variant shows the preorder button. EZ Preorder has three rules, set per variant: **Always**, **Sold out** and **Specific inventory level**. See [What the preorder rules do](../preorders/preorder-rules.md). ### Always rule The **Always** preorder rule shows the preorder button whatever the variant's stock, and turns on **Continue selling when out of stock** for the variant. It suits products that are always made to order or not yet released. ### Sold out rule The **Sold out** preorder rule shows the preorder button only when the variant's inventory is 0 or less, and turns on **Continue selling when out of stock**. When stock comes back, the theme's normal add to cart button returns. ### Specific inventory level rule The **Specific inventory level** preorder rule sells a set number of preorder units. The preorder button shows while inventory is above 0; at 0 the variant shows as sold out. It turns off **Continue selling when out of stock**. It is the rule new products get when you add them to the list. ### Preorder status Preorder status is whether a product's preorders are switched on (**Enabled**) or off (**Disabled**) in EZ Preorder. A disabled product keeps its settings but shows your theme's normal button. ### Scheduled preorder A scheduled preorder has a start date, an end date or both, and EZ Preorder switches it on and off on those dates. Available on the Growth plan and above. See [How to schedule preorders with start and end dates](../preorders/schedule-preorder-start-and-end-dates.md). ### Custom note The custom note is text or HTML that EZ Preorder shows above the preorder button, such as an estimated ship date. It is set per variant and per language. See [How to add a custom note to preorder products](../preorders/add-a-custom-note-to-preorder-products.md). ### type: preorder line item property `type: preorder` is the line item property EZ Preorder adds to an item when a shopper uses the preorder button. It appears with the item at checkout and on the order. Preorder discounts and free gifts apply only to items that carry it. ### preorder order tag `preorder` is the tag EZ Preorder adds to a Shopify order that contains at least one preorder variant. Filter your Shopify **Orders** list by this tag to find preorders. See [How to find and manage preorder orders](../preorders/find-and-manage-preorder-orders.md). ### Backorder A backorder is an order taken for a product that is temporarily out of stock and will be restocked. In EZ Preorder, backorders use the **Sold out** rule. See [Preorder vs backorder vs back in stock](../guides/preorder-vs-backorder-vs-back-in-stock.md). ### Presale A presale (or pre-sale) is another word for selling a product before its release date. In EZ Preorder, presales usually use the **Always** rule, often with a scheduled end date. ## Shopify inventory terms ### Continue selling when out of stock **Continue selling when out of stock** is a Shopify variant setting that lets checkout accept orders when inventory is 0 or less. EZ Preorder turns it on for the **Always** and **Sold out** rules and off for **Specific inventory level**. Disabling or removing a preorder does not turn it off. See [Why a product still sells after its preorder is turned off or ends](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/product-still-sells-after-preorder-ends.md). ### Track quantity **Track quantity** is the Shopify setting that makes Shopify count a variant's inventory. Preorder rules and restock alerts read that count, so turn it on for products you use with EZ Preorder. ### Negative inventory Negative inventory is a stock count below 0 in Shopify. With the **Always** and **Sold out** rules, each preorder lowers the count, so -12 means 12 units are promised to customers that you do not have yet. ### Overselling Overselling is selling more units than you can supply. It happens when **Continue selling when out of stock** stays on after a preorder ends. EZ Preorder does not turn that setting off when you disable or remove a preorder. ## Theme and storefront terms ### App embed An app embed is a switch in the Shopify theme editor (**Online Store** → **Themes** → **Customize** → **App embeds**) that loads an app on every page. EZ Preorder's app embed is called **Pre order theme extension**; preorder buttons do not appear without it. ### App block An app block is a section an app adds to the Shopify theme editor, which you place on a template. EZ Preorder has three: **EZ PreOrder - Notify Me**, **EZ PreOrder - Free Gifts** and **Preorder Featured Product**. App blocks need an Online Store 2.0 theme. ### Theme preset A theme preset is a saved set of settings that makes EZ Preorder fit a particular theme. Pick yours in **Configuration** → **Theme Settings** → **Theme Selector**. See [What Shopify themes work with EZ Preorder](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/theme-compatibility.md). ### CSS selector A CSS selector is the code name of a part of your theme's page, such as its add to cart button. EZ Preorder uses selectors to find where to put the preorder button. You only change them for heavily customized themes. See [How to use the advanced theme settings in EZ Preorder](../theme-setup-and-troubleshooting/advanced-theme-settings.md). ### Preorder badge A preorder badge is a label, "Preorder" by default, that EZ Preorder places on preorder product images on collection pages. Available on the Growth plan and above. See [How to show preorder badges on collection pages](../storefront-display/preorder-badges-on-collection-pages.md). ### Featured Pre-Order Section The **Featured Pre-Order Section** is a theme section that shows one preorder product, its variants and a preorder button anywhere in your store. Available on the Growth plan and above. See [How to add a featured preorder section to your store](../storefront-display/featured-preorder-section.md). ### Custom Pre-Order Page The **Custom Pre-Order Page** is a single page in your store that lists every product currently on preorder, at `/apps/pre-order/all-preorders`. Available on the Growth plan and above. See [How to set up a custom page that lists all your preorder products](../storefront-display/custom-preorder-page.md). ### Direct to Checkout **Direct to Checkout** is a setting that sends shoppers straight to checkout when they click the preorder button. Available on the Professional plan and above. See [How to enable the direct to checkout preorder button](../storefront-display/direct-to-checkout-preorder-button.md). ## Payment terms ### Partial payment (deposit) A partial payment is a deposit the shopper pays at checkout, with the remaining balance charged later. EZ Preorder supports a percentage or a fixed deposit on the Professional plan and above. See [How to take deposits and partial payments on preorders](../payments-and-conversion/partial-payments-and-deposits.md). ### Remaining balance The remaining balance is the part of a deposit order still to be paid. EZ Preorder charges it automatically to the shopper's saved payment method on the payment completion date. See [How remaining balances are charged on preorder deposits](../payments-and-conversion/how-remaining-balances-are-charged.md). ### Payment completion date The payment completion date is when the remaining balance is charged: either a number of days after checkout or a fixed date (00:00 UTC). It is shown to the shopper at checkout. ### Purchase option (selling plan) A purchase option, called a selling plan in Shopify's developer terms, is how Shopify lets a product be bought on different payment terms. EZ Preorder creates a purchase option named **Pre-Order** for deposits while partial payments are on. See [What the Pre-Order purchase option on Shopify product pages does](../preorders/preorder-status-in-shopify-admin.md). ### Preorder discount A preorder discount is a percentage or fixed amount off every preorder item, applied at checkout as a Shopify automatic discount named **EZ PreOrder Discount**. Available on the Professional plan and above. See [How to give a discount on preorder products](../payments-and-conversion/preorder-discounts.md). ### Free gift A free gift is a product EZ Preorder adds to the cart at no cost when a shopper adds a preorder item from the product page. Available on the Professional plan and above. See [How to give a free gift with preorder products](../payments-and-conversion/free-gifts-with-preorders.md). ### Fulfillment hold A fulfillment hold puts a Shopify order **On hold** so it is not shipped until you release it. EZ Preorder can hold new preorder orders automatically with **Configuration** → **Fulfillment Order Status**. See [How to put preorder orders on hold until you can fulfill them](../preorders/hold-preorder-fulfillment.md). ## Restock alert terms ### Restock alert (back in stock alert, Notify Me) A restock alert is an email EZ Preorder sends to shoppers who asked to hear when a sold-out product is back. Restock alerts, back in stock alerts and Notify Me alerts are the same feature. See [What are restock alerts and how do they work?](../restock-alerts/restock-alerts-overview.md). ### Notify Me button The **Notify Me** button is the button shoppers click on a sold-out product to sign up for a restock alert. It comes from the **EZ PreOrder - Notify Me** theme block. See [How to customize the Notify Me button and signup popup](../restock-alerts/customize-the-notify-me-button.md). ### Restock signup A restock signup is one shopper's request to be emailed about one variant. A signup is **Active** (waiting) until the alert is sent and it becomes **Notified**, or until you cancel it (**Canceled**). Plan limits count signups. ### Restock revenue Restock revenue is the order value EZ Preorder credits to restock alerts, when a shopper places an order after arriving from a restock alert email. See [How to track restock signups and revenue](../restock-alerts/track-restock-signups-and-revenue.md). ## Plan and billing terms ### Billing cycle A billing cycle is the 30-day period your Shopify app subscription renews on. Paid plan limits reset at the start of each cycle. The Free plan's allowance does not reset. ### Plan limit A plan limit is the number of preorders, the preorder revenue or the number of restock signups your plan includes. On Free, Core, Growth and Professional, preorders switch off at the limit. See [What counts toward your EZ Preorder plan limits](../plans-and-billing/plan-limits.md). ### Usage charge A usage charge is a fee added on top of the plan price for usage past what the plan includes. On the Scale plan it is 1% of preorder revenue past the included amount and $0.01 per restock alert email past 3,000. See [What EZ Preorder usage charges are and when they are billed](../plans-and-billing/usage-charges.md). ## AI and support terms ### Ada Ada is EZ Preorder's AI support assistant. Open it with **Ask Ada** on the **Support** page; it can check your store's setup and answer questions. See [How to get help and contact EZ Preorder support](../reports-ai-and-support/get-help-and-contact-support.md). ### Shopify Sidekick Shopify Sidekick is Shopify's AI assistant in the admin. It can read your EZ Preorder products, settings and results and prepare setting changes for you to save. See [How to use EZ Preorder with Shopify Sidekick](../reports-ai-and-support/use-ez-preorder-with-shopify-sidekick.md). ## Frequently asked questions ### What is the difference between a preorder and a backorder? A preorder is taken before a product is released or in stock; a backorder is taken while a product that normally sells is temporarily out of stock. EZ Preorder handles both: use **Always** for unreleased products and **Sold out** for backorders. ### Is a restock alert the same as a back in stock alert? Yes. Restock alerts, back in stock alerts and Notify Me alerts are the same EZ Preorder feature: an email sent to shoppers who signed up on a sold-out product. ### What does Continue selling when out of stock do? **Continue selling when out of stock** is the Shopify setting that lets checkout accept orders for a variant with no stock. Preorders need it on (EZ Preorder sets it for the **Always** and **Sold out** rules), and you should check it is off once a preorder ends. ## Related articles - [What is EZ Preorder & Back In Stock?](../getting-started/what-is-ez-preorder.md): an overview of the app. - [How preorders work in EZ Preorder](../getting-started/how-preorders-work.md): the full preorder lifecycle. - [What the preorder rules do](../preorders/preorder-rules.md): Always, Sold out and Specific inventory level in detail. - [Preorder vs backorder vs back in stock](../guides/preorder-vs-backorder-vs-back-in-stock.md): which one to use. - [EZ Preorder FAQ](faq.md): short answers to common questions. --- Source: https://docs.ezpreorder.com/reference/data-privacy-and-security Collection: Reference Lowest plan: Free Last verified: 2026-11-11 # What data EZ Preorder stores and how it handles privacy requests EZ Preorder & Back In Stock, the Shopify app, stores your store's details and settings, a copy of key details from each new order, and the name and email address of every shopper who signs up for a restock alert. It reads everything else from Shopify through the permissions you approve when you install it. It never sees shoppers' card details. When you uninstall, it empties your preorder list and deletes all restock alert signups. To find a shopper's restock alert signups, search the **Signups** tab on the **Restock Alerts** page; to have a shopper's records removed from EZ Preorder, contact support. **Available on:** All plans. **Where to find it:** Shopper signups are on EZ Preorder → **Restock Alerts** → **Signups**. Everything else is handled by EZ Preorder's support team. ## Shopify permissions EZ Preorder asks for EZ Preorder asks for these Shopify permissions when you install it. Shopify shows the list on the install screen. | Permission | What EZ Preorder uses it for | | --- | --- | | Products (read and write) | Reading your products and variants, and turning **Continue selling when out of stock** on or off for preorder variants. | | Inventory (read and write) and locations (read) | Checking stock for the **Sold out** and **Specific inventory level** rules, and adjusting quantities when you set them in the app. | | Orders (read and write) | Recognising preorder orders, tagging them, and counting preorders and revenue. | | Customers (read) | Reading the customer on an order, for preorder emails and deposit balances. | | Merchant-managed fulfillment orders (write) | Putting preorder orders **On hold** when **Fulfillment Order Status** is on. | | Purchase options (read and write) | Creating the deposit option for partial payments. | | Payment terms, payment mandates and customer payment methods | Collecting the remaining balance on orders paid with a deposit, using the payment method Shopify stored at checkout. | | Discounts (read and write) | Applying preorder discounts and free gifts. | | Markets and languages (read) | Preorders for specific countries and translated button text. | | Themes (read) | Checking whether the app embed and the Notify Me block are on in your live theme. | | Files (read and write) | Storing the logo you upload for restock alert emails. | ## What EZ Preorder stores about your store EZ Preorder keeps a record for your store with: - Store details from Shopify: store name, store email, contact email, domain, currency, time zone and Shopify plan. - Your EZ Preorder plan, billing cycle dates and usage counters, such as preorders used and restock alert signups used. - Your settings: the preorder list with each variant's rule and options, theme settings, email templates, partial payment options and other configuration. - Feature requests you send from the **Support** page. EZ Preorder also adds your store's email address and name to its merchant email list when you install, and removes them when you uninstall. ## What EZ Preorder stores about orders and shoppers EZ Preorder stores these details about orders and shoppers: | Data | What is stored | Why | | --- | --- | --- | | Orders | For each new order in your store: order number, total and subtotal, currency, payment and fulfillment status, tags, landing and referring site, customer ID and email. For each line item: product, variant, title, quantity, price, SKU and vendor. | Reporting, such as linking orders to restock alert emails for **Restock Revenue**. | | Preorders | For each preorder: the order ID, customer ID, preorder amount, currency and date. | Counting preorders and revenue for plan limits and usage charges. | | Deposit balances | For orders paid with a deposit: the order ID, customer ID, payment schedule and due date. | Collecting the remaining balance on the due date. | | Restock alert signups | Shopper name and email, product, variant, market, signup date, status and the date the alert was sent. | Sending back in stock alerts when the product is restocked. | | Restock alert emails | A copy of each restock alert email sent, with the time it was sent. | A record of what each shopper received. | EZ Preorder stores order details for every new order, not only preorders. ### Card and payment details EZ Preorder never sees or stores card numbers. Shopify's checkout takes every payment. For deposit orders, EZ Preorder asks Shopify to charge the remaining balance to the payment method Shopify saved at checkout, without seeing it. ## What shoppers give EZ Preorder Shoppers give their details to EZ Preorder in one place: the Notify Me form for restock alerts (back in stock alerts). It asks for a name and an email address and saves them with the product and variant they want. Preorder shoppers check out through Shopify's normal checkout, so EZ Preorder only sees their details in the order Shopify sends. EZ Preorder uses shoppers' email addresses to send the emails you turn on: preorder confirmation emails, shipment update emails and restock alerts. ## How to find, export or stop a shopper's restock alert signups 1. In EZ Preorder, go to **Restock Alerts** → **Signups**. 2. In **Search by name or email**, enter the shopper's name or email address. 3. To give the shopper a copy of their data, click **Export CSV**. 4. To stop the shopper's alerts, select their signups and click **Cancel signups**. **Cancel signups** stops the alerts, but the signup stays in EZ Preorder with the status canceled. To have the record deleted, contact support with the shopper's email address. ## How EZ Preorder handles GDPR and customer data requests When a shopper asks your store for a copy of their data or asks for it to be erased, Shopify sends the request to every app you have installed, including EZ Preorder. EZ Preorder doesn't currently put together or erase that shopper's data automatically when the request arrives. To respond: 1. Search for the shopper's email on **Restock Alerts** → **Signups**, and use **Export CSV** for a copy of their signups. 2. Contact EZ Preorder support from **Support** → **Send a message**, with the shopper's email address and whether they asked for a copy or for erasure. The order details EZ Preorder stores come from orders that are also in your Shopify admin, where you handle the shopper's request for your store. ## What happens to your data when you uninstall EZ Preorder When you uninstall EZ Preorder, it: - Empties your preorder list. - Deletes all restock alert signups and its copies of the restock alert emails sent. - Resets your plan to Free and clears your billing cycle details. - Removes your store from its merchant email list. About 48 hours later, Shopify asks EZ Preorder to erase your store's data, and EZ Preorder deletes its access credentials for your store. EZ Preorder keeps your store record, including settings and Free plan lifetime usage, and the order, preorder and deposit records it saved. If you reinstall, your settings and lifetime usage are still there, but your preorder list and restock signups are not. To ask for your store's remaining data to be deleted, contact support. Uninstalling doesn't change your products in Shopify. Variants that have **Continue selling when out of stock** on keep it. See [How to change or cancel your EZ Preorder plan](../plans-and-billing/change-or-cancel-your-plan.md). ## How EZ Preorder keeps your store secure - **Verified storefront requests.** Requests from your storefront reach EZ Preorder through Shopify's app proxy, which signs every request so EZ Preorder can confirm it came from your store. - **Signed-in admin.** The EZ Preorder admin only opens inside your Shopify admin, signed in as your store. - **Support access.** To help with a request, EZ Preorder's support team can open your store's EZ Preorder settings. - **Usage and error data.** EZ Preorder records how the app is used, such as plan changes and settings saved, and app errors, linked to your store's domain, to fix problems and improve the app. For the full privacy policy, see the [EZ Preorder & Back In Stock listing](https://apps.shopify.com/ez-preorder) in the Shopify App Store. ## Frequently asked questions ### Does EZ Preorder store my customers' personal data? Yes, a limited amount. It stores the name and email of shoppers who sign up for restock alerts, and the customer ID and email on orders. It never stores card details. ### Does EZ Preorder delete a customer's data automatically after a GDPR erasure request? Not at the moment. Cancel the shopper's restock alert signups on the **Signups** tab, and contact support with their email address to have their records in EZ Preorder deleted. ### What does EZ Preorder delete when I uninstall it? Your preorder list, all restock alert signups and the copies of restock alert emails sent. Your store record and order records are kept. Contact support to ask for them to be deleted. ### Can I export my restock alert signups before uninstalling? Yes. Go to **Restock Alerts** → **Signups** → **Export CSV**. Uninstalling deletes the signups, and they can't be recovered. ### Does EZ Preorder see my shoppers' card details? No. Shopify's checkout handles all payments. For deposit balances, EZ Preorder asks Shopify to charge the saved payment method without seeing it. ### Does reinstalling EZ Preorder restore my preorder list? No. Uninstalling empties the preorder list and deletes restock signups, so you add products again after reinstalling. Your settings and Free plan lifetime usage are kept. ## Related articles - [How to change or cancel your EZ Preorder plan](../plans-and-billing/change-or-cancel-your-plan.md): cancelling and uninstalling. - [How to track restock signups and revenue](../restock-alerts/track-restock-signups-and-revenue.md): the **Signups** tab and export. - [Restock alerts overview](../restock-alerts/restock-alerts-overview.md): how restock signups are collected and used. - [How to get help and contact EZ Preorder support](../reports-ai-and-support/get-help-and-contact-support.md): contacting support about a data request. - [Glossary](glossary.md): terms used in EZ Preorder.